Skip to main content

Full text of "Astronomical discovery"

See other formats


LIBRARY 


ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 


C      T  H  F 


ASTRONOMERS  ROYAL. 


ASTRONOMICAL 
DISCOVERY 


BY 


HERBERT    HALL    TURNER,   D.Sc.,   F.R.S. 

SAVILIAN  PROFESSOR  OF  ASTRONOMY  IN  THE 
UNIVERSITY  OF  OXFORD 


OF  THF 

UNWEPT 

Of 

.'  iro 


WITH  PLATES 


LONDON 
EDWARD     ARNOLD 

41  &  43  MADDOX  STREET,  W. 
1904 

(All  rights  reserved) 


' 

ASTWfr 
LIBR> 


1 


TO 

EDWARD    EMERSON    BARNARD 
i 

ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERER 

THESE    PAGES    ARE    INSCRIBED    IN    MEMORY    OF 
NEVER-TO-BE-FORGOTTEN    DAYS    SPENT   WITH    HIM    AT    THE 

YERKES  OBSERVATORY 

OP 
THE    UNIVERSITY    OF    CHICAGO 


PBEFACE 

THE  aim  of  the  following  pages  is  to  illustrate,  by 
the  study  of  a  few  examples  chosen  almost  at 
random,  the  variety  in  character  of  astronomical 
discoveries.  An  attempt  has  indeed  been  made 
to  arrange  the  half-dozen  examples,  once  selected, 
into  a  rough  sequence  according  to  the  amount  of 
''chance"  associated  with  the  discovery,  though 
from  this  point  of  view  Chapter  IV.  should  come 
first ;  but  I  do  not  lay  much  stress  upon  it. 
There  is  undoubtedly  an  element  of  "luck"  in 
most  discoveries.  "  The  biggest  strokes  are  all 
luck,"  writes  a  brother  astronomer  who  had  done 
me  the  honour  to  glance  at  a  few  pages,  "  but  a 
man  must  not  drop  his  catches.  Have  you  ever 
read  Montaigne's  essay  '  Of  Glory  '  ?  It  is  worth 
reading.  Change  war  and  glory  to  discovery 
and  it  is  exactly  the  same  theme.  If  you  are 
looking  for  a  motto  you  will  find  a  score  in 
it."  Indeed  even  in  cases  such  as  those  in 
Chapters  V.  and  VI.,  where  a  discovery  is  made 
by  turning  over  a  heap  of  rubbish — declared  such 
by  experts  and  abandoned  accordingly — we  in- 
stinctively feel  that  the  finding  of  something 
valuable  was  especially  "  fortunate."  We  should 
scarcely  recommend  such  waste  material  as  the 
best  hunting  ground  for  gems. 


viii  PREFACE 


The  chapters  correspond  approximately  to  a 
series  of  six  lectures  delivered  at  the  University 
of  Chicago  in  August  1904,  at  the  hospitable 
invitation  of  President  Harper.  They  afforded  me 
the  opportunity  of  seeing  something  of  this 
wonderful  University,  only  a  dozen  years  old  and 
yet  so  amazingly  vigorous ;  and  especially  of  its 
observatory  (the  Yerkes  observatory,  situated 
eighty  miles  away  on  Lake  Geneva),  which  is 
only  eight  years  old  and  yet  has  taken  its  place 
in  the  foremost  rank.  For  these  opportunities  I 
venture  here  to  put  on  record  my  grateful  thanks. 

In  a  portion  of  the  first  chapter  it  will  be 
obvious  that  I  am  indebted  to  Miss  Clerke's 
"  History  of  Astronomy  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century  "  ;  in  the  second  to  Professor  R.  A. 
Sampson's  Memoir  on  the  Adams  MSS.  ;  in 
the  third  to  Rigaud's  "  Life  of  Bradley."  There 
are  other  debts  which  I  hope  are  duly  acknow- 
ledged in  the  text,  My  grateful  thanks  are  due 
to  Mr.  F.  A.  Bellamy  for  the  care  with  which  he 
has  read  the  proofs ;  and  I  am  indebted  for  per- 
mission to  publish  illustrations  to  the  Royal 
Astronomical  Society,  the  Astronomer  Royal,  the 
editors  of  The  Observatory,  the  Cambridge 
University  Press,  the  Harvard  College  Obser- 
vatory, the  Yerkes  Observatory,  and  the  living 
representatives  of  two  portraits. 

H.  H.  TURNER. 

UNIVERSITY  OBSERVATORY,  OXFORD, 
November  9,  1904. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 


PAGE 

URANUS  AND  EROS  i 


CHAPTER  II 
THE  DISCOVERY  OF  NEPTUNE 38 

CHAPTER  III 

BRADLEY'S  DISCOVERIES  OF  THE  ABERRATION  OF  LIGHT 

AND  OF  THE  NUTATION  OF  THE  EARTH'S  AXIS        .       86 

CHAPTER  IV 

ACCIDENTAL  DISCOVERIES     .        .          .         .         .         .121 

CHAPTER  Y 

SCHWABE   AND    THE    SUN-SPOT    PERIOD     .  .  .  -155 

CHAPTER  VI 

THE  VARIATION  OF  LATITUDE 177 

INDEX  221 


ASTRONOMICAL  DISCOVERY 


CHAPTER   I 
URANUS   AND    EROS 

DISCOVERY  is  expected  from  an  astronomer.  The  Popular 
lay  mind  scarcely  thinks  of  a  naturalist  nowadays  discovery, 
discovering  new  animals,  or  of  a  chemist  as  find- 
ing new  elements  save  on  rare  occasions ;  but  it 
does  think  of  the  astronomer  as  making  dis- 
coveries. The  popular  imagination  pictures  him 
spending  the  whole  night  in  watching  the  skies 
from  a  high  tower  through  a  long  telescope,  occa- 
sionally rewarded  by  the  finding  of  something  new, 
without  much  mental  effort.  I  propose  to  compare 
with  this  romantic  picture  some  of  the  actual  facts, 
some  of  the  ways  in  which  discoveries  are  really 
made ;  and  if  we  find  that  the  image  and  the  reality 
differ,  I  hope  that  the  romance  will  nevertheless 
not  be  thereby  destroyed,  but  may  adapt  itself  to 
conditions  more  closely  resembling  the  facts. 

The  popular  conception  finds  expression  in  the  Keats' 
lines  of  Keats  : — 

Then  felt  I  like  some  watcher  of  the  skies 
When  a  new  planet  swims  into  his  ken. 

Keats   was    born    in    1795,   published    his    first 
volume  of  poems  in  1817,  and  died  in  1821.     At 


2  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

the  time  when  he  wrote  the  discovery  of  planets 
was  comparatively  novel  in  human  experience. 
Uranus  had  been  found  by  William  Herschel  in 
1781,  and  in  the  years  1800  to  1807  followed  the 
first  four  minor  planets,  a  number  destined  to 
remain  without  additions  for  nearly  forty  years. 
It  would  be  absurd  to  read  any  exact  allusion  into 
the  words  quoted,  when  we  remember  the  whole 
circumstances  under  which  they  were  written ; 
but  perhaps  I  may  be  forgiven  if  I  compare  them 
especially  with  the  actual  discovery  of  the  planet 
Uranus,  for  the  reason  that  this  was  by  far  the 
largest  of  the  five — far  larger  than  any  other  planet 
known  except  Jupiter  and  Saturn,  while  the 
others  were  far  smaller — and  that  Keats  is  using 
throughout  the  poem  metaphors  drawn  from  the 
first  glimpses  of  "  vast  expanses  "  of  land  or  water. 
Perhaps  I  may  reproduce  the  whole  sonnet. 
His  friend  C.  C.  Clarke  had  put  before  him 
Chapman's  "  paraphrase "  of  Homer,  and  they 
sat  up  till  daylight  to  read  it,  "Keats  shouting 
with  delight  as  some  passage  of  especial  energy 
struck  his  imagination.  At  ten  o'clock  the  next 
morning  Mr.  Clarke  found  the  sonnet  on  his 
breakfast-table." 

SONNET  XI 

On  first  looking  into  Chapman's  "  Homer  " 

Much  have  I  travell'd  in  the  realms  of  gold, 
And  many  goodly  states  and  kingdoms  seen  ; 
Round  many  western  islands  have  I  been 
Which  bards  in  fealty  to  Apollo  hold. 


URANUS    AND   EROS  3 

Oft  of  one  wide  expanse  had  I  been  told 

That  deep-brow'd  Homer  ruled  as  his  demesne ; 

Yet  did  I  never  breathe  its  pure  serene 

Till  I  heard  Chapman  speak  out  loud  and  bold  : 

Then  felt  I  like  some  watcher  of  the  skies 

When  a  new  planet  swims  into  his  ken ; 

Or  like  stout  Cortez  when  with  eagle  eyes 

He  star'd  at  the  Pacific — and  all  his  men 

Look'd  at  each  other  with  a  wild  surmise — 

Silent,  upon  a  peak  in  Darien. 

Let  us  then,  as  our  first  example  of  the  way  in 
which  astronomical  discoveries  are  made,  turn  to  discovery 
the  discovery  of  the  planet  Uranus,  and  see  how  ° 
it  corresponds  with  the  popular  conception  as 
voiced  by  Keats.  In  one  respect  his  words  are 
true  to  the  life  or  the  letter.  If  ever  there  was  a 
"  watcher  of  the  skies,"  William  Herschel  was 
entitled  to  the  name.  It  was  his  custom  to  watch 
them  the  whole  night  through,  from  the  earliest 
possible  moment  to  daybreak ;  and  the  fruits  of 
his  labours  were  many  and  various  almost  beyond 
belief.  But  did  the  planet  "  swim  into  his  ken"  ? 
Let  us  turn  to  the  original  announcement  of  his 
discovery  as  given  in  the  Philosophical  Transac- 
tions for  1781. 


ASTKONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 
PHILOSOPHICAL  TRANSACTIONS,   1781 


XXXII.— ACCOUNT  OF  A  COMET 

BY  MB.  HERSCHEL,  F.R.S. 

(Communicated  by  Dr.  Watson,  jun.,  of  Bath,  F.R.S.) 
Read  April  26,  1781 

"On  Tuesday  the  I3th  of  March,  between  ten 

Announce-  -A.  •  i,-i      T 

ment.  and  eleven  in  the  evening,  while  I  was  exam- 
ining the  small  stars  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
H  Geminorum,  I  perceived  one  that  appeared 
visibly  larger  than  the  rest;  being  struck  with 
its  uncommon  magnitude,  I  compared  it  to  H 
Geminorum  and  the  small  star  in  the  quartile 
between  Auriga  and  Gemini,  and  finding  it  to  be 
so  much  larger  than  either  of  them,  suspected  it 
to  be  a  comet. 

"  I  was  then  engaged  in  a  series  of  observations 
on  the  parallax  of  the  fixed  stars,  which  I  hope 
soon  to  have  the  honour  of  laying  before  the 
Koyal  Society;  and  those  observations  requiring 
very  high  powers,  I  had  ready  at  hand  the  several 
magnifiers  of  227,  460,  932,  1536,  2010,  &c.,  all 
which  I  have  successfully  used  upon  that  occasion. 
The  power  I  had  on  when  I  first  saw  the  comet 
was  227.  From  experience  I  knew  that  the 
diameters  of  the  fixed  stars  are  not  proportionally 
magnified  with  higher  powers  as  the  planets  are ; 
therefore  I  now  put  on  the  powers  of  460  and  932, 
and  found  the  diameter  of  the  comet  increased  in 
proportion  to  the  power,  as  it  ought  to  be,  on  a 


URANUS   AND   EROS  5 

supposition  of  its  not  being  a  fixed  star,  while  the 
diameters  of  the  stars  to  which  I  compared  it 
were  not  increased  in  the  same  ratio.  Moreover, 
the  comet  being  magnified  much  beyond  what  its 
light  would  admit  of,  appeared  hazy  and  ill-defined 
with  these  great  powers,  while  the  stars  preserved 
that  lustre  and  distinctness  which  from  many 
thousand  observations  I  knew  they  would  retain. 
The  sequel  has  shown  that  my  surmises  were  well 
founded,  this  proving  to  be  the  Comet  we  have 
lately  observed. 

"  I  have  reduced  all  my  observations  upon  this 
comet  to  the  following  tables.  The  first  contains 
the  measures  of  the  gradual  increase  of  the  comet's 
diameter.  The  micrometers  I  used,  when  every 
circumstance  is  favourable,  will  measure  extremely 
small  angles,  such  as  do  not  exceed  a  few  seconds, 
true  to  6,  8,  or  10  thirds  at  most ;  and  in  the 
worst  situations  true  to  20  or  30  thirds ;  I  have 
therefore  given  the  measures  of  the  comet's 
diameter  in  seconds  and  thirds.  And  the  parts 
of  my  micrometer  being  thus  reduced,  I  have  also 
given  all  the  rest  of  the  measures  in  the  same 
manner ;  though  in  large  distances,  such  as  one, 
two,  or  three  minutes,  so  great  an  exactness,  for 
several  reasons,  is  not  pretended  to." 

At  first  sight  this  seems  to  be  the  wrong  refer-  called 
ence,    for  it  speaks  of  a  new  comet,  not  a  new  comet 
planet.     But  it  is  indeed  of  Uranus  that  Herschel 
is  speaking ;  and  so  little  did  he  realise  the  full 


6  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

magnitude  of  his  discovery  at  once,  that  he 
announced  it  as  that  of  a  comet ;  and  a  comet 
the  object  was  called  for  some  months.  Attempts 
were  made  to  calculate  its  orbit  as  a  comet,  and 
broke  down  ;  and  it  was  only  after  much  work 
of  this  kind  had  been  done  that  the  real  nature 
of  the  object  began  to  be  suspected.  But  far 
more  striking  than  this  misconception  is  the 
display  of  skill  necessary  to  detect  any  peculiarity 
in  the  object  at  all.  Among  a  number  of  stars 
one  seemed  somewhat  exceptional  in  size,  but 
the  difference  was  only  just  sufficient  to  awaken 

other  suspicion  in  a  keen-eyed  Herschel.  Would  any 
other  observer  have  noticed  the  difference  at  all  ? 
Certainly  several  good  observers  had  looked  at 

at  ail.  the  object  before,  and  looked  at  it  with  the  care 
necessary  to  record  its  position,  without  noting 
any  peculiarity.  Their  observations  were  re- 
covered subsequently  and  used  to  fix  the  orbit  of 
the  new  planet  more  accurately.  I  shall  remind 
you  in  the  next  chapter  that  Uranus  had  been 
observed  in  this  way  no  less  than  seventeen  times 
by  first-rate  observers  without  exciting  their 
attention  to  anything  remarkable.  The  first 
occasion  was  in  1690,  nearly  a  century  before 
Herschel'.s  grand  discovery,  and  these  chance 
observations,  which  lay  so  long  unnoticed  as 
in  some  way  erroneous,  subsequently  proved  to 
be  of  the  utmost  value  in  fixing  the  orbit  of  the 
new  planet.  But  there  is  even  more  striking 
testimony  than  this  to  the  exceptional  nature  of 


URANUS   AND    EROS  7 

Herschel's  achievement.  It  is  a  common  experience 
in  astronomy  that  an  observer  may  fail  to  notice  in 
a  general  scrutiny  some  phenomenon  which  he  can 
see  perfectly  well  when  his  attention  is  directed 
to  it :  when  a  man  has  made  a  discovery  and 
others  are  told  what  to  look  for,  they  often  see 
it  so  easily  that  they  are  filled  with  amazement 
and  chagrin  that  they  never  saw  it  before.  Not 
so  in  the  case  of  Uranus.  At  least  two  great 
astronomers,  Lalande  and  Messier,  have  left  on 
record  their  astonishment  that  Herschel  could 
differentiate  it  from  an  ordinary  star  at  all ;  for 
even  when  instructed  where  to  look  and  what 
to  look  for,  they  had  the  greatest  difficulty  in 
finding  it.  I  give  a  translation  of  Messier' s  words, 
which  Herschel  records  in  the  paper  already  quoted 
announcing  the  discovery  :— 

"  Nothing  was  more  difficult  than  to  recognise 
it ;  and  I  cannot  conceive  how  you  have  been 
able  to  return  several  times  to  this  star  or  comet ; 
for  absolutely  it  has  been  necessary  to  observe  it 
for  several  consecutive  days  to  perceive  that  it 
was  in  motion." 

We  cannot,   therefore,  fit  the  facts  to  Keats'  NO 
version    of  them.     The  planet  did   not   majesti- 
cally  reveal  itself  to   a  merely  passive   observer:  ken 
rather  did  it,  assuming  the  disguise  of  an  ordinary 
star,  evade  detection  to  the  utmost  of  its  power ; 
so  that  the  keenest  eye,  the  most  alert  attention, 
the   most   determined   following    up   of  a   mere 


8  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

hint,  were  all  needed  to  unmask  it.  But  is  the 
romance  necessarily  gone  ?  If  another  Keats 
could  arise  and  know  the  facts,  could  he  not 
coin  a  newer  and  a  truer  phrase  for  us  which 
would  still  sound  as  sweetly  in  our  ears  ? 

Though          I  must  guard  against  a  possible  misconception. 

happenat  I  do  not  mean  to  convey  that  astronomical  dis- 
coveries are  not  occasionally  made  somewhat  in 
the  manner  so  beautifully  pictured  by  Keats. 
Three  years  ago  a  persistent  "  watcher  of  the 
skies/'  Dr.  Anderson  of  Edinburgh,  suddenly 
caught  sight  of  a  brilliant  new  star  in  Perseus ; 
though  here  "flashed  into  his  ken"  would  per- 
haps be  a  more  suitable  phrase  than  "  swam." 
And  comets  have  been  detected  by  a  mere  glance 
at  the  heavens  without  sensible  effort  or  care  on 
the  part  of  the  discoverer.  But  these  may  be 
fairly  called  exceptions  ;  in  the  vast  majority  of 
cases  hard  work  and  a  keen  eye  are  necessary  to 
make  the  discovery.  The  relative  importance  of 
these  two  factors  of  course  varies  in  different  cases  ; 
for  the  detection  of  Uranus  perhaps  the  keen  eye 
may  be  put  in  the  first  place,  though  we  must  not 
forget  the  diligent  watching  which  gave  it  oppor- 
tunity. Other  cases  of  planetary  discovery  may 
be  attributed  more  completely  to  diligence  alone, 
as  we  shall  presently  see.  But  before  leaving 

Name  Uranus  for  them  I  should  like  to  recall  the 
circumstances  attending  the  naming  of  the  planet. 
Herschel  proposed  to  call  it  Georgium  Sidus 
in  honour  of  his  patron,  King  George  III.,  and 


URANUS   AND    EROS  9 

as  the  best  way  of  making  his  wishes  known, 
wrote  the  following  letter  to  the  President  of  the 
Royal  Society,  which  is  printed  at  the  beginning 
of  the  Philosophical  Transactions  for  1783. 

A  Letter  from  WILLIAM  HERSCHEL,  Esq.,  F.R.S., 
to  Sir  JOSEPH  BANKS,  Bart.,  P.R.S. 

"  SIR, — By  the  observations  of  the  most  eminent 
astronomers  in  Europe  it  appears  that  the  new 
star,  which  I  had  the  honour  of  pointing  out  to 
them  in  March  1781,  is  a  Primary  Planet  of  our 
Solar  System.  A  body  so  nearly  related  to  us  by 
its  similar  condition  and  situation  in  the  un- 
bounded expanse  of  the  starry  heavens,  must  often 
be  the  subject  of  conversation,  not  only  of  astro- 
nomers, but  of  every  lover  of  science  in  general. 
This  consideration  then  makes  it  necessary  to 
give  it  a  name  whereby  it  may  be  distinguished 
from  the  rest  of  the  planets  and  fixed  stars. 

"  In  the  fabulous  ages  of  ancient  times,  the 
appellations  of  Mercury,  Venus,  Mars,  Jupiter, 
and  Saturn  were  given  to  the  planets  as  being  the 
names  of  their  principal  heroes  and  divinities.  In 
the  present  more  philosophical  era,  it  would  hardly 
be  allowable  to  have  recourse  to  the  same  method, 
and  call  on  Juno,  Pallas,  Apollo,  or  Minerva  for 
a  name  to  our  new  heavenly  body.  The  first 
consideration  in  any  particular  event,  or  remark- 
able incident,  seems  to  be  its  chronology  :  if  in 
any  future  age  it  should  be  asked,  when  this  last 


to  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

found  planet  was  discovered?  It  would  be  a 
very  satisfactory  answer  to  say,  '  In  the  reign  of 
King  George  the  Third.'  As  a  philosopher  then, 
the  name  GEORGICTM  SIDUS  presents  itself  to  me, 
as  an  appellation  which  will  conveniently  convey 
the  information  of  the  time  and  country  where 
and  when  it  was  brought  to  view.  But  as  a 
subject  of  the  best  of  kings,  who  is  the  liberal 
protector  of  every  art  and  science  ;  as  a  native 
of  the  country  from  whence  this  illustrious 
family  was  called  to  the  British  throne  ;  as  a 
member  of  that  Society  which  flourishes  by  the 
distinguished  liberality  of  its  royal  patron  ;  and, 
last  of  all,  as  a  person  now  more  immediately 
under  the  protection  of  this  excellent  monarch, 
and  owing  everything  to  his  unlimited  bounty  ;  —  I 
cannot  but  wish  to  take  this  opportunity  of  ex- 
pressing my  sense  of  gratitude  by  giving  the  name 
Georgium  Sidus, 

Sidus. 

Georgium  Sidus 


-  jam  nunc  assuesce  vocari, 

Virg.  Georg. 

to  a  star  which  (with  respect  to  us)  first  began  to 
shine  under  his  auspicious  reign. 

"  By  addressing  this  letter  to  you,  Sir,  as  Presi- 
dent of  the  Royal  Society,  I  take  the  most 
effectual  method  of  communicating  that  name  to 
the  literati  of  Europe,  which  I  hope  they  will 
receive  with  pleasure.  —  I  have  the  honour  to  be, 
with  the  greatest  respect,  Sir,  your  most  humble 
and  most  obedient  servant,  W.  HERSCHEL." 


URANUS   AND    EROS  11 

This  letter  reminds  us  how  long  it  was  since  a 
new  name  had  been  required  for  a  new  planet, — 
to  find  a  similar  occasion  Herschel  had  to  go  to 
the  almost  prehistoric  past,  when  the  names  of 
heroes  and  divinities  were  given  to  the  planets. 
It  is,  perhaps,  not  unnatural  that  he  should  have 
considered  an  entirely  new  departure  appropriate 
for  a  discovery  separated  by  so  great  a  length  of 
time  from  the  others;  but  his  views  were  not 
generally  accepted,  especially  on  the  Continent. 
Lalande  courteously  proposed  the  name  of  Her-  Herschel. 
schel  for  the  new  planet,  in  honour  of  the  dis- 
coverer, and  this  name  was  used  in  France ;  but 
Bode,  on  the  other  hand,  was  in  favour  of  retain- 
ing the  old  practice  simply,  and  calling  the  new 
planet  Uranus.  All  three  names  seem  to  have 
been  used  for  many  years.  Only  the  other  day 
I  was  interested  to  see  an  old  pack  of  cards,  used 
for  playing  a  parlour  game  of  Astronomy,  in  which 
the  name  Herschel  is  used.  The  owner  told  me 
that  they  had  belonged  to  his  grandfather;  and 
the  date  of  publication  was  1829,  and  the  place 
London,  so  that  this  name  was  in  common  use 
in  England  nearly  half  a  century  after  the  actual 
discovery;  though  in  the  " English  Nautical  Al- 
manac "  the  name  "the  Georgian"  (apparently  pre- 
ferred to  Herschel's  Georgium  Sidus)  was  being 
used  officially  after  1791,  and  did  not  disappear 
from  that  work  until  1851  (published  in  1847.) 

It  would  appear  to  have  been  the  discovery  of  Uranus 
Neptune,  with  which  we  shall  deal   in  the  next  adopted. 


12  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

chapter,  which  led  to  this  official  change ;  for  in 
the  volume  for  1851  is  included  Adams'  account 
of  his  discovery  with  the  title — 

"Ox  THE  PERTURBATIONS  OF  UKANUS," 

and  there  was  thus  a  definite  reason  for  avoiding 
two  names  for  the  same  planet  in  the  same  work. 
But  Le  Verrier's  paper  on  the  same  topic  at  the 
same  date  still  uses  the  name  "Herschel"  for  the 
planet. 

The  discovery  of  Neptune,  as  we  shall  see,  was 
totally  different  in  character  from  that  of  Uranus. 
The  latter  may  be  described  as  the  finding  of 
something  by  an  observer  who  was  looking  for 
anything ;  Neptune  was  the  finding  of  something 
definitely  sought  for,  and  definitely  pointed  out 
by  a  most  successful  and  brilliant  piece  of  metho- 
dical work.  But  before  that  time  several  planets 
had  been  found,  as  the  practical  result  of  a 
definite  search,  although  the  guiding  principle 
was  such  as  cannot  command  our  admiration  to 
quite  the  same  extent  as  in  the  case  of  Neptune. 
To  explain  it  I  must  say  something  of  the  relative 
sizes  of  the  orbits  in  which  planets  move  round 
the  sun.  These  orbits  are,  as  we  know,  ellipses ; 
but  they  are  very  nearly  circles,  and,  excluding 
refinements,  we  may  consider  them  as  circles,  with 
the  sun  at  the  centre  of  each,  so  that  we  may 
talk  of  the  distance  of  any  planet  from  the  sun 
Bode's  as  a  constant  quantity  without  serious  error.  Now 
if  we  arrange  the  planetary  distances  in  order,  we 


URANUS    AND    EROS 


shall  notice  a  remarkable  connection  between  the 
terms  of  the  series.  Here  is  a  table  showing  this 
connection. 

TABLE  OP  THE  DISTANCES  OF  THE  PLANETS  FROM 
THE  SUN,  SHOWING  "  BODE's  LAW." 


Distance  from 

"Bode'sLaw" 

Name  of  Planet. 

Sun,  taking 
that  of  Earth 
as  10. 

(originally  formulated 
by  Titius,  but  brought 
into  notice  by  Bode). 

Mercury   . 

4 

4+     o=     4 

Venus 

7 

4+      3=      7 

The  Earth 

10 

4+     6  =    10 

Mars 

15 

4+   12=    16 

(               ) 

(        ) 

4+   24  =  28 

Jupiter 

52 

4+  48=   52 

Saturn 

95 

4+  96=100 

Uranus      .        » 

192 

4+192  =  196 

If  we  write  down  a  series  of  4*3,  and  then  add 
the  numbers  3,  6,  12,  and  so  on,  each  formed  by 
doubling  the  last,  we   get  numbers  representing 
very   nearly   the   planetary    distances,  which   are 
shown  approximately  in  the  second  column.    But 
three  points  call  for  notice.     Firstly,  the  number 
before  3  should  be  ij,  and  not  zero,  to  agree  with 
the  rest.     Secondly,  there  is  a  gap,  or  rather  was  Gap  in 
a   gap,   after  the   discovery  of  Uranus,   between  suggest- 
Mars  and  Jupiter ;  and  thirdly,  we  see  that  when  J^wn 
Uranus  was  discovered,  and  its  distance'  from  the  Planet- 
sun  determined,  this  distance  was  found  to  fall 
in  satisfactorily  with   this   law,  which  was   first 
stated  by  Titius  of  Wittenberg.     This  third  fact 
naturally  attracted  attention.     No  explanation  of 


i4  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

the  so-called  "law"  was  known  at  the  time;  nor 
is  any  known  even  yet,  though  we  may  be  said 
to  have  some  glimmerings  of  a  possible  cause ; 
and  in  the  absence  of  such  explanation  it  must 
be  regarded  as  merely  a  curious  coincidence.  But 
the  chances  that  we  are  in  the  presence  of  a  mere 
coincidence  diminish  very  quickly  with  each  new 
term  added  to  the  series,  and  when  it  was  found 
that  Herschel's  new  planet  fitted  in  so  well  at 
the  end  of  the  arrangement,  the  question  arose 
whether  the  gap  above  noticed  was  real,  or 
whether  there  was  perhaps  another  planet  which 
had  hitherto  escaped  notice,  revolving  in  an  orbit 
represented  by  this  blank  term.  This  question 
had  indeed  been  asked  even  before  the  discovery 
of  Uranus,  by  Bode,  a  young  astronomer  of  Berlin  ; 
and  for  fifteen  years  he  kept  steadily  in  view  this 
idea  of  finding  a  planet  to  fill  the  vacant  interval. 
The  search  would  be  a  very  arduous  one,  involv- 
ing a  careful  scrutiny,  not  perhaps  of  the  whole 
heavens,  but  of  a  considerable  portion  of  it  along 
the  Zodiac :  too  great  for  one  would-be  discoverer 
single-handed;  but  in  September  1800  Bode  suc- 
Search  ceeded  in  organising  a  band  of  six  German  astro- 
nomers (including  himself)  for  the  purpose  of 
conducting  this  search.  They  divided  the  Zodiac 
into  twenty-four  zones,  and  were  assigning  the 
zones  to  the  different  observers,  when  they  were 
startled  by  the  news  that  the  missing  planet  had 
been  accidentally  found  by  Piazzi  in  the  constella- 
tion Taurus.  The  discovery  was  made  somewhat 


URANUS   AND   EROS  15 

dramatically  on  the  first  evening  of  the  nineteenth 
century  (January  i,  1801).  Piazzi  was  not  look-  Acciden- 
ing  for  a  planet  at  all,  but  examining  an  error 
made  by  another  astronomer ;  and  in  the  course 
of  this  work  he  recorded  the  position  of  a  star  of 
the  eighth  magnitude.  Eeturning  to  it  on  the 
next  night,  it  seemed  to  him  that  it  had  slightly 
moved  westwards,  and  on  the  following  night  this 
suspicion  was  confirmed.  Remark  that  in  this 
case  no  peculiar  appearance  in  the  star  suggested 
that  it  might  be  a  comet  or  planet,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  discovery  of  Uranus.  We  are  not  unfair 
in  ascribing  the  discovery  to  pure  accident,  al- 
though we  must  not  forget  that  a  careless  observer 
might  easily  have  missed  it.  Piazzi  was  anything 
but  careless,  and  watched  the  new  object  assidu- 
ously till  February  nth,  when  he  became  danger- 
ously ill;  but  he  had  written,  on  January  23rd,  to 
Oriani  of  Milan,  and  to  Bode  at  Berlin  on  the 
following  day.  These  letters,  however,  did  not 
reach  the  recipients  (in  those  days  of  leisurely 
postal  service)  until  April  5th  and  March  2Oth 
respectively ;  and  we  can  imagine  the  mixed  feel- 
ings with  which  Bode  heard  that  the  discovery 
which  he  had  contemplated  for  fifteen  years,  and 
for  which  he  was  just  about  to  organise  a  diligent 
search,  was  thus  curiously  snatched  from  him. 

More  curious  still  must  have  seemed  the  mtelli-  Hegel's 
gence    to    a   young   philosopher   of  Jena  named fc 
Hegel,  who  has  since  become  famous,  but  who 
had  just  imperilled  his  future  reputation  by  pub- 


1 6  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

lishing  a  dissertation  proving  conclusively  that  the 
.  number  of  the  planets  could  not  be  greater  than 
seven,  and  pouring  scorn  on  the  projected  search 
of  the  half-dozen  enthusiasts  who  were  proposing 
to  find  a  new  planet  merely  to  fill  up  a  gap  in  a 
numerical  series. 

The  The  sensation  caused  by  the  news  of  the  dis- 

lost again,  covery  was  intensified  by  anxiety  lest  the  new 
planet  should  already  have  been  lost;  for  it 
had  meanwhile  travelled  too  close  to  the  sun 
for  further  observation,  and  the  only  material 
available  for  calculating  its  orbit,  and  so  predict- 
ing its  place  in  the  heavens  at  future  dates,  was 
afforded  by  the  few  observations  made  by  Piazzi. 
Was  it  possible  to  calculate  the  orbit  from  such 
slender  material  ?  It  would  take  too  long  to  ex- 
plain fully  the  enormous  difficulty  of  this  problem, 
but  some  notion  of  it  may  be  obtained,  by  those 
unacquainted  with  mathematics,  from  a  rough 
analogy.  If  we  are  given  a  portion  of  a  circle, 
we  can,  with  the  help  of  a  pair  of  compasses, 
complete  the  circle :  we  can  find  the  centre  from 
which  the  arc  is  struck,  either  by  geometrical 
methods,  or  by  a  few  experimental  trials,  and 
then  fill  in  the  rest  of  the  circumference.  If  the 
arc  given  is  large  we  can  do  this  with  certainty 
and  accuracy ;  but  if  the  arc  is  small  it  is  difficult 
to  make  quite  sure  of  the  centre,  and  our  drawing 
may  not  be  quite  accurate.  Now  the  arc  which 
had  been  described  by  the  tiny  planet  during 
Piazzi's  observations  was  only  three  degrees ;  and 


URANUS   AND   EROS  17 

if  any  one  will  kindly  take  out  his  watch  and 
look  at  the  minute  marks  round  the  dial,  three 
degrees  is  just  half  a  single  minute  space.  If 
the  rest  of  the  dial  were  obliterated,  and  only 
this  small  arc  left,  would  he  feel  much  confidence 
in  restoring  the  obliterated  portion  ?  This  problem 
gives  some  idea  of  the  difficulties  to  be  encountered, 
but  only  even  then  a  very  imperfect  one. 

Briefly,  the  solution  demanded  a  new  mathe-  Gauss 
matical   method   in  astronomy.      But  difficulties  hovTto 
are  sometimes  the   opportunities   of  great   men,  findlt- 
and  this  particular  difficulty  attracted   to   astro- 
nomy the   great  mathematician  Gauss,  who   set 
himself  to  make  the  best  of  the  observation  avail- 
able, and  produced  his  classical  work,  the  Theoria 
Motus,  which  is  the  standard  work  for  such  cal- 
culations to  the  present  day.     May  we  look  for  a 
few  moments  at  what  he  himself  says  in  the  pre- 
face to  his  great  work  ?     I  venture  to  reproduce 
the  following  rough  translation  (the  book  being 
written  in  Latin,  according  to  the  scientific  usage 
of  the  time) : — 

EXTRACT  FKOM  THE  PREFACE  TO  THE 
Theoria  Motus. 

"  Some  ideas  had  occurred  to  me  on  this  sub-  The 
ject  in  September  1801,  at  a  time  when  I  was 
occupied  on  something  quite  different;  ideas 
which  seemed  to  contribute  to  the  solution  of  the 
great  problem  of  which  I  have  spoken.  In  such 
cases  it  often  happens  that,  lest  we  be  too  much 


1 8  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

distracted  from  the  attractive  investigation  on 
which  we  are  engaged,  we  allow  associations  of 
ideas  which,  if  more  closely  examined,  might 
prove  extraordinarily  fruitful,  to  perish  from 
neglect.  Perchance  these  same  idea-lets  of  mine 
would  have  met  with  this  fate,  if  they  had  not 
most  fortunately  lighted  upon  a  time  than  which 
none  could  have  been  chosen  more  favourable  for 
their  preservation  and  development.  For  about 
the  same  time  a  rumour  began  to  be  spread  abroad 
concerning  a  new  planet  which  had  been  detected 
on  January  ist  of  that  year  at  the  Observatory  of 
Palermo  ;  and  shortly  afterwards  the  actual  obser- 
vations which  had  been  made  between  January  ist 
and  February  nth  by  the  renowned  philosopher 
Piazzi  were  published.  Nowhere  in  all  the 
annals  of  astronomy  do  we  find  such  an  impor- 
tant occasion ;  and  scarcely  is  it  possible  to 
imagine  a  more  important  opportunity  for  point- 
ing out,  as  emphatically  as  possible,  the  impor- 
tance of  that  problem,  as  at  the  moment  when 
every  hope  of  re-discovering,  among  the  innumer- 
able little  stars  of  heaven,  that  mite  of  a  planet 
which  had  been  lost  to  sight  for  nearly  a  year, 
depended  entirely  on  an  approximate  knowledge 
of  its  orbit,  which  must  be  deduced  from  those 
scanty  Observations.  Could  I  ever  have  had  a 
better  opportunity  for  trying  whether  those  idea- 
lets  of  mine  were  of  any  practical  value  than  if  I 
then  were  to  use  them  for  the  determination  of 
the  orbit  of  Ceres,  a  planet  which,  in  the  course 


URANUS   AND   EROS  19 

of  those  forty-one  days,  had  described  around  the 
earth  an  arc  of  no  more  than  three  degrees?  and, 
after  a  year  had  passed,  required  to  be  tracked 
out  in  a  region  of  the  sky  far  removed  from  its 
original  position?  The  first  application  of  this 
method  was  made  in  the  month  of  October  1801, 
and  the  first  clear  night,  when  the  planet  was 
looked  for  by  the  help  of  the  ephemeris  I  had 
made,  revealed  the  truant  to  the  observer.  Three 
new  planets  found  since  then  have  supplied  fresh 
opportunities  for  examining  and  proving  the  effi- 
cacy and  universality  of  this  method. 

"Now  a  good  many  astronomers,  immediately 
after  the  rediscovery  of  Ceres,  desired  me  to  publish 
the  methodswhichhad  been  used  in  my  calculations. 
There  were,  however,  not  a  few  objections  which 
prevented  me  from  gratifying  at  that  moment 
these  friendly  solicitations,  viz.  other  business, 
the  desire  of  treating  the  matter  more  fully,  and 
more  especially  the  expectation  that,  by  continu- 
ing to  devote  myself  to  this  research,  I  should 
bring  the  different  portions  of  the  solution  of  the 
problem  to  a  more  perfect  pitch  of  universality, 
simplicity,  and  elegance.  As  my  hopes  have  been 
justified,  I  do  not  think  there  is  any  reason  for 
repenting  of  my  delay.  For  the  methods  which  I 
had  repeatedly  applied  from  the  beginning  ad- 
mitted of  so  many  and  such  important  variations, 
that  scarcely  a  vestige  of  resemblance  remains 
between  the  method  by  which  formerly  I  had 
arrived  at  the  orbit  of  Ceres  and  the  practice 


20  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

which  I  deal  with  in  this  work.  Although  in- 
deed it  would  be  alien  to  my  intention  to  write 
a  complete  history  about  all  these  researches 
which  I  have  gradually  brought  to  even  greater 
perfection,  yet  on  many  occasions,  especially 
whenever  I  was  confronted  by  some  particularly 
serious  problem,  I  thought  that  the  first  methods 
which  I  employed  ought  not  to  be  entirely  sup- 
pressed. Nay,  rather,  in  addition  to  the  solutions 
of  the  principal  problems,  I  have  in  this  work 
followed  out  many  questions  which  presented 
themselves  to  me,  in  the  course  of  a  long  study 
of  the  motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies  in  conic 
sections,  as  being  particularly  worthy  of  attention, 
whether  on  account  of  the  neatness  of  the  analysis, 
or  more  especially  by  reason  of  their  practical 
utility.  Yet  I  have  always  given  the  greater  care 
to  subjects  which  I  have  made  my  own,  merely 
noticing  by  the  way  well-known  facts  where  con- 
nection of  thought  seemed  to  demand  it." 

These  words  do  not  explain  in  any  way  the 
methods  introduced  by  Gauss,  but  they  give  us 
some  notion  of  the  flavour  of  the  work.  Aided 
by  these  brilliant  researches,  the  little  planet  was 
°  found  on  the  last  day  of  the  year  by  Von  Zach  at 
Gotha, 'and  on  the  next  night,  independently,  by 
Olbers  at  Bremen.  But,  before  this  success,  there 
had  been  an  arduous  search,  which  led  to  a  curious 
consequence.  Olbers  had  made  himself  so  fami- 
liar with  all  the  small  stars  along  the  track  which 
was  being  searched  for  the  missing  body,  that  he 


URANUS   AND    EROS  21 

was  at  once  struck  by  the  appearance  of  a  stranger  Another 
near  the  spot  where  he  had  just  identified  Ceres,  found! 
At  first  he  thought  this  must  be  some  star  which 
had  blazed  up  to  brightness ;  but  he  soon  found 
that  it  also  was  moving,  and,  to  the  great  bewilder- 
ment of  the  astronomical  world,  it  proved  to  be 
another  planet  revolving  round  the  sun  at  a  dis- 
tance nearly  the  same  as  the  former.  This  was 
an  extraordinary  and  totally  unforeseen  occurrence. 
The  world  had  been  prepared  for  one  planet ;  but 
here  were  two ! 

The    thought    occurred   to    Olbers    that   they 
were  perhaps  fragments  of  a   single  body  which  Hypo- 

,      ,  ,  *         ,  ,F  ,  ,      .  .  thesis  of 

had  been  blown  to  pieces  by  some  explosion,  and  many 
that  there  might  be  more  of  the  pieces ;  and  he 
therefore  suggested  as  a  guide  for  finding  others 
that,  since  by  the  known  laws  of  gravitation, 
bodies  which  circle  round  the  sun  return  perio- 
dically to  their  starting-point,  therefore  all  these 
fragments  would  in  due  course  return  to  the  point 
in  the  heavens  where  the  original  planet  had 
exploded.  Hence  the  search  might  be  most  pro- 
fitably conducted  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
spot  where  the  two  first  fragments  (which  had 
been  named  Ceres  and  Pallas)  had  already  been 
found.  We  now  have  good  reason  to  believe 
that  this  view  is  a  mistaken  one,  but  nevertheless 
it  was  apparently  confirmed  by  the  discovery  of 
two  more  bodies  of  the  same  kind,  which  were 
called  Juno  and  Vesta ;  the  second  of  these  being 
found  by  Olbers  himself  after  three  years'  patient 


22 


ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 


work  in  1807.  Hence,  although  the  idea  of 
searching  for  a  more  or  less  definitely  imagined 
planet  was  not  new,  although  Bode  had  conceived 
it  as  early  as  1785,  and  organised  a  search  on  this 
plan,  three  planets  were  actually  found  before  the 
first  success  attending  a  definite  search.  Ceres, 
as  already  remarked,  was  found  by  a  pure  acci- 
dent ;  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  Pallas  and 
Juno,  though  it  may  fairly  be  added  that  Pallas 
was  actually  contrary  to  expectation. 

MINOR  PLANETS,  1801  TO  1850. 


Number. 

Name. 

- 
Discoverer. 

Date. 

I 

Ceres 

Pia/zi 

1801 

2 

Pallas 

Gibers 

1802 

3 

Juno 

Harding 

1804 

4 

Vesta 

Olbers 

1807 

5 

Astraea 

Hencke 

1845 

6 

Hebe 

Hencke 

1847 

7 

Iris 

Hind 

1847 

8 

Flora 

Hind 

1847 

9 

Metis 

Graham 

1848 

10 

Hygeia 

De  Gasparis 

1849 

ii 

Parthenope 

De  Gasp;iris 

1850 

12 

Victoria 

Hind 

1850 

13 

Egeria 

De  Gasparis 

1850 

Here  now  is  a  table  showing  how  other  bodies 
were  gradually  added  to  this  first  list  of  four,  but 
you  will  see  that  no  addition  was  made  for  a  long 
time.  Not  that  the  search  was  immediately  aban- 
doned ;  but  being  rewarded  by  no  success  for  some 
years,  it  was  gradually  dropped,  and  the  belief 
gained  ground  that  the  number  of  the  planets 


i 


By  permission  of  Messrs.  Macmillan  &•  Co. 

I.— I.  C.  ADAMS. 


II.— A.  GRAHAM. 

DISCOVERER   OF   THE   NINTH   MINOR   PLANET   (.METIS). 


URANUS   AND    EROS  23 

was  at  last  complete.  The  discoverers  of  Uranus 
and  of  these  first  four  minor  planets  all  died  before 
any  further  addition  was  made ;  and  it  was  not 
until  the  end  of  1845  that  Astraea  was  found  by 
an  ex-postmaster  of  the  Prussian  town  of  Driessen,  Hencke' 
by  name  Hencke,  who,  in  spite  of  the  general  search, 
disbelief  in  the  existence  of  any  more  planets,  set 
himself  diligently  to  search  for  them,  and  toiled 
for  fifteen  long  years  before  at  length  reaping  his 
reward.  Others  then  resumed  the  search ;  Hind, 
the  observer  of  an  English  amateur  astronomer 
near  London,  found  Iris  a  few  weeks  after  Hencke 
had  been  rewarded  by  a  second  discovery  in  1847, 
and  in  the  following  year  Mr.  Graham  at  Markree 
in  Ireland  (who  is  still  living,  and  has  only  just 
retired  from  active  work  at  the  Cambridge  Obser- 
vatory) found  Metis ;  and  from  that  time  new 
discoveries  have  been  added  year  by  year,  until 
the  number  of  planets  now  known  exceeds  500, 
and  is  steadily  increasing. 

You  will  see  the  great  variety  characterising 
these  discoveries ;  some  of  them  are  the  result 
of  deliberate  search,  others  have  come  accident- 
ally, and  some  even  contrary  to  expectation.  Of 
the  great  majority  of  the  earlier  ones  it  may  be 
said  that  enormous  diligence  was  required  for 
each  discovery  ;  to  identify  a  planet  it  is  necessary 
to  have  either  a  good  map  of  the  stars  or  to  know 
them  thoroughly,  so  that  the  map  practically  exists 
in  the  brain.  We  need  only  remember  Hencke's 
fifteen  years  of  search  before  success  to  recognise 


24  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

what  vast  stores  of  patience  and  diligence  were 

required  in  carrying  out  the  search.     But  of  late 

The          years  photography  has  effected  a  great  revolution 

graphic     in  this  respect.     It  is  no  longer  necessary  to  do 
method.     more  than  get  what  gir  Robert  Bau  has  called  a 


"  star-trap,"  or  rather  planet-trap.  If  a  photograph 
be  taken  of  a  region  of  the  heavens,  by  the  methods 
familiar  to  astronomers,  so  that  each  star  makes  a 
round  dot  on  the  photographic  plate,  any  suffi- 
ciently bright  object  moving  relatively  to  the  stars 
will  make  a  small  line  or  trail,  and  thus  betray  its 
planetary  character.  In  this  way  most  of  the 
recent  discoveries  have  been  made,  and  although 
diligence  is  still  required  in  taking  the  photo- 
graphs, and  again  in  identifying  the  objects  thus 
found  (which  are  now  very  often  the  images  of 
already  known  members  of  the  system),  the  tedious 
scrutiny  with  the  eye  has  become  a  thing  of  the  past. 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  NUMBER  OF  MINOR  PLANETS  DISCOVERED 
IN  EACH  DECADE  SINCE  1850. 

1  80  1  to   1850  —  altogether   13  discoveries. 
1851  to  1860  —         ,  49  „ 


1861  to  1870 — 
1871  to  1880— 
1881  to  1890 — 
1891  to  1900 — 
In  1901 


49     >» 
1 08 

83 
1 80  announcements. 

36      „ 


1902  „     50 

1903  »    4i 


Total    609 

[N.J2. — Many   of  the   more    recent   announce- 
ments turned  out  to  refer  to  old  discoveries.] 


URANUS    AND    EROS  25 

The  known  number  of  these  bodies  has  accord- 
ingly increased  so  rapidly  as  to  become  almost 
an  embarrassment ;  and  in  one  respect  the  embar- 
rassment is  definite,  for  it  has  become  quite 
difficult  to  find  names  for  the  new  discoveries.  Scarcity 
We  remember  with  amusement  at  the  present  ° 
time  that  for  the  early  discoveries  there  was 
sometimes  a  controversy  (of  the  same  kind 
as  in  the  case  of  Uranus)  about  the  exact 
name  which  a  planet  should  have.  Thus  when 
it  was  proposed  to  call  No.  12  (discovered  in 
1850,  in  London,  by  Mr.  Hind)  "Victoria," 
there  was  an  outcry  by  foreign  astronomers 
that  by  a  subterfuge  the  name  of  a  reigning 
monarch  was  again  being  proposed  for  a  planet, 
and  considerable  opposition  was  manifested, 
especially  in  America.  But  it  became  clear, 
as  other  discoveries  were  added,  that  the  list 
of  goddesses,  or  even  humbler  mythological 
people,  would  not  be  large  enough  to  go  round 
if  we  were  so  severely  critical,  and  must 
sooner  or  later  be  supplemented  from  sources 
hitherto  considered  unsuitable ;  so,  ultimately, 
the  opposition  to  the  name  Victoria  was  with- 
drawn. Later  still  the  restriction  to  feminine 
names  has  been  broken  through ;  one  planet  has 
been  named  Endyniion,  and  another,  of  which  we 
shall  presently  speak  more  particularly,  has  been 
called  Eros.  But  before  passing  to  him  you 


26  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

may  care  to  look  at  some  of  the  names  selected 
for  others : — 


No.  Name. 

248  .  .  Lameia 

250  .  .  Bettina 

261  .  Prymno 

264  .  .  Libussa 

296  .  .  Phaetusa 

340  .  .  Eduarda 

341  .  .  California 
350  .  .  Ornamenta 
357  .  .  Ninina 
385  .  .  Ilmatar 


No.  Name. 

389  .  .  ludustria 

391  .  .  Ingeborg 

433  •  •  Eros 

443  .  .  Photograpliica 

457  .  .  Alleghenia 

462  .  .  Eri  phyla 

475  .  .  Ocllo 

484  .  .  Pitt>burghia 

503  .  .  Evelyn 


Bettina.  In  connection  with  No.  250  there  is  an  interest- 
ing little  history.  In  the  Observatory  for  1885, 
page  63,  appeared  the  following  advertisement : — 
"  Herr  Palisa  being  desirous  to  raise  funds  for  his 
intended  expedition  to  observe  the  Total  Solar 
Eclipse  of  August  1886,  will  sell  the  right  of 
naming  the  minor  planet  No.  244  for  ,£50."  The 
bright  idea  seems  to  have  struck  Herr  Palisa,  who 
had  already  discovered  many  planets  and  begun  to 
find  difficulties  in  assigning  suitable  names,  that 
he  might  turn  his  difficulty  into  a  source  of  profit 
in  a  good  cause.  The  offer  was  not  responded  to 
immediately,  nor  until  Herr  Palisa  had  discovered 
two  more  planets,  Nos.  248  and  250.  He  found 
names  for  two,  leaving,  however,  the  last  dis- 
covered always  open  for  a  patron,  and  on  page 
142  of  the  same  magazine  for  1886  the  following 
note  informs  us  how  his  patience  was  ultimately 
rewarded: — "Minor  planet  No.  250  has  been 


URANUS    AND   EROS  27 

named  '  Bettina '  by  Baron  Albert  de  Rothschild." 
I  have  not  heard,  however,  that  this  precedent  has 
been  followed  in  other  cases,  and  the  ingenuity  of 
discoverers  was  so  much  overtaxed  towards  the 
end  of  last  century  that  the  naming  of  their 
planets  fell  into  arrears.  Recently  a  Commission, 
which  has  been  established  to  look  after  these 
small  bodies  generally,  issued  a  notice  that  unless 
the  naming  was  accomplished  before  a  certain 
date  it  would  be  ruthlessly  taken  out  of  the  hands 
of  the  negligent  discoverers.  Perhaps  we  may 
notice,  before  passing  on,  the  provisional  system  Thepro- 
which  was  adopted  to  fill  up  the  interval  required  letter^ 
for  finding  a  suitable  name,  and  required  also  for 
making  sure  that  the  planet  was  in  fact  a  new 
one,  and  not  merely  an  old  one  rediscovered. 
There  was  a  system  of  numbering  in  existence  as 
well  as  of  naming,  but  it  was  unadvisable  to 
attach  even  a  number  to  a  planet  until  it  was 
quite  certain  that  the  discovery  was  new,  for 
otherwise  there  might  be  gaps  created  in  what 
should  be  a  continuous  series  by  spurious  dis- 
coveries being  struck  out.  Accordingly  it  was 
decided  to  attach  at  first  to  the  object  merely  a 
letter  of  the  alphabet,  with  the  year  of  discovery, 
as  a  provisional  name.  The  alphabet  was,  how- 
ever, run  through  so  quickly,  and  confusion  was 
so  likely  to  ensue  if  it  was  merely  repeated,  that 
on  recommencing  it  the  letter  A  was  prefixed, 
and  the  symbols  adopted  were  therefore  A  A, 
AB,  AC,  &c.  ;  after  completing  the  alphabet 


28  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

again,  the  letter  B  was  prefixed,  and  so  on ;  and 
astronomers  began  to  fear  that  they  had  before 
them  a  monotonous  prospect  of  continually  add- 
ing new  planets,  varied  by  no  incident  more  excit- 
ing than  starting  the  alphabet  over  again  after 
every  score. 

Fortunately,  however,  on  running  through  it 
for  the  fifth  time,  an  object  of  particular  interest 

Eros.  was  discovered.  Most  of  these  bodies  revolve 
at  a  distance  from  the  sun  intermediate  between 
that  of  Mars  and  that  of  Jupiter,  but  the  little 
planet  which  took  the  symbol  DQ,  and  afterwards 
the  name  of  Eros,  was  found  to  have  a  mean 
distance  actually  less  than  that  of  Mars,  and 
this  gave  it  an  extraordinary  importance  with 
respect  to  the  great  problem  of  determining  the 
sun's  distance.  To  explain  this  importance  we 
must  make  a  small  digression. 

Transit  of  About  the  middle  of  the  last  century  our 
knowledge  of  the  sun's  distance  was  very  rough, 
as  may  be  seen  from  the  table  on  p.  32  ;  but  there 
were  in  prospect  two  transits  of  Venus,  in  1874 
and  1882,  and  it  was  hoped  that  these  would  give 
opportunities  of  a  special  kind  for  the  measure- 
ment of  this  important  quantity,  which  lies  at  the 
root  of  all  our  knowledge  of  the  exact  masses  and 
dimensions  of  not  only  the  sun,  but  of  the  planets 
as  well. 

The  method  may  be  briefly  summarised  thus  : 
An  observer  in  one  part  of  the  earth  would  see 
Venus  cross  the  disc  of  the  sun  along  a  different 


URANUS   AND   EROS  29 

path  from  that  seen  by  another  observer,  as  will 
be  clear  from  the  diagram.      If  the  size  of  the 


EARTH 


SUN 

FIG.  i. 


earth,  the  distance  of  the  sun,  and  the  relative 
distance  of  Venus  be  known,  it  can  be  calcu- 
lated what  this  difference  in  path  will  be. 
Now  the  relative  distance  of  Venus  is  known 
with  great  accuracy,  from  observing  the  time  of 
her  revolution  round  the  sun;  the  size  of  the 
earth  we  can  measure  by  a  survey ;  there  remains, 
therefore^  only  one  unknown  quantity,  the  sun's 
distance.  And  since  from  a  knowledge  of  this  we 
could  calculate  the  difference  in  path,  it  is  easy 
to  invert  the  problem,  and  calculate  the  sun's 
distance  from  the  knowledge  of  the  observed 
difference  in  path.  Accordingly,  observers  were 
to  be  scattered,  not  merely  to  two,  but  to  many 
stations  over  the  face  of  the  earth,  to  observe  the 
exact  path  taken  by  Venus  in  transit  over  the  sun's 
disc  as  seen  from  their  station ;  and  especially  to 
observe  the  exact  times  of  beginning  and  ending 
of  the  transit ;  and,  by  comparison  of  their  results, 


30  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

it  was  hoped  to  determine  this  very  important 
quantity,  the  sun's  distance.  It  was  known  from 
previous  experience  that  there  were  certain  diffi- 
culties in  observing  very  exactly  the  beginning 
and  end  of  the  transit.  There  was  an  appear- 
The  ance  called  the  "  Black  Drop,"  which  had  caused 

"Black  ,  ,  .  . 

Drop."  trouble  on  previous  occasions ;  an  appearance  as 
though  the  round  black  spot  which  can  be  seen 
when  Venus  has  advanced  some  distance  over  the 
sun's  disc  was  reluctant  to  make  the  entry  and 
clung  to  the  edge  or  "  limb "  of  the  sun  as  it  is 
called,  somewhat  as  a  drop  of  ink  clings  to  a 
pen  which  is  slowly  withdrawn  from  an  inkpot. 
Similarly,  at  the  end  of  the  transit  or  egress, 
instead  of  approaching  the  limb  steadily  the 
planet  seems  at  the  last  moment  to  burst  out 
towards  it,  rendering  the  estimation  of  the  exact 
moment  when  the  transit  is  over  extremely 
doubtful. 

These  difficulties,  as  already  stated,  were  known 
to  exist;  but  there  is  a  long  interval  between 
transits  of  Venus,  or  rather  between  every  pair 
of  such  transits.  After  those  of  1874  and  1882 
there  will  be  no  more  until  2004  and  2012,  so 
that  we  shall  never  see  another ;  similarly,  before 
that  pair  of  the  last  century,  there  had  not  been 
any  such  occasion  since  1761  and  1769,  and  no 
one  was  alive  who  remembered  at  first  hand 
the  trouble  which  was  known  to  exist.  It  was 
proposed  to  obviate  the  anticipated  difficulties 
by  careful  practice  beforehand ;  models  were 


URANUS   AND    EROS  31 

prepared  to  resemble  as  nearly  as  possible  the 
expected  appearances,  and  the  times  recorded  by 
different  observers  were  compared  with  the  true 
time,  which  could,  in  this  case  of  a  model,  be 
determined.  In  this  way  it  was  hoped  that  the 
habit  of  each  observer,  his  "personal  equation"  as 
it  is  called,  could  be  determined  beforehand,  and 
allowed  for  as  a  correction  when  he  came  to 
observe  the  actual  transit.  The  result,  however, 
was  a  great  disappointment.  The  actual  appear- 
ances were  found  to  be  totally  different  in 
character  from  those  shown  by  the  model ;  Failure. 
chiefly,  perhaps,  because  it  had  been  impos- 
sible to  imitate  with  a  model  the  effect  of  the 
atmosphere  which  surrounds  the  planet  Yenus. 
Observers  trained  beforehand,  using  similar  in- 
struments, and  standing  within  a  few  feet  of  each 
other,  were  expected,  after  making  due  allowance 
for  personal  equation,  to  give  the  same  instant  for 
contact;  but  their  observations  when  made  were 
found  to  differ  by  nearly  a  minute  of  time,  and 
after  an  exhaustive  review  of  the  whole  material 
it  was  felt  that  all  hope  of  determining  accurately 
the  sun's  distance  by  this  method  must  be  given 
up.  The  following  table  will  show  how  much 
was  learned  from  the  transits  of  Venus,  and 
how  much  remained  to  be  settled.  They  left 
the  result  in  doubt  over  a  range  of  about  two 
million  miles. 


32  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 


SUN'S  DISTANCE,  IN  MILLIONS  OF  MILES,  AS 
FOUND  BY  DIFFERENT  OBSERVERS 

Before  the  Transits  of  Venus  estimates  varied 
between  96  million  miles  (Gilliss  and  Gould, 
1856)  and  91  million  (Winneche,  1863),  a  range 
of  5  million  miles. 

The  Transits  of  1874  and  1882  gave  results  lying 
between  93^  million  (Airy,  from  British  observa- 
tions of  1874),  92^  million  (Stone,  from  British 
observations  of  1882),  and  91|-  million  (Puiseux, 
from  French  observations),  a  range  of  if  millions. 

Gill's  Heliometer  results  all  lie  very  near  93 
millions.  The  observations  of  Mars  in  1877  give 
about  100,000  miles  over  this  figure :  but  the 
observations  of  Victoria,  Iris,  and  Sappho,  which 
are  more  trustworthy,  all  agree  in  giving  about 
100,000  miles  less  than  the  93  millions. 

It  became  necessary,  therefore,  to  look  to  other 
methods;  and  before  the  second  transit  of  1882 
was  observed,  an  energetic  astronomer,  Dr.  David 
Gill,  had  already  put  into  operation  the  method 
which  may  be  now  regarded  as  the  standard 
one. 

Modem         We   have  said   that    the  relative    distance    of 

fbr  sun's    Venus  from   the   sun  is  accurately  known  from 

distance,    observations  of  the  exact  time  of  revolution.     It 

is  easy  to  see  that  these  times  of  revolution  can 


URANUS   AND    EROS  33 

be  measured  accurately  by  mere  accumulation. 
We  may  make  an  error  of  a  few  seconds  in  noting 
the  time  of  return  ;  but  if  the  whole  interval 
comprises  10  revolutions,  this  error  is  divided  by 
10,  if  100  revolutions  by  100,  and  so  on;  and  by 
this  time  a  great  number  of  revolutions  of  all  the 
planets  (except  those  just  discovered)  have  been 
recorded.  Hence  we  know  their  relative  dis- 
tances with  great  precision  ;  and  if  we  can  find 
the  distance  in  miles  of  any  one  of  them,  we 
can  find  that  of  the  sun  itself,  or  of  any  other 
planet,  by  a  simple  rule-of-three  sum.  By  making 
use  of  this  principle  many  of  the  difficulties 
attending  the  direct  determination  of  the  sun's 
distance  can  be  avoided  ;  for  instance,  since  the 
sun's  light  overpowers  that  of  the  stars,  it  is  not 
easy  to  directly  observe  the  place  of  the  sun 
among  the  stars  ;  but  this  is  not  so  for  the  planets. 
We  can  photograph  a  planet  and  the  stars  sur-  Photo- 
rounding  it  on  the  same  plate,  and  then  by  care-  ^ 
ful  measurement  determine  its  exact  position 
among  the  stars  ;  and  since  this  position  differs 
slightly  according  to  the  situation  of  the  observer 
on  the  earth's  surface,  by  comparing  two  photo- 
graphs taken  at  stations  a  known  distance  apart 
we  can  find  the  distance  of  the  planet  from  the 
earth  ;  and  hence,  as  above  remarked,  the  dis- 
tance of  the  sun  and  all  the  other  members  of  the 
solar  system.  Or,  instead  of  taking  photographs 
from  two  different  stations,  we  can  take  from  the 
same  station  two  photographs  at  times  separated 

c 


Ascen- 
sion. 


34  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

by  a  known  interval.  For  in  that  interval  the 
station  will  have  been  carried  by  the  earth's  rota- 
tion some  thousands  of  miles  away  from  its  former 
position,  and  becomes  virtually  a  second  station 
separated  from  the  first  by  a  distance  which  is 
known  accurately  when  we  know  the  elapsed 
time.  Again,  instead  of  taking  photographs,  and 
from  them  measuring  the  position  of  the  planet 
among  the  stars,  we  may  make  the  measurements 
on  the  planet  and  stars  in  the  sky  itself;  and 
Dr.  Gin's  since  in  1878,  when  Dr.  Gill  set  out  on  his  enter- 
tkmto"  prise  of  determining  the  sun's  distance,  photo- 
graphy was  in  its  infancy  as  applied  to  astronomy, 
he  naturally  made  his  observations  on  the  sky 
with  an  instrument  known  as  a  heliometer.  He 
made  them  in  the  little  island  of  Ascension,  which 
is  suitably  situated  for  the  purpose  ;  because, 
being  near  the  earth's  equator,  it  is  carried  by 
the  earth's  rotation  a  longer  distance  in  a  given 
time  than  places  nearer  the  poles,  and  in  these 
observations  for  "parallax,"  as  they  are  called, 
it  is  important  to  have  the  displacement  of  the 
station  as  large  as  possible.  For  a  similar  reason 
the  object  selected  among  the  planets  must  be  as 
near  the  earth  as  possible ;  and  hence  the  planet 
Mars,  which  at  favourable  times  comes  nearer  to 
us  than  any  other  superior  planet1  then  known, 
was  selected  for  observation  with  the  heliometer. 
And  now  it  will  be  seen  why  the  discovery  of 

1  The  inferior  planet  Venus   conies  closer,  but  is   not  visible 
throughout  the  night. 


URANUS   AND   EROS  35 

the  little  planet  Eros  was  important,  for  Mars 
was  no  longer  the  known  planet  capable  of 
coming  nearest  to  us  ;  it  had  been  replaced  by 
this  new  arrival. 

Further,  a  small  planet  which  is  in  appearance 
just  like  an  ordinary  star  has,  irrespective  of  this 
great  proximity,  some  distinct  advantages  over  a 
planet  like  Mars,  which  appears  as  a  round  disc, 
and  is,  moreover,  of  a  somewhat  reddish  colour. 
When  the  distance  of  an  object  of  this  kind  from 
a  point  of  line  such  as  a  star  is  measured  with  the 
heliometer  it  is  found  that  a  certain  bias,  some- 
what difficult  to  allow  for  with  certainty,  is  intro- 
duced into  the  measures ;  and  our  confidence  in 
the  final  results    suffers  accordingly.      After  his 
observations  of  Mars  in  1878,  Dr.  David  Gill  was 
sufficiently  impressed  with   this    source  of  error 
to  make  three  new  determinations  of  the  sun's 
distance,  using  three  of  the  minor  planets  instead  Victoria, 
of  Mars,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  they  were  sen-  Sappho. 
sibly  farther  away ;   and  his  choice  was  justified 
by   finding   that   the   results    from    these    three 
different  sets  of  observations  agreed  well  among 
themselves,  and  differed  slightly  from  that  given 
by  the   observations   of  Mars.      Hence  it  seems 
conclusively  proved  that  one  of  these  bodies  is 
a  better  selection  than  Mars  in  any  case,  and  the 
discovery   of  Eros,  which   offered  the  advantage  Eros, 
of  greater  proximity  in   addition,  was   hailed  as 
a  new  opportunity  of  a  most  welcome  kind.      It 
was  seen  by  a  little  calculation  that  in  the  winter 


36  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  1900-1901  the  planet  would  come  very  near  the 
earth ;  not  the  nearest  possible  (for  it  was  also 
realised  that  a  still  better  opportunity  had  occurred 
in  1894,  though  it  was  lost  because  the  planet  had 
not  yet  been  discovered),  but  still  the  nearest 
approach  which  would  occur  for  some  thirty  years ; 
and  extensive,  though  somewhat  hasty,  prepara- 
tions were  made  to  use  it  to  the  fullest  advantage. 
Photography  had  now  become  established  as  an 
accurate  method  of  making  measurements  of  the 
kind  required ;  and  all  the  photographic  tele- 
scopes which  could  be  spared  were  pressed  into 
the  service,  and  diligently  photographed  the  planet 
and  surrounding  stars  every  fine  night  during  the 
favourable  period.  The  work  of  measuring  and 
reducing  these  photographs  involves  an  enormous 
amount  of  labour,  and  is  even  yet  far  from  com- 
pleted, but  we  know  enough  to  expect  a  result 
of  the  greatest  value.  More  than  this  we  have 
not  time  to  say  here  about  this  great  problem, 
but  it  will  have  been  made  clear  that  just  when 
astronomers  were  beginning  to  wonder  whether 
it  was  worth  while  continuing  the  monotonous 
discovery  of  new  minor  planets  by  the  handful, 
the  433rd  discovery  also  turned  out  to  be  one  of 
the  greatest  importance. 

To  canons  for  the  advantageous  prosecution 
of  research,  if  we  care  to  make  them,  we  may 
therefore  add  this — that  there  is  no  line  of  re- 
search, however  apparently  unimportant  or  mono- 
tonous, which  we  can  afford  to  neglect.  Just  when 


URANUS   AND    EROS  37 

we  are  on  the  point  of  relinquishing  it  under  the 
impression  that  the  mine  is  exhausted,  we  may 
be  about  to  find  a  nugget  worth  all  our  previous 
and  future  labour.  This  rule  will  not,  perhaps, 
help  us  very  much  in  choosing  what  to  work  at ; 
indeed,  it  is  no  rule  at  all,  for  it  leaves  us  the 
whole  field  of  choice  unlimited.  But  this  negative 
result  will  recur  again  and  again  as  we  examine 
the  lessons  taught  by  discoveries :  there  seem  to 
be  no  rules  at  all.  Whenever  we  seem  to  be 
able  to  deduce  one  from  an  experience,  some 
other  experience  will  flatly  contradict  it.  Thus 
we  might  think  that  the  discovery  of  Eros  taught 
us  to  proceed  patiently  with  a  monotonous  duty, 
and  not  turn  aside  to  more  novel  and  attractive 
work ;  yet  it  is  often  by  leaving  what  is  in  hand 
and  apparently  has  first  claim  on  our  attention 
that  we  shall  do  best,  and  we  shall  learn  in  the 
next  chapter  how  a  failure  thus  to  turn  flexibly 
aside  was  repented. 


CHAPTER   II 
THE   DISCOVERY  OF   NEPTUNE 

Search  IN  the  last  chapter  we  saw  that  the  circumstances 
finite6  under  which  planets  were  discovered  varied  con- 
objects.  siderably.  Sometimes  the  discoveries  were  not 
previously  expected,  occurring  during  a  general 
examination  of  the  heavens,  or  a  search  for  other 
objects ;  and,  on  one  occasion  at  -least,  the  dis- 
covery may  be  said  to  have  been  even  contrary 
to  expectation,  though,  as  the  existence  of  a 
number  of  minor  planets  began  to  be  realised, 
there  have  also  been  many  cases  where  the  dis- 
covery has  been  made  as  the  result  of  a  definite 
and  deliberate  search.  But  the  search  cannot  be 
said  to  have  been  inspired  by  any  very  clear  or 
certain  principle  :  for  the  law  of  Bode,  successful 
though  it  has  been  in  indicating  the  possible 
existence  of  new  planets,  cannot,  as  yet,  be  said 
to  be  founded  upon  a  formulated  law  of  nature. 
We  now  come,  however,  to  a  discovery  made  in 
direct  interpretation  of  Newton's  great  law  of 
gravitation — the  discovery  of  Neptune  from  its 
observed  disturbance  of  Uranus.  I  will  first 
briefly  recall  the  main  facts  relating  to  the  actual 
discovery. 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         39 

After  Uranus  had  been  discovered  and  observed  Disturb- 
sufficiently  long  for  its  orbit  to  be  calculated,  it 
was  found  that  the  subsequent  position  of  the 
planet  did  not  always  agree  with  this  orbit ;  and, 
more  serious  than  this,  some  early  observations 
were  found  which  could  not  be  reconciled  with 
the  later  ones  at  all.  It  is  a  wonderful  testimony 
to  the  care  and  sagacity  of  Sir  William  Herschel, 
as  was  remarked  in  the  last  chapter,  that  Uranus 
was  found  to  have  been  observed,  under  the  mis- 
taken impression  that  it  was  an  ordinary  star,  by 
Flamsteed,  Lemonnier,  Bradley,  and  Mayer,  all 
observers  of  considerable  ability.  Flamsteed's 
five  observations  dated  as  far  back  as  1690, 
1712,  and  1715  ;  observations  by  others  were 
in  1748,  1750,  1753,  1756,  and  so  on  up  to  1771, 
and  the  body  of  testimony  was  so  considerable 
that  there  was  no  room  for  doubt  as  to  the 
irreconcilability  of  the  observations  with  the 
orbit,  such  as  might  have  been  the  case  had 
there  been  only  one  or  two,  possibly  affected 
with  some  errors. 

It  is  difficult  to  mention  an  exact  date  for  the 
conversion  into  certainty  of  the  suspicion  that 
no  single  orbit  could  be  found  to  satisfy  all  the 
observations ;  but  we  may  certainly  regard  this 
fact  as  established  in  1821,  when  Alexis  Bouvard 
published  some  tables  of  the  planet,  and  showed 
fully  in  the  introduction  that  when  every  correc- 
tion for  the  disturbing  action  of  other  planets  had 
been  applied,  it  was  still  impossible  to  reconcile 


40  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

the  old  observations  with  the  orbit  calculated  from 
Suspicion  the  new  ones.      The  idea    accordingly  grew   up 
turtog     that  there  might  be  some  other  body  or  bodies 
iet'      attracting    the    planet    and    causing    these    dis- 
crepancies.     Here  again   it   is   not  easy  to  say 
exactly  when  this  notion  arose,  but  it  was  cer- 
tainly existent  in    1834,  as  the  following  letter 
to   the  Astronomer  Royal  will  show.      I  take  it 
from  his  well-known  "  Account  of  some  Circum- 
stances historically  connected  with  the  Discovery 
of  the  Planet  exterior  to  Uranus,"  which  he  gave  to 
the  Royal  Astronomical  Society  at  its  first  meet- 
ing after  that  famous  discovery  (Monthly  Notices 
of  the  R.A.S.,  vol.  iii.,  and  Memoirs,  vol.  xvi.). 

No.  i.— The  REV.  T.  J.  HUSSEY  to  G.  B.  AIRY. 

[Extract.] 
"'HAYES,  KENT,  ijih  November  1834. 

" '  With  M.  Alexis  Bouvard  I  had  some  con- 
versation upon  a  subject  I  had  often  meditated, 
which  will  probably  interest  you,  and  your  opinion 
may  determine  mine.  Having  taken  great  pains 
last  year  with  some  observations  of  Uranus,  I 
was  led  to  examine  closely  Bouvard's  tables  of 
that  planet.  The  apparently  inexplicable  dis- 
crepancies4 between  the  ancient  and  modern  ob- 
servations suggested  to  me  the  possibility  of  some 
disturbing  body  beyond  Uranus,  not  taken  into 
account  because  unknown.  My  first  idea  was 
to  ascertain  some  approximate  place  of  this  sup- 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         41 

posed  body  empirically,  and  then  with  my  large 
reflector  set  to  work  to  examine  all  the  minute 
stars  thereabouts  :  but  I  found  myself  totally 
inadequate  to  the  former  part  of  the  task.  If 
I  could  have  done  it  formerly,  it  was  beyond 
me  now,  even  supposing  I  had  the  time,  which 
was  not  the  case.  I  therefore  relinquished  the 
matter  altogether ;  but  subsequently,  in  conversa- 
tion with  Bouvard,  I  inquired  if  the  above  might 
not  be  the  case :  his  answer  was,  that,  as  might 
have  been  expected,  it  had  occurred  to  him,  and 
some  correspondence  had  taken  place  between 
Hansen  and  himself  respecting  it.  Hansen's 
opinion  was,  that  one  disturbing  body  would 
not  satisfy  the  phenomena;  but  that  he  conjec- 
tured there  were  two  planets  beyond  Uranus 
Upon  my  speaking  of  obtaining  the  places  em- 
pirically, and  then  sweeping  closely  for  the  bodies, 
he  fully  acquiesced  in  the  propriety  of  it,  intimat- 
ing that  the  previous  calculations  would  be  more 
laborious  than  difficult ;  that  if  he  had  leisure  he 
would  undertake  them  and  transmit  the  results 
to  me,  as  the  basis  of  a  very  close  and  accurate 
sweep.  I  have  not  heard  from  him  since  on  the 
subject,  and  have  been  too  ill  to  write.  What  is 
your  opinion  on  the  subject?  If  you  consider  the 
idea  as  possible,  can  you  give  me  the  limits, 
roughly,  between  which  this  body  or  those  bodies 
may  probably  be  found  during  the  ensuing  winter  ? 
As  wre  might  expect  an  eccentricity  [inclination  ?] 
approaching  rather  to  that  of  the  old  planets  than 


42  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  the  new,  the  breadth  of  the  zone  to  be  examined 
will  be  comparatively  inconsiderable.  I  may  be 
wrong,  but  I  am  disposed  to  think  that,  such  is 
the  perfection  of  my  equatoreal's  object-glass,  I 
could  distinguish,  almost  at  once,  the  difference 
of  light  of  a  small  planet  and  a  star.  My  plan 
of  proceeding,  however,  would  be  very  different : 
I  should  accurately  map  the  whole  space  within 
the  required  limits,  down  to  the  minutest  star  I 
could  discern  ;  the  interval  of  a  single  week  would 
then  enable  me  to  ascertain  any  change.  If  the 
whole  of  this  matter  do  not  appear  to  you  a 
chimaera,  which,  until  my  conversation  with 
Bouvard,  I  was  afraid  it  might,  I  shall  be  very 
glad  of  any  sort  of  hint  respecting  it.' 

"  My  answer  was  in  the  following  terms  : — 
No.  2. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  the  REV.  T.  J.  HUSSEY. 

[Extract.] 

"'OBSERVATORY,  CAMBRIDGE,  1834,  Nov.  23. 

Airy's  "  '  I  have  often  thought   of  the  irregularity  of 

cS1  Uranus,  and  since  the  receipt  of  your  letter  have 
looked  more  carefully  to  it.  It  is  a  puzzling 
subject,  but  I  give  it  as  my  opinion,  without 
hesitation,  that  it  is  not  yet  in  such  a  state  as 
to  give  .the  smallest  hope  of  making  out  the 
nature  of  any  external  action  on  the  planet  .  .  . 
if  it  were  certain  that  there  were  any  extraneous 
action,  I  doubt  much  the  possibility  of  determin- 
ing the  place  of  a  planet  which  produced  it.  I 
am  sure  it  could  not  be  done  till  the  nature  of 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         43 

the  irregularity  was  well  determined  from  several 
successive  revolutions.' " 

Although  only  a  sentence  or  two  have  been 
selected  from  Airy's  reply  (he  was  not  yet  Astro- 
nomer Royal),  they  are  sufficient  to  show  that  the 
problem  of  finding  the  place  of  such  a  possible 
disturbing  body  was  regarded  at  that  time  as  one 
of  extreme  difficulty  ;  and  no  one  appears  seriously 
to  have  contemplated  embarking  upon  its  solu- 
tion. It  was  not  until  many  years  later  that  the 
solution  was  attempted.  Of  the  first  attempt  we 
shall  speak  presently,  putting  it  aside  for  the 
moment  because  it  had  no  actual  bearing  on  the 
discovery  of  the  planet,  for  reasons  which  form 
an  extraordinary  episode  of  this  history.  The 
attempt  which  led  to  success  dates  from  Novem- 
ber 1845.  The  great  French  astronomer  Le  Le 
Verrier,  on  November  10,  1845,  read  to  the  papers! S 
French  Academy  a  paper  on  the  Orbit  of  Uranus, 
considering  specially  the  disturbances  produced 
by  Jupiter  and  Saturn,  and  showing  clearly  that 
with  no  possible  orbit  could  the  observations  be 
satisfied.  On  June  i,  1846,  followed  a  second 
paper  by  the  same  author,  in  which  he  considers 
all  the  possible  explanations  of  the  discordance, 
and  concludes  that  none  is  admissible  except  that 
of  a  disturbing  planet  exterior  to  Uranus.  And 
assuming,  in  accordance  with  Bode's  Law,  that 
the  distance  of  this  new  planet  from  the  sun 
would  be  about  double  that  of  Uranus  (and  it 


44  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

is  important  to  note  this  assumption),  he  proceeds 

to  investigate  the  orbit  of  such  a  planet,  and  to 

calculate  the  place  where  it  must  be  looked  for 

in  the  heavens.     This  was  followed  by  a  third 

paper  on  August  3ist,  giving  a  rather  completer 

discussion,  and  arriving  at   the   conclusion   that 

Planet      the  planet  should  be  recognisable  from  its  disc. 

detected    This  again  is  an  important  point.     We  remem- 

bydisc.     1^  ^at  |n  ^e  djgcoyer     Of  Uranus    it   needed 


considerable  skill  on  the  part  of  Sir  William 
Herschel  to  detect  the  disc,  to  see  in  fact  any 
difference  between  it  and  surrounding  stars  ;  and 
that  other  observers,  even  when  their  attention 
had  been  called  to  the  planet,  found  it  difficult 
to  see  this  difference.  It  might  be  expected, 
therefore,  that  with  a  planet  twice  as  far  away 
(as  had  been  assumed  for  the  new  planet)  the 
disc  would  be  practically  unrecognisable,  and  as 
we  shall  presently  see,  this  assumption  was  made 
in  some  searches  for  the  planet  which  had  been 
commenced  even  before  the  publication  of  this 
third  paper.  Le  Verrier's  courageous  announce- 
ment, which  he  deduced  from  a  consideration  of 
the  mass  of  the  planet,  that  the  disc  should  be 
recognisable,  led  immediately  to  the  discovery  of 
Gaiie's  the  suspected  body.  He  wrote  to  a  German 
o?tChTry  astronomer,  Dr.  Galle  (still,  I  am  glad  to  say, 
planet,  alive  and  well,  though  now  a  very  old  man), 
telling  him  the  spot  in  the  heavens  to  search, 
and  stating  that  he  might  expect  to  detect  the 
planet  by  its  appearance  in  this  way;  and  the 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         45 

same  night  Dr.  Galle,  by  comparing  a  star  map 
with  the  heavens,  found  the  planet. 

To  two  points  to  which  I  have  specially  called 
attention  in  this  brief  summary — namely,  the 
preliminary  assumption  that  the  planet  would  be, 
according  to  Bode's  Law,  twice  as  far  away  as 
Uranus ;  secondly,  the  confident  assertion  that  it 
would  have  a  visible  disc — I  will  ask  you  to  add, 
thirdly,  that  it  was  found  by  the  aid  of  a  star  map, 
for  this  map  played  an  important  part  in  the 
further  history  to  which  we  shall  now  proceed. 
It  may  naturally  be  supposed  that  the  announce- 
ment of  the  finding  of  a  planet  in  this  way,  the 
calculation  of  its  place  from  a  belief  in  the  uni- 
versal action  of  the  great  Law  of  Gravitation,  the 
direction  to  an  eminent  observer  to  look  in  that 
place  for  a  particular  thing,  and  his  immediate 
success, — this  extraordinary  combination  of  cir- 
cumstances caused  a  profound  sensation  through- 
out not  only  the  astronomical,  but  the  whole 
world ;  and  this  sensation  was  greatly  enhanced 
by  the  rumour  which  had  begun  to  gather  strength 
that,  but  for  some  unfortunate  circumstances,  the 
discovery  might  have  been  made  even  earlier  and  as 
a  consequence  of  totally  independent  calculations 
made  by  a  young  Cambridge  mathematician, 
J.  C.  Adams.  Some  of  you  are  doubtless  already  Adams' 
familiar  with  the  story  in  its  abridged  form,  for  it  uciy  an- 
has  been  scattered  broadcast  through  literature.  nouced- 
In  England  it  generally  takes  the  form  of  em- 
phasising the  wickedness  or  laziness  of  the 


46  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

Astronomer  Royal  who,  when  told  where  to  look 
for  a  planet,  neglected  his  obvious  duty,  so  that 
in  consequence  another  astronomer  who  made  the 
calculation  much  later  and  gave  a  more  virtuous 
observer  the  same  directions  where  to  look, 
obtained  for  France  the  glory  of  a  discovery  which 
ought  to  have  been  retained  in  England.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  Airy's  conduct  received  a  large 
amount  of  what  he  called  "  savage  abuse."  When 
the  facts  are  clearly  stated  I  think  it  will  be 
evident  that  many  of  the  harsh  things  said  of  him 
were  scarcely  just,  though  at  the  same  time  it  is 
also  difficult  to  understand  his  conduct  at  two  or 
three  points  of  the  history,  even  as  explained  by 
himself. 

Facts  un-  There  is  fortunately  no  doubt  whatever  about 
doubted.  anv  of  fae  facts.  Airy  himself  gave  a  very  clear 
and  straightforward  account  of  them  at  the  time, 
for  which  more  credit  is  due  to  him  than  he 
commonly  receives ;  and  since  the  death  of  the 
chief  actors  in  this  sensational  drama  they  have 
been  naturally  again  ransacked,  with  the  satis- 
factory result  that  there  is  practically  no  doubt 
about  any  of  the  facts.  As  to  the  proper  interpre- 
tations of  them  there  certainly  may  be  wide  dif- 
ferences of  opinion,  nor  does  this  circumstance 
detract  from  their  interest.  It  is  almost  impossible 
to  make  a  perfectly  colourless  recital  of  them,  nor 
is  it  perhaps  necessary  to  do  so.  I  will  therefore 
ask  you  to  remember  in  what  I  now  say  that  there 
is  almost  necessarily  an  element  of  personal  bias, 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         47 

and  that  another  writer  would  probably  give  a 
different  colouring.  Having  said  this,  I  hope  I 
may  speak  quite  freely  as  the  matter  appears  in 
my  personal  estimation. 

Airy's  account  was,  as  above  stated,  given  to  the  A 
Royal  Astronomical  Society  at  their  first  meeting  count." 
(after  the  startling  announcement  of  the  discovery 
of  the  new  planet),  on  November  13,  1846,  and 
I  have  already  quoted  an  extract  from  it.  He 
opens  with  a  tribute  to  the  sensational  character 
of  the  discovery,  and  then  states  that  although 
clearly  due  to  two  individuals  (namely,  Le  Verrier 
and  Galle),  it  might  also  be  regarded  as  to  some 
extent  the  consequence  of  a  movement  of  the  age.  "Amove- 
.His  actual  words  are  these  :  "The  principal  steps  the  age." 
in  the  theoretical  investigations  have  been  made 
by  one  individual,  and  the  published  discovery  of 
the  planet  was  necessarily  made  by  one  individual. 
To  these  persons  the  public  attention  has  been 
principally  directed  ;  and  well  do  they  deserve  the 
honours  which  they  have  received,  and  which  they 
will  continue  to  receive.  Yet  we  should  do  wrong 
if  we  considered  that  these  two  persons  alone  are 
to  be  regarded  as  the  authors  of  the  discovery 
of  this  planet.  I  am  confident  that  it  will 
be  found  that  the  discovery  is  a  consequence 
of  what  may  properly  be  called  a  movement  of 
the  age  ;  that  it  has  been  urged  by  the  feeling 
of  the  scientific  world  in  general,  and  has  been 
nearly  perfected  by  the  collateral,  but  independent 
labours,  of  various  persons  possessing  the  talents 


48  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

or  powers  best  suited  to  the  different  parts  of  the 
researches." 

I  have  quoted  these  words  as  the  first  point  at 
which  it  is  difficult  to  understand  Airy's  conduct 
in  excluding  from  them  all  specific  mention  of 
Adams,  knowing  as  he  did  the  special  claims 
which  entitled  him  to  such  mention ;  claims 
indeed  which  he  proceeded  immediately  to  make 
Airy  clear.  It  seems  almost  certain  that  Airy  entirely 
estimated  under-estimated  the  value  of  Adams'  work  through- 
work18'  ouk  But  this  will  become  clearer  as  we  proceed. 
The  "account"  takes  the  form  of  the  publication 
of  a  series  of  letters  with  occasional  comments. 
Airy  was  a  most  methodical  person,  and  filed  all 
his  correspondence  with  great  regularity.  It  was 
jestingly  said  of  him  once  that  if  he  wiped  his 
pen  on  a  piece  of  blotting-paper,  he  would  date 
the  blotting-paper  and  file  it  for  reference.  The 
letters  reproduced  in  this  "account"  are  still  in 
the  Observatory  at  Greenwich,  pinned  together 
just  as  Airy  left  them ;  and  in  preparing  his 
"account"  it  was  necessary  to  do  little  else  than 
to  have  them  copied  out  and  interpolate  comments. 
From  two  of  them  I  have  already  quoted  to  show 
how  difficult  the  enterprise  of  finding  an  exterior 
planet  from  its  action  on  Uranus  was  considered 
in  1834.  To  these  may  be  added  the  following 
sentence  from  No.  4,  dated  1837.  "If  it  be  the 
effect  of  any  unseen  body,"  writes  Airy  to  Bouvard, 
"  it  will  be  nearly  impossible  ever  to  find  out  its 
place."  But  the  first  letter  which  need  concern 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         49 

us  is  No.  6,  and  it  is  only  necessary  to  explain  that 
Professor  Challis  was  the  Professor  of  Astronomy 
at  Cambridge,  and  in  charge  of  the  Cambridge 
Observatory,  in  which  offices  he  had  succeeded 
Airy  himself  on  his  leaving  Cambridge  for  Green- 
wich some  eight  years  earlier. 

No.  6. — PROFESSOR  CHALLIS  to  G.  B.  AIRY. 

[Extract.} 

"'CAMBRIDGE  OBSERVATORY,  Feb.  13,  1844. 
"  *  A  young  friend  of  mine,  Mr.  Adams  of  St.  chains 
John's  College,  is  working  at  the  theory  of 
Uranus,  and  is  desirous  of  obtaining  errors  of  the  Airy 
tabular  geocentric  longitudes  of  this  planet,  when 
near  opposition,  in  the  years  1818-1826,  with  the 
factors  for  reducing  them  to  errors  of  heliocentric 
longitude.  Are  your  reductions  of  the  planetary 
observations  so  far  advanced  that  you  could  furnish 
these  data?  and  is  the  request  one  which  you 
have  any  objection  to  comply  with  ?  If  Mr. 
Adams  may  be  favoured  in  this  respect,  he  is 
further  desirous  of  knowing,  whether  in  the 
calculation  of  the  tabular  errors  any  alterations 
have  been  made  in  Bouvard's  Tables  of  Uranus 
besides  that  of  Jupiter  s  mass/ 

"  My  answer  to  him  was  as  follows  : — 
No.  7. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  PROFESSOR  CHALLIS. 

[Extract.'] 

"' ROYAL  OBSERVATORY,  GREENWICH,  1844,  Feb.  15. 
"  *  I  send  all  the  results  of  the  observations  of 
Uranus  made  with  both  instruments  (that  is,  the 

D 


50  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

heliocentric  errors  of  Uranus  in  longitude  and 
latitude  from  1754  to  1830,  for  all  those  days 
on  which  there  were  observations,  both  of  right 
ascension  and  of  polar  distance).  No  alteration 
is  made  in  Bouvard's  Tables  of  Uranus  except 
in  increasing  the  two  equations  which  depend  on 
Jupiter  by  -^  part.  As  constants  have  been 
added  (in  the  printed  tables)  to  make  the 
equations  positive,  and  as  ^  part  of  the  numbers 
in  the  tables  has  been  added,  -^  part  of  the 
constants  has  been  subtracted  from  the  final 
results.' 

"  Professor  Challis  in  acknowledging  the  receipt 
of  these,  used  the  following  expressions  :— 

No.  8. — PROFESSOR  CHALLIS  to  G.  B,  AIRY. 

[Extract.} 

"'CAMBRIDGE  OBSERVATORY,  Feb.  16,  1844. 
" '  I  am  exceedingly  obliged  by  your  sending  so 
complete  a  series  of  tabular  errors  of  Uranus. 
.  .  .  The  list  you  have  sent  will  give  Mr.  Adams 
the  means  of  carrying  on  in  the  most  effective 
manner  the  inquiry  in  which  he  is  engaged.' 

"  The  next  letter   shows  that  Mr.  Adams  has 
derived  results  from  these  errors. 

No.  9. — PROFESSOR  CHALLIS  to  G.  B.  AIRY. 

"'CAMBRIDGE  OBSERVATORY,  Sept.  22,  1845. 
" '  My  friend  Mr.    Adams  (who   will    probably 
deliver    this    note    to    you)    has    completed  his 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         51 

calculations   respecting   the   perturbation   of  the  and 
orbit  of  Uranus  by  a  supposed  ulterior  planet,  and  Adams'3 
has  arrived  at  results  which  he  would  be  glad  to  Green- 
communicate  to  you  personally,  if  you  could  spare  wlch> 
him  a  few  moments  of  your  valuable  time.     His 
calculations  are  founded  on  the  observations  you 
were  so   good  as  to  furnish  him  with  some  time 
ago ;  and  from  his  character  as  a  mathematician, 
and  his  practice  in  calculation,  I  should  consider 
the  deductions  from  his  premises  to  be  made  in  a 
trustworthy  manner.     If  he  should  not  have  the 
good  fortune  to  see  you  at  Greenwich,  he  hopes 
to  be  allowed  to  write  to  you  on  this  subject/ 

"  On  the  day  on  which  this  letter  was  dated,  I 
was  present  at  a  meeting  of  the  French  Institute. 
I  acknowledged  it  by  the  following  letter  : — 

No.  10. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  PROFESSOR  CHALLIS. 

"' ROYAL  OBSERVATORY,  GREENWICH,  1845,  Sept.  29. 

" '  I  was,  I  suppose,  on  my  way  from  France, 
when  Mr.  Adams  called  here  ;  at  all  events,  I 
had  not  reached  home,  and  therefore,  to  my 
regret,  I  have  not  seen  him.  Would  you  mention 
to  Mr.  Adams  that  I  am  very  much  interested 
with  the  subject  of  his  investigations,  and  that 
I  should  be  delighted  to  hear  of  them  by  letter 
from  him  ? ' 

"On  one  of  the  last  days  of  October  1845,  Mr. 
Adams  called  at  the  Eoyal  Observatory,  Green- 


52  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

wich,    in    my    absence    and    left    the    following 
important  paper : — 

No.  ii. — J.  C.  ADAMS,  Esq.,  to  G.  B.  AIRY. 

Adams'          "'According  to  my  calculations,  the  observed 
irregularities    in  the    motion   of  Uranus  may  be 
accounted  for  by  supposing  the  existence  of  an 
exterior  planet,  the  mass  and  orbit  of  which  are 
as  follows  : — 

Mean  distance  (assumed  nearly  in  accord- 
ance with  Bode's  Law)      .         .         .       38.4 
Mean  sidereal  motion  in  365.25  days         .        i°3o'-9 
Mean  longitude,  ist  October  1845    •         •  323  34 
Longitude  of  perihelion  .         .         .  315  55 

Eccentricity    .         .         .         .          .          .0.1610. 

Mass  (that  of  the  sun  being  unity)  .  0.0001656. 

For  the  modern  observations  I  have  used  the 
method  of  normal  places,  taking  the  mean  of  the 
tabular  errors,  as  given  by  observations  near  three 
consecutive  oppositions,  to  correspond  with  the 
mean  of  the  times ;  and  the  Greenwich  observa- 
tions have  been  used  down  to  1830:  since  which, 
the  Cambridge  and  Greenwich  observations,  and 
those  given  in  the  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
have  been  made  use  of.  The  following  are  the 
remaining  errors  of  mean  longitude  : — 
Observation — Theory. 


1780 

+  0.27 

1801 

-  0.04 

l822 

+  0.30 

1783 

-0.23 

1804 

+  1.76 

1825 

+  1.92 

1786 

-  0.96 

1807 

-0.21 

1828 

+  2.25 

1789 

+  1.82 

1810 

+  0.56 

1831 

-  1.  06 

1792 

-0.91 

1813 

-0.94 

1834 

-  i-44 

1795 

+  0.09 

1816 

-0.3I 

1837 

-1.62 

1798 

-0.99 

1819 

-  2.00 

1840 

+  1-73 

THE   DISCOVERY   OF    NEPTUNE         53 

The  error  for  1780  is  concluded  from  that  for 
1781  given  by  observation,  compared  with  those 
of  four  or  five  following  years,  and  also  with 
Lemonnier's  observations  in  1769  and  1771. 

" '  For  the  ancient  observations,  the  following 
are  the  remaining  errors  : — 

Observation — Theory. 

1690  +44-4  175°  -1-6  1763  -  s'.'i 
1712  +  6.7  1753  +5.7  1769  +  0.6 
1715  -  6.8  1756  -4.0  1771  +n. 8 

The  errors  are  small,  except  for  Flamsteed's 
observation  of  1690.  This  being  an  isolated 
observation,  very  distant  from  the  rest,  I  thought 
it  best  not  to  use  it  in  forming  the  equations  of 
condition.  It  is  not  improbable,  however,  that 
this  error  might  be  destroyed  by  a  small  change 
in  the  assumed  mean  motion  of  the  planet.' 

"I  acknowledged  the  receipt  of  this  paper  in 
the  following  terms : — 

No.   12. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  J,  C.  ADAMS,  Esq. 

tte  EOYAL  OBSERVATORY,  GREENWICH,  1845,  Nov.  5. 

"  *  I  am  very  much  obliged  by  the  paper  of 
results  which  you  left  here  a  few  days  since, 
showing  the  perturbations  on  the  place  of 
Uranus  produced  by  a  planet  with  certain 
assumed  elements.  The  latter  numbers  are  all 
extremely  satisfactory :  I  am  not  enough 
acquainted  with  Flamsteed's  observations  about 


54  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

1690   to    say  whether  they   bear  such  an  error, 
but  I  think  it  extremely  probable. 

"  *  But  I  should  be  very  glad  to  know  whether 
this  assumed  perturbation  will  explain  the  error 
of  the  radius  vector  of  Uranus.  This  error  is 
now  very  considerable,  as  you  will  be  able  to 
ascertain  by  comparing  the  normal  equations, 
given  in  the  Greenwich  observations  for  each 
year,  for  the  times  before  opposition  with  the 
times  after  opposition/ 

"  I  have  before  stated  that  I  considered  the 
establishment  of  this  error  of  the  radius  vector 
of  Uranus  to  be  a  very  important  determination. 
I  therefore  considered  that  the  trial,  whether 
the  error  of  radius  vector  would  be  explained 
by  the  same  theory  which  explained  the  error  of 
longitude,  would  be  truly  an  experimentum  crucis. 
And  I  waited  with  much  anxiety  for  Mr.  Adams' 
answer  to  my  query.  Had  it  been  in  the  affir- 
mative, I  should  at  once  have  exerted  all  the 
influence  which  I  might  possess,  either  directly, 
or  indirectly  through  my  friend  Professor  Challis, 
to  procure  the  publication  of  Mr.  Adams'  theory. 

"From  some  cause  with  which  I  am  un- 
acquainted, probably  an  accidental  one,  I  received 
no  immediate  answer  to  this  inquiry.  I  regret 
this  deeply,  for  many  reasons." 

Adams'  Here  we  may  leave  Airy's  "account"  for  a  few 
moments  to  consider  the  reason  why  he  received 
no  answer.  Adams  was  a  very  shy  and  retiring 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE          55 

young  man,  and  very  sensitive  ;  though  capable  of 
a  great  resolution,  and  of  enormous  perseverance 
in  carrying  it  out.  We  know  (what  is  not  in- 
dicated in  the  above  account),  how  steadily  he 
had  kept  in  view  the  idea  of  solving  this  great 
problem.  It  was  characteristic  of  him  that  as 
early  as  1841  he  had  formed  a  resolution  to  under- 
take it,  although  at  the  time  he  was  not  able  to 
enter  upon  its  accomplishment.  The  following 
memorandum,  which  is  still  in  existence,  having 
been  found  among  his  papers  after  his  death, 
records  these  facts : 

"  1841,  July  3.  Formed  a  design,  in  the 
beginning  of  this  week,  of  investigating,  as 
soon  as  possible  after  taking  my  degree,  the 
irregularities  in  the  motion  of  Uranus,  which 
were  as  yet  unaccounted  for :  in  order  to  find 
whether  they  may  be  attributed  to  the  action  of 
an  undiscovered  planet  beyond  it,  and  if  possible 
thence  to  determine  the  elements  of  its  orbit, 
&c.,  approximately,  which  would  probably  lead 
to  its  discovery." 

Accordingly,  "  as  soon  asj  possible  after  taking 
his  degree"  he  embarked  upon  the  enterprise,  and 
the  first  solution  was  made  in  the  long  vacation  of 
1843,  assuming  the  orbit  of  the  unknown  planet 
to  be  a  circle  with  a  radius  equal  to  twice  the 
mean  distance  of  Uranus  from  the  sun  (an  as- 
sumption which,  as  we  have  seen,  was  also  made 
by  Le  Verrier).  Having  satisfied  himself  that 


56  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

there  was  a  good  general  agreement  between  his 
results  and  the  observations,  Adams  began  a  more 
complete  solution ;  indeed  from  first  to  last  he 
made  no  less  than  six  separate  solutions,  the  one 
which  he  announced  to  Airy  in  the  above  letter 
being  the  fourth.  Hence  he  had  already  done  an 
enormous  amount  of  work  on  the  problem,  and 
was  in  his  own  mind  so  justly  convinced  of  the 
correctness  and  value  of  his  results  that  he  was 
liable  to  forget  that  others  had  not  had  the  same 
opportunity  of  judging  of  their  completeness ; 
and  he  was  grievously  disappointed  when  his 
announcement  was  not  received  with  full 
confidence. 

But  perhaps  it  should  first  be  stated  that  by  a 
series  of  mischances  Adams  had  been  already  much 
disappointed  at  the  failure  of  his  attempts  to  see 
the  Astronomer  Royal  on  his  visits  to  Greenwich. 
This  does  not  seem  to  have  been  exactly  Airy's 
fault ;  he  was,  as  may  well  be  supposed,  an 
extremely  busy  man,  and  was  much  occupied  at 
the  time  on  a  question  of  great  practical  im- 
portance, at  the  direct  request  of  the  Government, 
namely,  the  settling  of  the  proper  gauge  for  rail- 
ways throughout  the  country.  The  first  time 
Adams  cajled  to  see  him,  he  was  actually  in 
London  sitting  on  the  Committee  which  dealt 
with  this  question,  and  Adams  was  asked  to  call 
later ;  when  the  visit  was  repeated,  Airy  was  un- 
fortunately at  dinner  (and  it  may  be  added  that 
his  hours  for  dinner  were  somewhat  peculiar),  and 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE          57 

the  butler,  acting  somewhat  in  the  manner  of  his 
kind,  protected  his  master's  dinner  by  sending 
away  one  whom  he  doubtless  regarded  as  a  trouble- 
some visitor.  There  is,  as  I  have  said,  little  doubt 
about  any  of  the  facts,  and  it  seems  well  established 
that  Airy  himself  did  not  learn  of  Adams'  visits 
until  afterwards,  and  it  would  scarcely  be  just  to 
blame  him  for  a  servant's  oversight.  But  Adams 
had  left  the  paper  above  reproduced,  and  Airy  with 
his  business-like  habits  ultimately  proceeded  to 
deal  with  it ;  he  wrote  the  answer  given  above 
asking  Adams  a  definite  question,  filed  a  copy  of 
it  with  the  original  letter,  and  then  dismissed  the 
matter  from  his  thoughts  until  the  reply  from 
Adams,  which  he  confidently  expected  should 
again  bring  it  under  notice. 

This  further  disappointment  was,  however,  too  and  at 
much  for  Adams ;  he  regarded  the  question  put  question. 
by  Airy  as  having  so  obvious  an  answer  that  it 
was  intended  as  an  evasion,  though  this  was  far 
from  being  the  case.  Airy  was  thoroughly  in 
earnest  about  his  question,  though  it  must  be 
admitted  that  a  more  careful  study  of  the  problem 
would  have  shown  him  that  it  was  unnecessary. 
Later,  when  he  learnt  of  Le  Verrier's  researches, 
he  put  the  same  question  to  him,  and  received  a 
polite  but  very  clear  answer,  showing  that  the  sug- 
gested test  was  not  an  experimentum  crucis  as  he 
supposed.  But  Adams  did  not  feel  equal  to 
making  this  reply;  he  shrank  into  his  shell 
and  solaced  himself  only  by  commencing  afresh 


58  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

another  solution  of  the  problem  which  had  so 
engrossed  his  life  at  that  time. 

The  I  have  heard  severe  or  contemptuous  things  said 

Afcy?of   about  this  question  by  those  who  most  blame  Airy. 

question.  Some  of  them  have  no  hesitation  in  accusing  him 
of  intellectual  incompetence :  they  say  that  it  was 
the  question  of  a  stupid  man.  I  think  that  in  the 
first  place  they  forget  the  difference  between  a 
deliberate  error  of  judgement  and  a  mere  conse- 
quence of  insufficient  attention.  But  there  is 
even  more  than  this  to  be  said  in  defence  of 
the  question.  The  "  error  of  radius  vector  "  came 
before  Airy  in  an  entirely  independent  way,  and 
as  an  entirely  independent  phenomenon,  from  the 
"  error  of  longitude,"  and  there  was  nothing  un- 
natural in  regarding  it  as  requiring  independent 
explanation.  It  is  true  that,  as  the  event  proved, 
a  mere  readjustment  of  the  orbit  of  Uranus  got  rid 
of  this  error  of  radius  vector  (this  was  substantially 
Le  Verrier's  answer  to  Airy's  question) ;  but  we 
must  not  judge  of  what  was  possible  before  the 
event  in  the  light  of  what  we  now  know.  The 

The  range  original  possibilities  were  far  wider,  though  we 
have  forgotten  their  former  extent  now  that  they 
have  been  narrowed  down  by  the  discovery.  If  a 
sentry  during  war  time  hears  a  noise  in  a  certain 
direction,  he  may  be  compelled  to  make  the  as- 
sumption that  it  is  the  movement  of  an  enemy ; 
and  if  he  fires  in  that  direction  and  kills  him,  and 
thus  saves  his  own  army  from  destruction,  he  is 
deservedly  applauded  for  the  success  which  attends 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE          59 

his  action.  But  it  does  not  follow  that  the  as- 
sumption on  which  he  acted  was  the  only  possible 
one.  Or,  to  take  a  more  peaceful  illustration,  in 
playing  whist  it  sometimes  becomes  apparent  that 
the  game  can  only  be  won  if  the  cards  lie  in  a 
certain  way ;  and  a  good  player  will  thereupon 
assume  that  this  is  the  fact,  and  play  accordingly. 
Adams  and  Le  Verrier  played  to  win  the  game  on 
the  particular  assumption  that  the  disturbance  of 
Uranus  was  due  to  an  external  planet  revolving 
at  a  distance  from  the  sun  about  twice  that  of 
Uranus ;  and  won  it ;  and  we  applaud  them  for 
doing  so.  But  it  is  easy  to  imagine  a  rearrange- 
ment of  the  cards  with  which  they  would  have 
lost  it ;  and  Airy's  question  simply  meant  that  he 
was  alive  to  these  wider  possibilities,  and  did  not 
see  the  need  for  attempting  to  win  the  game  in 
that  particular  way. 

One  such  alternative  possibility  has  already  been 
mentioned.  "  Hansen's  opinion  was,  that  one  dis- 
turbing body  would  not  satisfy  the  phenomena;  but 
he  conjectured  that  there  were  two  planets  beyond 
Uranus"  Another  conceivable  alternative  is  that 
there  was  some  change  in  the  law  of  gravitation  at 
the  distance  of  Uranus,  which,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered, is  twice  as  great  as  that  of  any  planet  pre- 
viously known.  Or  some  wandering  body  might 
have  passed  close  enough  to  Uranus  to  change 
its  orbit  somewhat  suddenly.  We  now  know,  for 
instance,  that  the  swarm  of  meteorites  which 


60  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

gives  rise  to  the  well-known  "  November  meteors  " 
must  have  passed  very  close  to  Uranus  in  A.D.  126, 
assuming  that  neither  the  planet  nor  the  swarm 
have  been  disturbed  in  any  unknown  manner  in 
the  meantime.  It  is  to  this  encounter  that  we 
owe  the  introduction  of  this  swarm  to  our  solar 
system :  wandering  through  space,  they  met 
Uranus,  and  were  swept  by  his  attraction  into  an 
orbit  round  the  sun.  Was  there  no  reaction  upon 
Uranus  himself?  The  probabilities  are  that  the 
total  mass  of  the  swarm  was  so  small  as  to  affect 
the  huge  planet  inappreciably ;  but  who  was  to 
say  that  some  other  swarm  of  larger  mass,  or  other 
body,  might  not  have  approached  near  Uranus  at 
some  date  between  1690  and  1845,  an(^  been 
responsible  at  any  rate  in  part  for  the  observed 
errors  ?  These  are  two  or  three  suppositions  from 
our  familiar  experience ;  and  there  are,  of  course, 
limitless  possibilities  beyond.  Which  is  the  true 
scientific  attitude,  to  be  alive  to  them  all,  or  to 
concentrate  attention  upon  one  ? 

But  we  are  perhaps  wandering  too  far  from 
the  main  theme.  It  is  easy  to  do  so  in  review- 
ing this  extraordinary  piece  of  history,  for  at 
almost  every  point  new  possibilities  are  suggested. 

We  must  return,  however,  to  Airy's  "  account." 
We  reached  the  point  where  he  had  written  to 
Adams  (on  November  5,  1845),  asking  his  ques- 
tion about  the  radius  vector,  and  received  no 
reply;  and  there  the  matter  remained,  so  far  as 


III.— U.  J.  LK  VERRIER. 

(From  a  print  in  the  possession  of  the  R-tyal  Astronomical  Society.) 


IV  — J.  G.  GALLE. 

WHO   FIRST   SAW   THE   PLANET   NEPTUXE. 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         61 

he   was    concerned,    until    the    following    June, 
when   Le    Verrier's    memoir   reached   him;    and  Airy  re- 
we  will   let   him   give   his    own   version    of  the 
result. 


"This  memoir  reached  me  about  the  23rd  or 
24th  of  June.  I  cannot  sufficiently  express  the 
feeling  of  delight  and  satisfaction  which  I  received 
from  it.  The  place  which  it  assigned  to  the 
disturbing  planet  was  the  same,  to  one  degree, 
as  that  given  by  Mr.  Adams'  calculations,  which 
I  had  perused  seven  months  earlier.  To  this 
time  I  had  considered  that  there  was  still  room 
for  doubt  of  the  accuracy  of  Mr.  Adams'  in- 
vestigations ;  for  I  think  that  the  results  of 
algebraic  and  numerical  computations,  so  long 
and  so  complicated  as  those  of  an  inverse 
problem  of  perturbations,  are  liable  to  many 
risks  of  error  in  the  details  of  the  process  :  I 
know  that  there  are  important  numerical  errors 
in  the  Mecanique  Celeste  of  Laplace ;  in  the 
Theorie  de  la  Lune  of  Plan  a ;  above  all,  in 
Bouvard's  first  tables  of  Jupiter  and  Saturn; 
and  to  express  it  in  a  word,  I  have  always 
considered  the  correctness  of  a  distant  mathe- 
matical result  to  be  a  subject  rather  of  moral 
than  of  mathematical  evidence.  But  now  I  felt 
no  doubt  of  the  accuracy  of  both  calculations,  as 
applied  to  the  perturbation  in  longitude.  I  was, 
however,  still  desirous,  as  before,  of  learning 
whether  the  perturbation  in  radius  vector  was 


62  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

fully  explained.     I  therefore  addressed  to  M.  Le 
Verrier  the  following  letter: — 

No.  13. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  M.  LE  VERRIER. 

"' ROYAL  OBSERVATORY,  GREENWICH,  1846,  June  26. 

He  puts  "'I  have  read,  with  very  great  interest,  the 
"radius-  account  of  your  investigations  on  the  probable 
question  place  of  a  planet  disturbing  the  motions  of 
Verrier  Uranus,  which  is  contained  in  the  Compte 
Rendu  de  TAcademie  of  June  i  ;  and  I  now 
beg  leave  to  trouble  you  with  the  following 
question.  It  appears,  from  all  the  later  obser- 
vations of  Uranus  made  at  Greenwich  (which 
are  most  completely  reduced  in  the  Greenwich 
Observations  of  each  year,  so  as  to  exhibit  the 
effect  of  an  error  either  in  the  tabular  helio- 
centric longitude,  or  the  tabular  radius  vector), 
that  the  tabular  radius  vector  is  considerably  too 
small.  And  I  wish  to  inquire  of  you  whether 
this  would  be  a  consequence  of  the  disturbance 
produced  by  an  exterior  planet,  now  in  the 
position  which  you  have  indicated?" 

There  is  more  of  the  letter,  but  this  will  suffice 
to  show  that  he  wrote  to  Le  Verrier  in  the  same 
way  as  to  Adams,  and,  as  already  stated,  received 
a  reply  dated  three  or  four  days  later.  But  the 
rest  of  the  letter  contains  no  mention  of  Adams, 
and  thus  arises  a  second  difficulty  in  understand- 
ing Airy's  conduct.  It  seems  extraordinary  that 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         63 

when  he  wrote  to  Le  Verrier  he  made  no  mention  but  makes 
of    the    computations    which    he    had   previously  Sor^o?" 
received   from   Adams ;    or   that   he    should   not  Adams- 
have  written  to  Adams,  and  made  some  attempt 
to  understand  his  long  silence,  now  that,  as  he 
himself  states,  he  "  felt  no  doubt  of  the  accuracy 
of  both  calculations."      The  omission  may  have 
been,  and  probably  was,  mere  carelessness  or  for- 
getfulness ;    but  he  could  hardly  be   surprised  if 
others  mistook  it  for  deliberate  action. 

However,  attention  had  now  been  thoroughly  Airy  an- 
attracted    to   the  near  possibility  of  finding  the  J^e  Si- 
planet.     On  June  29,   1846,  there  was  a  special  *™^ 
meeting  of  the   Board  of  Visitors  of  Greenwich  Planet» 
Observatory,  and  Airy  incidentally  mentioned  to 
them  this  possibility.     The  impression  produced 
must  have  been  definite  and  deep;  for  Sir  John 
Herschel,  who  was  present,  was  bold  enough  to 
say  on  September  loth  following  to  the  British 
Association    assembled    at    Southampton:    "We 
see  it  (the   probable   new  planet)   as   Columbus 
saw   America   from    the    shores    of    Spain.       Its 
movements  have   been  felt  trembling  along  the 
far-reaching  line  of  our  analysis  with  a  certainty 
hardly  inferior  to  that  of  ocular  demonstration." 
Airy  discussed  the  matter  with  Professor  Challis  and 
(who,    it   will    be    remembered,    had    originally 
written  to  him  on  behalf  of  Adams),  suggesting 
that   he  should  immediately  commence  a  search  bridge 
for  the  supposed  planet  at  Cambridge.     It  may 
be  asked  \vhy  Airy  did  not  commence  this  search 


64  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

himself  at  Greenwich,  and  the  answer  is  that  he 
had  no  telescope  which  he  regarded  as  large 
enough  for  the  purpose.  The  Royal  Observatory 
at  Greenwich  has  always  been,  and  is  now,  better 
equipped  in  some  respects  than  any  other  observa- 
tory, as  might  be  expected  from  its  deservedly 
great  reputation ;  but  to  possess  the  largest  exist- 
ing telescope  has  never  been  one  of  its  ambitions. 
The  instruments  in  which  it  takes  most  pride 
are  remarkable  for  their  steadiness  and  accuracy 
rather  than  for  their  size ;  and  at  that  time  the 
nothav-  best  telescope  possessed  by  the  observatory  was 
abLftete  not>  in  Airy's  opinion,  large  enough  to  detect  the 
scope  at  planet  with  certainty.  In  this  opinion  we  now 
wich  know  that  he  was  mistaken  ;  but,  again,  we  must 
not  judge  his  conduct  before  the  event  in  the 
light  of  what  we  have  since  discovered.  It  may 
be  recalled  here  that  it  was  not  until  Le  Verrier's 
third  paper,  published  on  August  31,  that  he  (Le 
Verrier)  emphatically  pointed  out  that  the  new 
planet  might  be  of  such  a  size  as  to  have  a 
sensible  disc ;  and  it  was  this  remark  which  led 
immediately  to  its  discovery.  Until  this  was  so 
decisively  stated,  it  must  have  seemed  exception- 
ally improbable ;  for  we  saw  in  the  last  chapter 
how  diligently  the  Zodiac  had  been  swept  in 
the  search  for  minor  planets, — how,  for  instance, 
Hencke  had  searched  for  fifteen  years  without 
success ;  and  it  might  fairly  be  considered  that 
if  there  were  a  fairly  bright  object  (such  as 
Neptune  has  since  been  found  to  be)  it  would 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE          65 

have  been  discovered  earlier.  Hence  Airy  not 
unreasonably  considered  it  necessary  to  spread 
his  net  for  very  small  objects.  On  July  9  he 
wrote  to  Professor  Challis  as  follows  : — 

No.  15. — G.  B.  AIRY  to  PROFESSOR  CHALLIS. 

"  THE  DEANERY,  ELY,  1846,  July  9. 

"  You  know  that  I  attach  importance  to  the 
examination  of  that  part  of  the  heavens  in  which 
there  is  ...  reason  for  suspecting  the  existence 
of  a  planet  exterior  to  Uranus.  I  have  thought 
about  the  way  of  making  such  examination,  but  I 
am  convinced  that  (for  various  reasons,  of  declina- 
tion, latitude  of  place,  feebleness  of  light,  and 
regularity  of  superintendence)  there  is  no  prospect 
whatever  of  its  being  made  with  any  chance  of 
success,  except  with  the  Northumberland  tele- 
scope. 

"Now,  I  should  be  glad  to  ask  you,  in  the 
first  place,  whether  you  could  make  such  an 
examination  ? 

"  Presuming  that  your  answer  would  be  in  the 
negative,  I  would  ask,  secondly,  whether,  suppos- 
ing that  an  assistant  were  supplied  to  you  for  this 
purpose,  you  would  superintend  the  examination? 

"  You  will  readily  perceive  that  all  this  is  in 
a  most  unformed  state  at  present,  and  that  I  am 
asking  these  questions  almost  at  a  venture,  in  the 
hope  of  rescuing  the  matter  from  a  state  which  is, 

without  the  assistance  that  you  and  your  instru- 

E 


66  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

ments  can  give,  almost  desperate.  Therefore  I 
should  be  glad  to  have  your  answer,  not  only 
responding  simply  to  my  questions,  but  also  enter- 
ing into  any  other  considerations  which  you  think 
likely  to  bear  on  the  matter. 

"  The  time  for  the  said  examination  is  approach- 
ing near." 

chains  Professor  Challis  did  not  require  an  assistant, 
tairesthe  ^ut  determined  to  undertake  the  work  himself, 
search.  an(j  ^evised  his  own  plan  of  procedure ;  but  he 
also  set  out  on  the  undertaking  with  the  expecta- 
tion of  a  long  and  arduous  search.  No  such  idea 
as  that  of  finding  the  planet  on  the  first  night  ever 
entered  his  head.  For  one  thing,  he  had  no  map 
of  the  region  to  be  examined,  for  although  the 
map  used  by  Galle  had  been  published,  no  copy 
of  it  had  as  yet  reached  Cambridge,  and  Professor 
Challis  had  practically  to  construct  a  map  for 
himself.  In  these  days  of  photography  to  make 
such  a  map  is  a  simple  matter,  but  at  that  time 
the  process  was  terribly  laborious.  "  I  get  over 
the  ground  very  slowly,"  he  wrote  on  September 
2nd  to  Airy,  "  thinking  it  right  to  include  all  stars 
to  10-1 1  magnitude  ;  and  I  find  that  to  scrutinise 
thoroughly  in  this  way  the  proposed  portion  of 
the  heavens  will  require  many  more  observations 
than  I  can  take  this  year."  With  such  a  prospect, 
it  is  not  surprising  that  one  night's  observations 
were  not  even  compared  with  the  next ;  there 
would  be  a  certain  economy  in  waiting  until  a 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         67 

large  amount  of  material  had  been  accumulated, 
and  then  making  the  comparisons  all  together, 
and  this  was  the  course  adopted.  But  when  Le 
Verrier's  third  paper,  with  the  decided  opinion 
that  the  planet  would  be  bright  enough  to  be  seen 
by  its  disc,  ultimately  reached  Professor  Challis,  it 
naturally  gave  him  an  entirely  different  view  of  the 
possibilities ;  he  immediately  began  to  compare 
the  observations  already  made,  and  found  that  he  He  finds 
had  observed  the  planet  early  in  August.  But  it  that ^e 
was  now  too  late  to  be  first  in  the  field,  for  Galle 
had  already  made  his  announcement  of  discovery.  Planet 
Writing  to  Airy  on  October  12,  Challis  could  , 
only  lament  that  after  four  days'  observing  the 
planet  was  in  his  grasp,  {/"only  he  had  examined 
or  mapped  the  observations,  and  if  he  had  not 
delayed  doing  so  until  he  had  more  observations 
to  reduce,  and  if  he  had  not  been  very  busy  with 
some  comet  observations.  Oh  !  these  terrible  ifs 
which  come  so  often  between  a  man  and  success  ! 
The  third  of  them  is  a  peculiarly  distressing  one, 
for  it  represents  that  eternal  conflict  between  one 
duty  and  another,  which  is  so  constantly  recurring 
in  scientific  work.  Shall  we  finish  one  piece  of 
work  now  well  under  way,  or  shall  we  attend  to 
something  more  novel  and  more  attractive  ? 
Challis  thought  his  duty  lay  in  steadily  com- 
pleting the  comet  observations  already  begun. 
We  saw  in  the  last  lecture  how  the  steady  pursuit 
of  the  discovery  of  minor  planets,  a  duty  which 
had  become  tedious  and  apparently  led  nowhere, 


68  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

suddenly  resulted  in  the  important  discovery  of 
Eros.  But  Challis  was  not  so  fortunate  in  elect- 
ing to  plod  along  the  beaten  track  ;  he  would 
have  done  better  to  leave  it.  There  is  no  golden 
rule  for  the  answer;  we  must  be  guided  in 
each  case  by  the  special  circumstances,  and  the 
dilemma  is"  consequently  a  new  one  on  every 
occasion,  and  perhaps  the  more  trying  with  each 
repetition. 

Such  are  briefly  the  events  which  led  to  the 
discovery  of  Neptune,   which  was  made  in  Ger- 
many by  direction  from  France,   when  it  might 
have  been  made  in  Cambridge  alone.      The   in- 
sensation  cidents  created   a  great   stir  at  the   time.      The 
byThe       "Account"  of  them,  as  read  by  Airy  to  the  Royal 
discovery.  Astronomical    Society    on    November    13,    1846, 
straightforward    and    interesting   though    it    was, 
making  clear  where  he  had  himself  been  at  fault, 
nevertheless  stirred  up  angry  passions    in   many 
quarters,  and  chiefly  directed  against  Airy  himself. 
Cambridge    was    furious    at    Airy's    negligence, 
which  it  considered  responsible   for  costing  the 
University  a  great   discovery ;    and    others   were 
equally  irate  at  his  attempting  to  claim  for  Adams 
some  of  that  glory  which  they  considered  should 
go  wholly  to  Le  Verrier.    But  it  may  be  remarked 
Not  ail      that    feeling   was    not    purely    national.      Some 
jealousy,    foreigners  were  cordial  in  their  recognition  of  the 
work  of  Adams,  while  some  of  those  most  eager  to 
oppose  his  claims  were  found  in  this  country.     In 
their  anxiety  to   show  that  they  were  free  from 


THE    DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         69 

national  jealousy,  scientific  men  went  almost  too 
far  in  the  opposite  direction. 

Airy's  conduct  was  certainly  strange  at  several 
points,  as  has  already  been  remarked.  One  cannot 
understand  his  writing  to  Le  Verrier  in  June  1846 
without  any  mention  of  Adams.  He  could  not 
even  momentarily  have  forgotten  Adams'  work ; 
for  he  tells  us  himself  how  he  noticed  the  close  ., 
correspondence  of  his  result  with  that  of  Le 
Verrier :  and  had  he  even  casually  mentioned 
this  fact  in  writing  to  the  latter,  it  would  have 
prepared  the  way  for  his  later  statement.  But  we 
can  easily  understand  the  unfavourable  impression 
produced  by  this  statement  after  the  discovery  had 
been  made,  when  there  had  been  no  previous  hint 
on  the  subject  at  all.  Of  those  who  abused  him  The 
Cambridge  had  the  least  excuse  ;  for  there  is  no 
doubt  that  with  a  reasonably  competent  Professor 
of  Astronomy  in  Cambridge,  she  need  not  have  matter. 
referred  to  Airy  at  all.  It  would  not  seem  to 
require  any  great  amount  of  intelligence  to  under- 
take to  look  in  a  certain  region  for  a  strange  object 
if  one  is  in  possession  of  a  proper  instrument. 
We  have  seen  that  Challis  had  the  instrument, 
and  when  urged  to  do  so  was  equal  to  the  task  of 
finding  the  planet ;  but  he  was  a  man  of  no  initia- 
tive, and  the  idea  of  doing  so  unless  directed  by 
some  authority  never  entered  his  head.  He  had 
been  accustomed  for  many  years  to  lean  rather 
helplessly  upon  Airy,  who  had  preceded  him  in 
office  at  Cambridge.  For  instance,  when  appointed 


70  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

to  succeed  him,  and  confronted  with  the  necessity 
of  lecturing  to  students,  he  was  so  helpless  that 
he  wrote  to  implore  Airy  to  come  back  to  Cam- 
bridge and  lecture  for  him  ;  and  this  was  actually 
done,  Airy  obtaining  leave  from  the  Government 
to  leave  his  duties  at  Greenwich  for  a  time  in 
order  to  return  to  Cambridge,  and  show  Challis 
chains  how  to  lecture.  Now  it  seems  to  me  that  this 
weakest  helplessness  was  the  very  root  of  all  the  mischief 
of  which  Cambridge  so  bitterly  complained.  I 
claimed  at  the  outset  the  privilege  of  stating  my 
own  views,  with  which  others  may  not  agree  :  and 
of  all  the  mistakes  and  omissions  made  in  this 
little  piece  of  history,  the  most  unpardonable  and 
the  one  which  had  most  serious  consequences 
seems  to  me  to  be  this :  that  Challis  never  made 
the  most  casual  inquiry  as  to  the  result  of  the 
visit  to  Greenwich  which  he  himself  had  directed 
Adams  to  make.  I  am  judging  him  to  some 
extent  by  default ;  because  I  assume  the  facts 
from  lack  of  evidence  to  the  contrary :  but  it 
seems  practically  certain  that  after  sending  this 
young  man  to  see  Airy  on  this  important  topic, 
Challis  thereupon  washed  his  hands  of  all  respon- 
sibility so  completely  that  he  never  even  took  the 
trouble  to  inquire  on  his  return,  "  Well !  how  did 
you  get  on  ?  What  did  the  Astronomer  Royal 
say  ? "  Had  he  put  this  simple  question,  which 
scarcely  required  the  initiative  of  a  machine,  and 
learnt  in  consequence,  as  he  must  have  done,  that 
the  sensitive  young  man  thought  Airy's  question 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         71 

trivial,  and  did  not  propose  to  answer  it,  I  think 
we  might  have  trusted  events  to  right  themselves. 
Even  Challis  might  have  been  trusted  to  reply, 
"  Oh  !  but  you  must  answer  the  Astronomer 
Royal's  question  :  you  may  think  it  stupid,  but 
you  had  better  answer  it  politely,  and  show  him 
that  you  know  what  you  are  about."  It  is  un- 
profitable to  pursue  speculation  further  ;  this  did 
not  happen,  and  something  else  did.  But  I  have 
always  felt  that  my  old  University  made  a  scape- 
goat of  the  wrong  man  in  venting  its  fury  upon 
Airy,  when  the  real  culprit  was  among  themselves, 
and  was  the  man  they  had  themselves  chosen  to 
represent  astronomy.  He  was  presumably  the 
best  they  had  ;  but  if  they  had  no  one  better  than 
this,  they  should  not  have  been  surprised,  and 
must  not  complain,  if  things  went  wrong.  If  a 
University  is  ambitious  of  doing  great  things,  it 
must  take  care  to  see  that  there  are  men  of  ability 
and  initiative  in  the  right  places.  This  is  a  most 
difficult  task  in  any  case,  and  we  require  all  pos- 
sible incentives  towards  it.  To  blink  the  facts 
when  a  weak  spot  is  mercilessly  exposed  by  the 
loss  of  a  great  opportunity  is  to  lose  one  kind  of 
incentive,  and  perhaps  not  the  least  valuable. 

Let  us  now  turn  to  some  curious  circumstances  Curious 
attending  this  remarkable  discovery  of  a  planet  between 


by  mathematical  investigation,  of  which  there  are 
several.     The  first  is,  that  although  Neptune  was  Planefc- 
found  so  near  the  place  where  it  was  predicted, 
its  orbit,  after  discovery,  proved  to  be  very  dif- 


72  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

ferent  from  that  which  Adams  and  Le  Verrier 
had  supposed.  You  will  remember  that  both 
calculators  assumed  the  distance  from  the  sun, 
in  accordance  with  Bode's  Law,  to  be  nearly  twice 
that  of  Uranus.  The  actual  planet  was  found  to 
have  a  mean  distance  less  than  this  by  25  per 
cent,  an  enormous  quantity  in  such  a  case.  For 
instance,  if  the  supposed  planet  and  the  real  were 
started  round  the  sun  together,  the  real  planet 
would  soon  be  a  long  way  ahead  of  the  other, 
and  the  ultimate  disturbing  effect  of  the  two  on 
Uranus  would  be  very  different.  To  explain  the 
difference,  we  must  first  recall  a  curious  pro- 
perty of  such  disturbances.  When  two  planets 
are  revolving,  so  that  one  takes  just  twice  or 
three  times,  or  any  exact  number  of  times,  as  long 
to  revolve  round  the  sun  as  the  other,  the  usual 
mathematical  expressions  for  the  disturbing  action 
of  one  planet  on  the  other  would  assign  an  infinite 
disturbance,  which,  translated  into  ordinary  lan- 
guage, means  that  we  must  start  with  a  fresh 
assumption,  for  this  state  of  things  cannot  persist. 
If  the  period  of  one  were  a  little  longer  than  this 
critical  value,  some  of  the  mathematical  expres- 
sions would  be  of  contrary  sign  from  those  corre- 
sponding to  a  period  a  little  shorter.  Now  it  is 
curious  that  the  supposed  planet  and  the  real  had 
orbits  on  opposite  sides  of  a  critical  value  of  this 
kind,  namely,  that  which  would  assign  a  period 
of  revolution  for  Neptune  exactly  half  that  of 
Uranus ;  and  it  was  pointed  out  in  America  by 


THE    DISCOVERY    OF    NEPTUNE         73 

Professor   Peirce   that   the    effect    of   the    planet  Professor 
imagined    by   Adams    and    Le   Verrier  was  thus 
totally  different  from  that  of  Neptune.     He  there- 
fore  declared  that  the  mathematical  work  had  not  coveir 

WtlS  Si 

really  led  to  the  discovery  at  all ;  but  that  it  had  mere 

•  11-  •     •  accident. 

resulted  irom  mere  coincidence,  and  this  opinion — 
somewhat  paradoxical  though  it  was — found  con- 
siderable support.  It  was  not  replied  to  by  Adams 
until  some  thirty  years  later,  when  a  short  reply 
was  printed  in  Liouville's  Journal.  The  explana-  The  ex- 

,.  •       „  i  •          ,i  •  •  i          -i    1        -r»          planation. 

tion  is  this  :  the  expressions  considered  by  Pro- 
fessor  Peirce  are  those  representing  the  action  of 
the  planet  throughout  an  indefinite  past,  and  did 
not  enter  into  the  problem,  which  would  have 
been  precisely  the  same  if  Neptune  had  been 
suddenly  created  in  1690;  while,  on  the  other 
hand,  if  Neptune  had  existed  up  till  1690  (the 
time  when  Uranus  was  first  observed,  although 
unknowingly),  and  then  had  been  destroyed, 
there  would  have  been  no  means  of  tracing  its 
previous  existence.  In  past  ages  it  had  no  doubt 
been  perturbing  the  orbit  of  Uranus,  and  had 
effected  large  changes  in  it ;  but  if  it  had  then 
been  suddenly  destroyed,  we  should  have  had  no 
means  of  identifying  these  changes.  There  might 
have  been  instead  of  Neptune  another  planet,  such 
as  .that  supposed  by  Adams  and  Le  Verrier ;  and 
its  action  in  all  past  time  would  have  been  very 
different  from  that  of  Neptune,  as  is  properly  re- 
presented in  the  mathematical  expressions  which 
Professor  Peirce  considered.  In  consequence  the 


74  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

orbit  of  Uranus  in  1690  would  have  been  very 
different  from  the  orbit  as  it  was  actually  found ; 
but  in  either  case  the  mathematicians  Adams  and 
Le  Verrier  would  have  had  to  take  it  as  they 
found  it ;  and  the  disturbing  action  which  they 
considered  in  their  calculations  was  the  compara- 
tively small  disturbance  which  began  in  1690  and 
ended  in  1846.  During  this  limited  number  of 
years  the  disturbance  of  the  planet  they  imagined, 
although  not  precisely  the  same  as  that  of  Nep- 
tune, was  sufficiently  like  it  to  give  them  the 
approximate  place  of  the  planet. 

Still  it  is  somewhat  bewildering  to  look  at  the 
mathematical  expressions  for  the  disturbances  as 
used  by  Adams  and  Le  Verrier,  when  we  can  now 
compare  with  them  the  actual  expressions  to  which 
they  ought  to  correspond;  and  one  may  say  frankly 
that  there  seems  to  be  no  sort  of  resemblance. 
Recently  a  memorial  of  Adams'  work  has  been 
published  by  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society ; 
they  have  reproduced  in  their  Memoirs  a  facsimile 
of  Adams'  MS.  containing  the  "  first  solution," 
which  he  made  in  1843  in  the  Long  Vacation 
after  he  had  taken  his  degree,  and  which  would 
have  given  the  place  of  Neptune  at  that  time  with 
an  error  of  15°.  In  an  introduction  describing 
the  whole 'of  the  MSS.,  written  by  Professor  R.  A. 
Sampson  of  Durham,  it  is  shown  how  different 
the  actual  expressions  for  Neptune's  influence  are 
from  those  used  by  Adams,  and  it  is  one  of  the 
curiosities  of  this  remarkable  piece  of  history  that 


THE    DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         75 

some  of  them  seem  to  be  actually  in  the  wrong 
direction;  and  others  are  so  little  alike  that  it  is 
only  by  fixing  our  attention  resolutely  on  the 
considerations  above  mentioned  that  we  can 
realise  that  the  analytical  work  did  indeed  lead 
to  the  discovery  of  the  planet. 

A  second  curiosity  is  that  a  mistaken  idea  Suggested 
should  have  been  held  by  at  least  one  eminent  tary 
man  (Sir  J.  Herschel),  to  the  effect  that  it  would 
have  been  possible  to  find  the  place  of  the  planet 
by  a  much  simpler  mathematical  calculation  than 
that  actually  employed  by  Adams  or  Le  Verrier. 
In  his  famous  '*  Outlines  of  Astronomy  "  Sir  John 
Herschel  describes  a  simple  graphical  method, 
which  he  declares  would  have  indicated  the  place 
of  the  planet  without  much  trouble.  Concerning 
it  I  will  here  merely  quote  Professor  Sampson's 
words  : — 

"  The  conclusion  is  drawn  that  Uranus  arrived 
at  a  conjunction  with  the  disturbing  planet  about 
1822  ;  and  this  was  the  case.  Plausible  as  this 
argument  may  seem,  it  is  entirely  baseless.  For 
the  maximum  of  perturbations  depending  on  the 
eccentricities  has  no  relation  to  conjunction,  and 
the  others  which  depend  upon  the  differences  of 
the  mean  motions  alone  are  of  the  nature  of  forced 
oscillations,  and  conjunction  is  not  their  maximum 
or  stationary  position,  but  their  position  of  most 
rapid  change." 

Professor  Sampson  goes  on  to  show  that  a  more 


76  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

elaborate  discussion  seems  quite  as  unpromising ; 
and  he  concludes  that  the  refinements  employed 
were  not  superfluous,  although  it  seems  now  clear 
that  a  different  mode  of  procedure  might  have  led 
more  certainly  to  the  required  conclusion. 
The  evil  For  the  third  curious  point  is  that  both  calcula- 
of^Bode's  t°rs  should  have  adhered  so  closely  to  Bode's  Law. 
If  they  had  not  had  this  guiding  principle  it  seems 
almost  certain  that  they  would  have  made  a  better 
approximation  to  the  place  of  the  planet,  for 
instead  of  helping  them  it  really  led  them  astray. 
We  have  already  remarked  that  if  two  planets  are 
at  different  distances  from  the  sun,  however  slight, 
and  if  they  are  started  in  their  revolution  together, 
they  must  inevitably  separate  in  course  of  time, 
and  the  amount  of  separation  will  ultimately 
become  serious.  Thus  by  assuming  a  distance  for 
the  planet  which  was  in  error,  however  slight,  the 
calculators  immediately  rendered  it  impossible  for 
themselves  to  obtain  a  place  for  the  planet  which 
should  be  correct  for  more  than  a  very  brief  period. 
Professor  Sampson  has  given  the  following  inter- 
esting lists  of  the  dates  at  which  Adams'  six  solu- 
tions gave  the  true  place  of  the  planet  and  the 
intervals  during  which  the  error  was  within  5° 
either  way. 

I.        II.       III.       IV.       v.       VI. 

Correct  ....   1820   1835   1872   1830   1861   1856 

Within  +  c°     J  l812   I827   I865   I8l3   1815   1826 
(1827   1842   1877   1866   1871   1868 

Now  the  date  at  which  it  was  most  important  to 
obtain  the  correct  place  was   1845  or  thereabouts 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF    NEPTUNE          77 

when  it  was  proposed  to  look  for  the  planet ;  but 
no  special  precaution  seems  to  have  been  taken  by 
either  investigator  to  secure  any  advantage  for 
this  particular  date.  Criticising  the  procedure 
after  the  event  (and  of  course  this  is  a  very 
unsatisfactory  method  of  criticism),  we  should  say 
that  it  would  have  been  better  to  make  several 
assumptions  as  regards  the  distance  instead  of 
relying  upon  Bode's  Law ;  but  no  one,  so  far  as  I 
know,  has  ever  taken  the  trouble  to  write  out  a 
satisfactory  solution  of  the  problem  as  it  might 
have  been  conducted.  Such  a  solution  would  be 
full  of  interest,  though  it  could  only  have  a  small" 
weight  in  forming  our  estimation  of  the  skill 
with  which  the  problem  was  solved  in  the  first 
instance. 

Fourthly,  we  may  notice  a  very  curious  point.  Le 
Le  Verrier  went  to  some  trouble  not  only  to  point  erroneous 
out  the  most  likely  place  for  the  planet,  but  to 
indicate  limits  outside  which  it  was  not  necessary 
to  look.     This  part  of  his  work  is  specially  com- 
mented upon  with  enthusiasm  by  Airy,  and  I  will 
reproduce  what  he  says.     It  is  rather  technical 
perhaps,  but  those  who  cannot  follow  the  mathe* 
matics  will   be   able   to   appreciate   the   tone  of 
admiration. 

"  M.  Le  Verrier  then  enters  into  a  most  ingenious 
computation  of  the  limits  between  which  the 
planet  must  be  sought.  The  principle  is  this : 
assuming  a  time  of  revolution,  all  the  other  un- 


78  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

known  quantities  may  be  varied  in  such  a  manner 
that  though  the  observations  will  not  be  so  well 
represented  as  before,  yet  the  errors  of  observation 
will  be  tolerable.  At  last,  on  continuing  the 
variation  of  elements,  one  error  of  observation  will 
be  intolerably  great.  Then,  by  varying  the  ele- 
ments in  another  way,  we  may  at  length  make 
another  error  of  observation  intolerably  great ;  and 
so  on.  If  we  compute,  for  all  these  different 
varieties  of  elements,  the  place  of  the  planetfor  1847, 
its  locus  will  evidently  be  a  discontinuous  curve 
or  curvilinear  polygon.  If  we  do  the  same  thing 
with  different  periodic  times,  we  shall  get  different 
polygons  ;  and  the  extreme  periodic  times  that 
can  be  allowed  will  be  indicated  by  the  polygons 
becoming  points.  These  extreme  periodic  times 
are  207  and  233  years.  If  now  we  draw  one 
grand  curve,  circumscribing  all  the  polygons,  it  is 
certain  that  the  planet  must  be  within  that  curve. 
In  one  direction,  M.  Le  Verrier  found  no  difficulty 
in  assigning  a  limit ;  in  the  other  he  was  obliged 
to  restrict  it,  by  assuming  a  limit  to  the  eccentri- 
city. Thus  he  found  that  the  longitude  of  the 
planet  was  certainly  not  less  than  321°,  and  not 
greater  than  335°  or  345°,  according  as  we  limit 
the  eccentricity  to  0.125  or  0.2.  And  if  we  adopt 
0.125  as  the  limit,  then  the  mass  will  be  included 
between  the  limits  0.00007  and  0.00021  ;  either 
of  which  exceeds  that  of  Uranus.  From  this  cir- 
cumstance, combined  with  a  probable  hypothesis 
as  to  the  density,  M.  Le  Verrier  concluded  that 


THE    DISCOVERY    OF    NEPTUNE         79 

the  planet  would  have  a  visible  disk,  and  sufficient  The 
light   to    make    it   conspicuous   in  ordinary  tele- 
scopes. 

"  M.  Le  Verrier  then  remarks,  as  one  of  the  strong 
proofs  of  the  correctness  of  the  general  theory, 
that  the  error  of  radius  vector  is  explained  as 
accurately  as  the  error  of  longitude.  And  finally, 
he  gives  his  opinion  that  the  latitude  of  the  dis- 
turbing planet  must  be  small. 

"My  analysis  of  this  paper  has  necessarily  been 
exceedingly  imperfect,  as  regards  the  astronomical 
and  mathematical  parts  of  it ;  but  I  am  sensible 
that,  in  regard  to  another  part,  it  fails  totally.  I 
cannot  attempt  to  convey  to  you  the  impression 
which  was  made  on  me  by  the  author's  undoubt- 
ing  confidence  in  the  general  truth  of  his  theory, 
by  the  calmness  and  clearness  with  which  he 
limited  the  field  of  observation,  and  by  the  firm- 
ness with  which  he  proclaimed  to  observing 
astronomers,  'Look  in  the  place  which  I  have 
indicated,  and  you  will  see  the  planet  well.' 
Since  Copernicus  declared  that,  when  means 
should  be  discovered  for  improving  the  vision, 
it  would  be  found  that  Venus  had  phases  like 
the  moon,  nothing  (in  my  opinion)  so  bold, 
and  so  justifiably  bold,  has  been  uttered  in 
astronomical  prediction.  It  is  here,  if  I  mis- 
take not,  that  we  see  a  character  far  superior 
to  that  of  the  able,  or  enterprising,  or  indus- 
trious mathematician ;  it  is  here  that  we  see  the 
philosopher." 


8o  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

Peirce's         But  now  this  process  of  limitation  was  faulty 
the  limits,  and  actually  misleading.     Let   us   compare  what 

is    said    about    it    by   Professor    Peirce    a   little 

later. 


"  Guided  by  this  principle,  well  established, 
and  legitimate,  if  confined  within  proper  limits, 
M.  Le  Verrier  narrowed  with  consummate  skill  the 
field  of  research,  and  arrived  at  two  fundamental 
propositions,  namely : — 

"  i  st.  That  the  mean  distance  of  the  planet 
cannot  be  less  than  35  or  more  than  37.9.  The 
corresponding, limits  of  the  time  of  sidereal  revolu- 
tion are  about  207  and  233  years. 

"  2nd.  *  That  there  is  only  one  region  in  which 
the  disturbing  planet  can  be  placed  in  order  to 
account  for  the  motions  of  Uranus  ;  that  the  mean 
longitude  of  this  planet  must  have  been,  on 
January  i,  1800,  between  243°  and  252°.' 

" '  Neither  of  these  propositions  is  of  itself 
necessarily  opposed  to  the  observations  which 
have  been  made  upon  Neptune,  but  the  two  com- 
bined are  decidedly  inconsistent  with  observation. 
It  is  impossible  to  find  an  orbit,  which,  satisfying 
the  observed  distance  and  motion,  is  subject  to 
them.  If,  for  instance,  a  mean  longitude  and 
time  of  revolution  are  adopted  according  with  the 
first,  the  corresponding  mean  longitude  in  1800 
must  have  been  at  least  40°  distant  from  the 
limits  of  the  second  proposition.  And  again,  if 
the  planet  is  assumed  to  have  had  in  1800  a 


THE   DISCOVERY    OF   NEPTUNE         81 

mean  longitude  near  the  limits  of  the  second 
proposition,  the  corresponding  time  of  revolution 
with  which  its  motions  satisfy  the  present  observa- 
tions cannot  exceed  1 70  years,  and  must  therefore 
be  about  40  years  less  than  the  limits  of  the  first 
proposition.' 

"Neptune  cannot,  then,  be  the  planet  of  M. 
Le  Verrier's  theory,  and  cannot  account  for  the 
observed  perturbations  of  Uranus  under  the  form 
of  the  inequalities  involved  in  his  analysis" — 
(Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  /.,  1846-1848,  p.  66). 

At  the  time  when  Professor  Peirce  wrote,  the 
orbit  of  Neptune  was  not  sufficiently  well  deter- 
mined to  decide  whether  one  of  the  two  limita- 
tions might  not  be  correct,  though  he  could  see 
that  they  could  not  both  be  right,  and  we  now 
know  that  they  are  both  wrong.  The  mean  dis- 
tance of  Neptune  is  30,  which  does  not  lie  between 
35  and  37.9;  and  the  longitude  in  1800  was  225°, 
which  does  not  lie  between  243°  and  252°.  The 
ingenious  process  which  Airy  admired  and  which 
Peirce  himself  calls  "consummately  skilful"  was 
wrong  in  principle.  As  Professor  Newcomb  has  New- 
said,  "the  error  was  the  elementary  one  that,  criticism, 
instead  of  considering  all  the  elements  simultane- 
ously variable,  Le  Verrier  took  them  one  at 
a  time,  considering  the  others  as  fixed,  and 
determining  the  limits  between  which  each  could 
be  contained  on  this  hypothesis.  No  solver  of 
least  square  equations  at  the  present  day  ought  to 


82  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

make  such  a  blunder.  Of  course  one  trouble  in 
Le  Verrier's  demonstration,  had  he  attempted  a 
rigorous  one,  would  have  been  the  impossibility 
of  forming  the  simultaneous  equations  expressive 
of  possible  variations  of  all  the  elements." 

The  account  of  Le  Verrier's  limits  by  Professor 
Peirce,  though  it  exhibits  the  error  with  special 
clearness,  is  a  little  unfair  to  Le  Verrier  in  one 
point.  If,  instead  of  taking  the  limits  for  the 
date  1 800,  we  take  them  for  1846  (when  the 
search  for  Neptune  was  actually  made),  we  shall 
find  that  they  do  include  the  actual  place  of 
the  planet,  as  Airy  found.  The  erroneous  mean 
motion  of  Le  Verrier's  planet  allowed  of  his 
being  right  at  one  time  and  wrong  at  another; 
and  Airy  examined  the  limits  under  favourable 
conditions,  which  explains  his  enthusiasm.  But 
we  can  scarcely  wonder  that  Professor  Pairce 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  planet  discovered 
was  not  the  one  pointed  out  by  Le  Verrier,  and 
had  been  found  by  mere  accident.  And  all  these 
circumstances  inevitably  contribute  to  a  general 
impression  that  the  calculators  had  a  large 
Element  element  of  good  fortune  to  thank  for  their 
fortune,  success.  Nor  need  we  hesitate  to  make  this 
admission,  for  there  is  an  element  of  good 
fortune  in  all  discoveries.  To  look  no  further 
than  this — if  a  man  had  not  been  doing  a  par- 
ticular thing  at  a  particular  time,  as  he  might 
easily  not  have  been,  most  discoveries  would 
never  have  been  made.  If  Sir  William  Herschel 


15"     * 


V.— CORNER  OF  '/HE  BERLIN  MAP,  BY  THE  USE  OF  WHICH  GALLE  FOUND  NEPTUNE 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         83 

had  not  been  looking  at  certain  small  stars  for 
a  totally  different  purpose  he  would  never  have 
found  Uranus  ;  and  no  one  need  hesitate  to  admit 
the  element  of  chance  in  the  finding  of  Neptune. 
It  is  well  illustrated  by  a  glance  at  the  map  The  map 
which,  as  has  been  remarked,  Galle  used  to  com-  ™^7 
pare  with  the  sky  on  the  night  when  he  made  the 
actual  discovery.  The  planet  was  found  down 
near  the  bottom  corner  of  the  map,  and  since  the 
limits  assigned  for  its  place  might  easily  have 
varied  a  few  degrees  one  way  or  the  other,  it 
might  easily  have  been  off  the  map  ;  in  which  case 
it  is  probable  that  the  search  would  not  have  been 
successful,  or  at  any  rate  that  success  would  have 
been  delayed. 

Thus,  it  is  a  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  Everyone 
discovery  of  Neptune  that  mistakes  were  made  mistakes, 
by  almost  every  one  concerned,  however  eminent. 
Airy  made  a  mistake  in  regarding  the  question  of 
the  Radius  Vector  as  of  fundamental  importance ; 
Sir  J.  Herschel  was  wrong  in  describing  an  ele- 
mentary method  which  he  considered  might  have 
found  the  planet ;  Professor  Peirce  was  wrong 
in  supposing  that  the  actual  and  the  supposed 
planet  were  essentially  different  in  their  action 
on  Uranus ;  Le  Verrier  was  wrong  in  assigning 
limits  outside  which  it  was  not  necessary  to  look 
when  the  actual  planet  was  outside  them ;  Adams 
was  more  or  less  wrong  in  thinking  that  the 
eccentricity  of  the  new  planet  could  be  found 
from  the  material  already  at  disposal  of  man. 


84  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

Both  Adams  and  Le  Verrier  gave  far  too  much 
importance  to  Bode's  Law. 

To  review  a  piece  of  history  of  this  kind  and 
note  the  mistakes  of  such  men  is  certainly 
comforting,  and  need  not  in  any  way  lessen  our 
admiration.  In  the  case  of  the  inve'sti-gaftors 
themselves,  much  may  be  set  down  to1  excitement 
in  the  presence  of  a  possible  discovery.  Professor 
Sampson  has  provided  us  with  a  small  but  typical 
instance  of  this  fact.  When  Adams  had  carried 
through  all  his  computations  for  finding  Neptune, 
and  was  approaching  the  actual  place  of  the 
planet,  he,  "who  could  carry  through  fabulous 
computations  without  error,"  for  the  first  time 
wrote  down  a  wrong  figure.  The  mistake  was 
corrected  upon  the  MS.,  "probably  as  soon  as 
made,"  but  no  doubt  betrays  the  excitement 
which  the  great  worker  could  not  repress  at  this 
critical  moment.  There  is  a  tradition  that,  simi- 
larly, when  the  mighty  Newton  was  approaching 
the  completion  of  his  calculations  to  verify  the 
Law  of  Gravitation,  his  excitement  was  so  great 
that  he  was  compelled  to  assign  to  a  friend  the 
task  of  finishing  them. 

Finally,  we  may  remark  how  the  history  of 
the  discovery  of  Neptune  again  illustrates  the 
difficulty  of  formulating  any  general  principles 
for  guiding  scientific  work.  Sometimes  it  is 
well  to  follow  the  slightest  clue,  however  im- 
perfectly understood ;  at  other  times  we  shall 
do  better  to  refuse  such  guidance.  Bode's  Law 


THE   DISCOVERY   OF   NEPTUNE         85 

pointed  to  the  existence  of  minor  planets,  and 
might  conceivably  have  helped  in  finding  Uranus : 
but  by  trusting  to  it  in  the  case  of  Neptune,  the 
investigators  were  perilously  near  going  astray. 
Sometimes  it  is  better  to  follow  resolutely  the 
work  in  hand  whatever  it  may  be,  shutting  one's 
ears  to  other  calls ;  but  Airy  and  Challis  lost  their 
opportunities  by  just  this  course  of  action.  The 
history  of  science  is  full  of  such  contradictory 
experiences ;  and  the  only  safe  conclusion  seems 
to  be  that  there  are  no  general  rules  of  conduct 
for  discovery. 


CHAPTEK  III 

BRADLEY'S  DISCOVERIES  OF  THE  ABERRATION  OF 
LIGHT  AND  OF  THE  NUTATION  OF  THE  EARTH'S 
AXIS 

Bio-  IN  examining  different  types  of  astronomical  dis- 
meSwcT  covery,  we  shall  find  certain  advantages  in  varying 
adopted.  j.Q  some  extent  the  method  of  presentation.  In  the 
two  previous  chapters  our  opportunities  for  learn- 
ing anything  of  the  life  and  character  of  those 
who  made  the  discoveries  have  been  slight ;  but  I 
propose  to  adopt  a  more  directly  biographical 
method  in  dealing  with  Bradley' s  discoveries, 
which  are  so  bound  up  with  the  simple  earnest- 
ness of  his  character  that  we  could  scarcely 
appreciate  their  essential  features  properly  with- 
out some  biographical  study.  But  the  record  of 
his  life  apart  from  his  astronomical  work  is  not 
in  any  way  sensational ;  indeed  it  is  singularly 
devoid  of  incident.  He  had  not  even  a  scientific 
quarrel.  There  was  scarcely  a  man  of  science  of 
that  periool  who  had  not  at  least  one  violent 
quarrel  with  some  one,  save  only  Bradley,  whose 
gentle  nature  seems  to  have  kept  him  clear  of 
them  all.  Judged  by  ordinary  standards  his  life 
was  uneventful :  and  yet  it  may  be  doubted 
whether,  to  him  who  lived  it,  that  life  contained 

86 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  87 

one  dull  moment.  Incident  came  for  him  in  his 
scientific  work :  in  the  preparation  of  apparatus, 
the  making  of  observations,  above  all  in  the  hard- 
thinking  which  he  did  to  get  at  the  clue  which 
would  explain  them ;  and  after  reviewing  his 
biography,1  I  think  we  shall  be  inclined  to  admit 
that  if  ever  there  was  a  happy  life,  albeit  one  of 
unremitting  toil,  it  was  that  of  James  Bradley. 

He  was  born  at  Sherbourn,  in  Gloucestershire,  Bradiey's 
in  1693.  We  know  little  of  his  boyhood  except 
that  he  went  to  the  Grammar  School  at  North- 
leach,  and  that  the  memory  of  this  fact  was 
preserved  at  the  school  in  1832  when  Rigaud  was 
writing  his  memoir.  [The  school  is  at  present 
shut  up  for  want  of  funds  to  carry  it  on ;  and  all 
inquiries  I  have  made  have  failed  to  elicit  any 
trace  of  this  memory.]  Similarly  we  know  little 
of  his  undergraduate  days  at  Oxford,  except  that 
he  entered  as  a  commoner  at  Balliol  in  1710,  took 
his  B.A.  in  the  regular  course  in  1714,  and  his 
M.A.  in  1717.  As  a  career  he  chose  the  Church, 
being  ordained  in  1719,  and  presented  to  the 
vicarage  of  Bridstow  in  Monmouthshire  ;  but  he 
only  discharged  the  duties  of  vicar  for  a  couple  of 
years,  for  in  1721  he  returned  to  Oxford  as  Pro- 
fessor of  Astronomy,  an  appointment  which 
involved  the  resignation  of  his  livings ;  and  so 
slight  was  this  interruption  to  his  career  as  an 

1  The  facts  were  collected  with  great  care  and  ability  by  S.  P. 
Rigaud,  and  published  by  the  Oxford  University  Press  in  1832  as 
"  Miscellaneous  Works  and  Correspondence  of  the  Rev.  James 
Bradley." 


88  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

astronomer  that  we  may  almost  disregard  it,  and 
consider  him  as  an  astronomer  from  the  first. 
But  to  guard  against  a  possible  misconception,  let 
Brief  me  say  that  Bradley  entered  on  a  clerical  career 
career!  in  a  thoroughly  earnest  spirit ;  to  do  otherwise 
would  have  been  quite  foreign  to  his  nature.  When 
vicar  of  Bridstow  he  discharged  his  duties  faith- 
fully towards  that  tiny  parish,  and  moreover  was 
so  active  in  his  uncle's  parish  of  Wansted  that  he 
left  the  reputation  of  having  been  curate  there, 
although  he  held  no  actual  appointment.  And 
thirty  years  later,  when  he  was  Astronomer  Royal 
and  resident  at  Greenwich,  and  when  the  valuable 
vicarage  of  Greenwich  was  offered  to  him  by 
the  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer,  he  honourably 
refused  the  preferment,  "because  the  duty  of  a 
pastor  was  incompatible  with  his  other  studies 
and  necessary  engagements." 

Learnt  But  now  let  us  turn  to  Bradley' s  astronomical 
nomynoi  education.  I  must  admit,  with  deep  regret,  that 
at  Oxford,  we  cannot  allow  any  of  the  credit  of  it  to 
Oxford.  There  was  a  great  astronomer  in  Oxford 
when  Bradley  was  an  undergraduate,  for  Edmund 
Halley  had  been  appointed  Savilian  Professor  of 
Geometry  in  1703,  and  had  immediately  set  to 
work  to  compute  the  orbits  of  comets,  which  led 
to  hisimrn'ortal  discovery  that  some  of  these  bodies 
return  to  us  again  and  again,  especially  the  one 
which  bears  his  name — Halley's  Comet — and 
returns  every  seventy-five  years,  being  next  ex- 
pected about  1910.  But  there  is  no  record  that 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  89 

Bradley  came  under  Halley's  teaching  or  influ- 
ence as  an  undergraduate.  In  later  years  the  two 
men  knew  each  other  well,  and  it  was  Halley's 
one  desire  towards  the  close  of  his  life  that 
Bradley  should  succeed  him  as  Astronomer  Royal 
at  Greenwich ;  a  desire  which  was  fulfilled  in 
rather  melancholy  fashion,  for  Halley  died  with- 
out any  assurance  that  his  wish  would  be  gratified. 
But  Bradley  got  no  astronomical  teaching  at 
Oxford  either  from  Halley  or  others.  The  art 
of  astronomical  observation  he  learnt  from  his 
maternal  uncle,  the  Rev.  James  Pound,  Rector  of  but  from 
Wansted,  in  Essex.  He  is  the  man  to  whom  we  Slm^s016' 
owe  Bradley' s  training  and  the  great  discoveries  Pound- 
which  came  out  of  it.  He  was,  I  am  glad  to  say, 
an  Oxford  man  too ;  very  much  an  Oxford  man ; 
for  he  seems  to  have  spent  some  thirteen  years 
there  migrating  from  one  Hall  to  another.  His 
record  indeed  was  such  as  good  tutors  of  colleges 
frown  upon ;  for  it  was  seven  years  before  he 
managed  to  take  a  degree  at  all ;  and  he  could 
not  settle  to  anything.  After  ten  years  at  Oxford 
he  thought  he  would  try  medicine ;  after  three 
years  more  he  gave  it  up  and  went  out  in  1700 
as  chaplain  to  the  East  Indies.  But  he  seems  to 
have  been  a  thoroughly  lovable  man,  for  news 
was  brought  of  him  four  years  later  that  he  had 
a  mind  to  come  home,  but  was  dissuaded  by  the 
Governor  saying  that  "  if  Dr.  Pound  goes,  I  and 
the  rest  of  the  Company  will  not  stay  behind." 
Soon  afterwards  the  settlement  was  attacked  in  an 


90  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

insurrection,  and  Pound  was  one  of  the  few  who 
escaped  with  his  life,  losing  however  all  the  pro- 
perty he  had  gradually  acquired.  He  returned  to 
England  in  1 706,  and  was  presented  to  the  living 
of  Wansted  ;  married  twice,  and  ended  his  days 
in  peace  and  fair  prosperity  in  1724.  Such  are 
briefly  the  facts  about  Bradley's  uncle,  James 
Pound ;  but  the  most  important  of  all  remains 
to  be  told — that  somehow  or  other  he  had  learnt 
Pound  a  to  make  first-rate  astronomical  observations,  how 

first-rate 

observer,  or  when  is  not  recorded;  but  m  1719  he  was 
already  so  skilled  that  Sir  Isaac  Newton  made 
him  a  present  of  fifty  guineas  for  some  observa- 
tions ;  and  repeated  the  gift  in  the  following 
year ;  and  even  three  years  before  this  we  find 
Halley  writing  to  ask  for  certain  observations 
from  Mr.  Pound. 

With  this  excellent  man  Bradley  used  fre- 
quently to  stay.  To  his  nephew  he  seems  to 
have  been  more  like  a  father  than  an  uncle. 
When  his  nephew  had  smallpox  in  1717,  he 
nursed  him  through  it ;  and  he  supplemented 
from  his  own  pocket  the  scanty  allowance  which 
was  all  that  Bradley's  own  father  could  afford. 
But  what  concerns  us  most  is  that  he  fostered, 
if  he  did  not  actually  implant,  a  love  of  astro- 
nomical observation  in  his  nephew.  The  two 
workeT  wor^e(^  together,  entering  their  observations  one 
with  him.  after  the  other  on  the  same  paper;  and  it  was 
to  the  pair  of  them  together,  rather  than  to  the 
uncle  alone,  that  Newton  made  his  princely  pre- 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  91 

sents,  and  Halley  wrote  for  help  in  his  observa- 
tions. There  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  the  uncle 
and  nephew  were  about  this  time  the  best  astro- 
nomical observers  in  the  world.  There  was  no 
rivalry  between  them,  and  therefore  there  is  no 
need  to  discuss  whether  the  partnership  was  one 
of  equal  merit  on  both  sides ;  but  it  is  interesting 
to  note  that  it  probably  was.  The  ability  of 
Pound  was  undoubted;  many  were  keenly  de- 
sirous that  he,  and  not  his  nephew,  should  be 
elected  to  the  Oxford  Chair  in  1721,  but  he  felt 
unequal  to  the  duties  at  his  advanced  age.  On 
the  other  hand,  when  Bradley  lost  his  uncle's 
help,  there  was  no  trace  of  faltering  in  his  steps 
to  betray  previous  dependence  on  a  supporting 
or  guiding  hand.  He  walked  erect  and  firm,  and 
trod  paths  where  even  his  uncle  might  not  have 
been  able  to  follow. 

A  few  instances  will  suffice  to  show  the  kind  The  work 
of    observations    made    by   this   notable    firm    of  Pound7 
Pound  and  Bradley.    They  observed  the  positions  Bradley. 
of  the  fixed  stars  and  nebulse  :  these  being  gene- 
rally the  results  required  by  Halley  and  Newton. 
They    also    observed    the    places    of   the    planets 
among  the  stars,  and  especially  the  planet  Mars, 
and   determined   its   distance  from  the  Earth  by 
the   method    of   parallax,    thus   anticipating    the 
modern    standard    method    of    finding    the  Sun's 
distance ;  and  though  with  their  imperfect  instru- 
ments they  did  not  obtain  a  greater  accuracy  than 
i  in  10,  still  this  was  a  great  advance  on  what 


92  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

had  been  done  before,  and  excited  the  wonder 
and  admiration  of  Halley.  They  also  paid  some 
attention  to  double  stars,  and  did  a  great  deal  of 
work  on  Jupiter's  satellites.  We  might  profitably 
linger  over  the  records  of  these  early  years,  which 
are  full  of  interest,  but  we  must  press  on  to  the 
time  of  the  great  discoveries,  and  we  will  dismiss 
them  with  brief  illustrations  of  three  points  : 
Bradley's  assiduity,  his  skill  in  calculation,  and 
his  wonderful  skill  in  the  management  of  instru- 
ments. Of  his  assiduity  an  example  is  afforded 
by  his  calculations  of  the  orbits  of  two  comets 
which  are  still  extant.  One  of  them  fills  thirty- 
two  pages  of  foolscap,  and  the  other  sixty;  and 
it  must  be  remembered  that  the  calculations  them- 
selves were  quite  novel  at  that  time.  Of  his  skill 
in  calculation,  apart  from  his  assiduity,  we  have 
a  proof  in  a  paper  communicated  to  the  Royal 
Society  rather  later  (1726),  where  he  determines 
the  longitudes  of  Lisbon  and  New  York  from  the 
eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites,  using  observations 
which  were  not  simultaneous,  and  had  therefore 
to  be  corrected  by  an  ingenious  process  which 
Bradley  devised  expressly  for  this  purpose.  And 
Use  of  finally,  his  skill  in  the  management  of  instruments 
rexy long  -g  s]lown  by  nis  measuring  the  diameter  of  the 
scopes,  planet  Venus  with  a  telescope  actually  2 1 2  J  feet 
in  length.  It  is  difficult  for  us  to  realise  in  these 
days  what  this  means ;  even  the  longest  telescope 
of  modern  times  does  not  exceed  100  feet  in 
length,  and  it  is  mounted  so  conveniently  with 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  93 

all  the  resources  of  modern  engineering,  in  the 
shape  of  rising  floors,  &c.,  that  the  management 
of  it  is  no  more  difficult  than  that  of  a  iofoot 
telescope.  But  Bradley  had  no  engineering  appli- 
ances beyond  a  pole  to  hold  up  one  end  of  the 
telescope  and  his  own  clever  fingers  to  work  the 
other;  and  he  managed  to  point  the  unwieldy 
weapon  accurately  to  the  planet,  and  measure  the 
diameter  with  an  exactness  which  would  do  credit 
to  modern  times.  A  few  words  of  explanation  Keason 
may  be  given  why  such  long  telescopes  were  used 
at  all.  The  reason  lay  in  the  difficulty  of  getting 
rid  of  coloured  images,  due  to  the  composite 
character  of  white  light.  Whenever  we  use  a 
single  lens  to  form  an  image,  coloured  fringes 
appear.  Nowadays  we  know  that  by  making 
two  lenses  of  different  kinds  of  glass  and  putting 
them  together,  we  can  practically  get  rid  of  these 
coloured  fringes ;  but  this  discovery  had  not  been 
made  in  Bradley's  time.  The  only  known  ways 
of  dealing  with  the  evil  then  were  to  use  a  reflect- 
ing telescope  like  Newton  and  Gregory,  or  if  a 
lens  was  used,  to  make  one  of  very  great  focal 
length  ;  and  hence  the  primary  necessity  for  these 
very  long  telescopes.  They  had  another  advan- 
tage in  producing  a  large  image,  or  they  would 
probably  have  given  way  to  the  reflector.  This 
advantage  is  gradually  bringing  them  back  into 
use,  and  perhaps  in  the  eclipse  of  1905  we  may 
use  a  telescope  as  long  as  Bradley's ;  but  we  shall 
not  use  it  as  he  did  in  any  case.  It  will  be  laid 


94  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

comfortably  flat  on  the  ground,  and  the  rays  of 
light  reflected  into  it  by  a  coelostat. 

Bradley  In  1721  Bradley  was  appointed  to  the  Savilian 
at^xford,  Professorship  of  Astronomy  at  Oxford,  vacant  by 
the  death  of  Dr.  John  Keill.  Once  it  became 
clear  that  there  was  no  chance  of  securing  his 
uncle  for  this  position,  Bradley  himself  was  sup- 
ported enthusiastically  by  all  those  whose  support 
was  worth  having,  especially  by  the  Earl  of 
Macclesfield,  who  was  then  Lord  Chancellor; 
by  Martin  Foulkes,  who  was  afterwards  the 
President  of  the  Royal  Society ;  and  by  Sir 
Isaac  Newton  himself.  He  was  accordingly 
elected  on  October  31,  1721,  and  forthwith  re- 
signed his  livings.  His  resignation  of  the  livings 
was  necessitated  by  a  definite  statute  of  the  Uni- 
versity relating  to  the  Professorship,  and  not  by 
the  existence  of  any  very  onerous  duties  attach- 
ing to  it ;  indeed  such  duties  seem  to  have  been 
conspicuously  absent,  and  after  Bradley's  election 
but  con-  he  passed  more  time  than  ever  with  his  uncle  in 
work  at  Wansted,  making  the  astronomical  observations 
Wansted.  ^^  both  loved ;  for  there  was  not  the  vestige 
of  an  observatory  in  Oxford.  His  uncle's  death 
in  1724  interrupted  the  continuity  of  these  joint 
observations,  and  by  an  odd  accident  prepared  the 
way  for  Bradley's  great  discovery.  He  was  fain 
to  seek  elsewhere  that  companionship  in  his  work 
which  had  become  so  essential  to  him,  and  his 
new  friend  gave  a  new  bent  to  his  observations. 
Samuel  Molyneux  was  a  gentleman  of  fortune 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  95 

much  attached  to  science,  and  particularly  to  Samuel 
astronomy,  who  was  living  about  this  time  at  jjux. 
Kew.  He  was  one  of  the  few,  moreover,  who 
are  not  content  merely  to  amuse  themselves 
with  a  telescope,  but  had  the  ambition  to  do 
some  real  earnest  work,  and  the  courage  to 
choose  a  problem  which  had  baffled  the  human 
race  for  more  than  a  century.  The  theory 
of  Copernicus,  that  the  earth  moved  round 
the  sun,  necessitated  a  corresponding  apparent 
change  in  the  places  of  the  stars,  one  relatively 
to  another;  and  it  was  a  standing  difficulty  in 
the  way  of  accepting  this  theory  that  no  such 
change  could  be  detected.  In  the  old  days 
before  the  telescope  it  was  perhaps  easy  to 
understand  that  the  change  might  be  too  small 
to  be  noticed,  but  the  telescope  had  made  it 
possible  to  measure  changes  of  position  at  least 
a  hundred  times  as  small  as  before,  and  still  no 
"  parallax/'  as  the  astronomical  term  goes,  could 
be  found  for  the  stars.  The  observations  of 
Galileo,  and  the  measures  of  Tycho  Brans',  as 
reduced  to  systematic  laws  by  Kepler,  and  finally 
by  the  great  Newton,  made  it  clear  that  the 
Copernican  theory  was  true :  but  no  one  had 
succeeded  in  proving  its  truth  in  this  particular 
way.  Samuel  Molyneux  must  have  been  a  man 
of  great  courage  to  set  himself  to  try  to  crack 
this  hard  nut ;  and  we  can  understand  the  attrac-  Attempts 
tion  which  his  enterprise  must  have  had  for  s£eiiar 
Bradley,  who  had  just  lost  the  beloved  colleague  of  Parallax- 


96  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

many  courageous  astronomical  undertakings.  His 
co-operation  seems  to  have  been  welcomed  from 
the  first ;  his  help  was  invited  and  freely  given 
in  setting  up  the  instrument,  and  he  fortunately 
had  the  leisure  to  spend  considerable  time  at  Kew 
making  the  observations  with  Molyneux,  just  as 
he  had  been  wont  to  observe  with  his  uncle. 

I  must  now  briefly  explain  what  these  observa- 
tions were.  There  is  a  bright  star  y  Draconis, 
which  passes  almost  directly  overhead  in  the  lati- 
tude of  London.  Its  position  is  slowly  changing 
owing  to  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes,  but  for 
two  centuries  it  has  been,  and  is  still,  under  con- 
stant observation  by  London  astronomers  owing 
to  this  circumstance,  that  it  passes  directly  over- 
head, and  so  its  position  is  practically  undisturbed 
by  the  refraction  of  our  atmosphere. 

It  was  therefore  thought  at  the  time  that,  there 
being  no  disturbance  from  refraction,  the  disturb- 
ance from  precession  being  accurately  known,  and 
there  being  nothing  else  to  disturb  the  position 
but  "parallax"  (the  apparent  shift  due  to  the 
earth's  motion  which  it  was  desirable  to  find), 
this  star  ought  to  be  a  specially  favourable  object 
for  the  determination  of  parallax.  Indeed  it  had 
been  announced  many  years  before  by  Hooke  that 
its  parallax  had  been  found ;  but  his  observations 
were  not  altogether  satisfactory,  and  it  was  with 
a  view  of  either  confirming  them  or  seeing  what 
was  wrong  with  them  that  Molyneux  and  Bradley 
started  their  search.  They  set  up  a  much  more 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  97 

delicate  piece  of  apparatus  than  Hooke  had  em- 
ployed. It  was  a  telescope  24  feet  long  pointed  The  m- 
vertically  upwards  to  the  star,  and  firmly  attached 
to  a  large  stack  of  brick  chimneys  within  the 
house.  The  telescope  was  not  absolutely  fixed,  for 
the  lower  end  could  be  moved  by  a  screw  so  as  to 
make  it  point  accurately  to  the  star,  and  a  plumb- 
line  showed  how  far  it  was  from  the  vertical  when 
so  pointing.  Hence  if  the  star  changed  its  posi- 


Fio.  2. 


tion,  however  slightly,  the  reading  of  this  screw 
would  show  the  change.     Now,  before  setting  out  Expected 
On  the  observations,  the  observers  knew  what  to  r( 
expect  if  the  star  had  a  real  parallax ;  that  is  to 
say,  they  knew  that  the  star  would  seem  to   be 
farthest   south   in   December,    farthest   north    in 
June,  and  at  intermediate  positions  in  March  and 
September ;  though  they  did  not  know  how  much 
farther  south  it  would  appear  in  December  than 
in  June — this  was  exactly  the  point  to  be  decided. 

G 


98  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

The  reason  of  this  will  be  clear  from  Fig.  2. 
[Remark,  however,  that  this  figure  and  the  cor- 
responding figure  4  do  not  represent  the  case  of 
Bradley's  star,  7  Draconis :  another  star  has  been 
chosen  which  simplifies  the  diagram,  though  the 
principle  is  essentially  the  same.]  Let  A  B  O  D 
represent  the  earth's  orbit,  the  earth  being  at 
A  in  June,  at  B  in  September,  and  so  on, 
and  let  K  represent  the  position  of  the  star  on 
the  line  D  B.  Then  in  March  and  September 
it  will  be  seen  from  the  earth  in  the  same 
direction,  namely,  D  B  K ;  but  the  directions 
in  which  it  is  seen  in  June  and  December,  viz. 
A  K  and  C  K,  are  inclined  in  opposite  ways 
to  this  line.  The  farther  away  the  star  is,  the 
less  will  this  inclination  or  "  parallax "  be ;  and 
the  star  is  actually  so  far  away  that  the  inclina- 
tion can  only  be  detected  with  the  utmost  diffi- 
culty :  the  lines  C  K  and  A  K  are  sensibly 
parallel  to  D  B  K.  But  Bradley  did  not  know 
this;  it  was  just:this  point  which  he  was  to 
examine,  and  he  expected  the  greatest  inclina- 
tion in  one  direction  to  be  in  December.  Accord- 
ingly when  a  few  observations  had  been  made 
on  December  3,  5,  n,  and  12  it  was  thought  that 
the  star  had  been  caught  at  its  most  southerly 
apparent'  position,  and  might  be  expected  there- 
after to  move  northwards,  if  at  all.  But  when 
Unex-  Bradley  repeated  the  observation  on  December 
resuhl  :7»  ne  found  to  his  great  surprise  that  the  star 
was  still  moving  southwards.  Here  was  some- 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  99 

thing  quite  new  and  unexpected,  and  such  a 
keen  observer  as  Bradley  was  at  once  on  the 
alert.  He  soon  found  that  the  changes  in  the 
position  of  the  star  were  of  a  totally  unex- 
pected character.  Instead  of  the  extreme  posi- 
tions being  occupied  in  June  and  December, 
they  were  occupied  in  March  and  September, 
just  midway  between  these.  And  the  range 
in  position  was  quite  large,  about  40" — not  a 
quantity  which  could  have  been  detected  in 
the  days  before  telescopes,  but  one  which  was 
unmistakable  with  an  instrument  of  the  most 
moderate  measuring  capacity. 

What,  then,  was  the  cause  of  this  quite  unfore- 
seen behaviour  on  the  part  of  the  star  ?  The  first  Tentative 
thought  of  the  observers  was  that  something  might  tk>n&]na 
be  wrong  with  their  instrument,  and  it  was  care- 
fully examined,  but  without  result  The  next  was 
that  the  apparent  movement  was  in  the  plumb- 
line,  the  line  of  reference.  If  the  whole  earth, 
instead  of  carrying  its  axis  round  the  sun  in  a 
constant  direction,  were  to  be  executing  an  oscil- 
lation, then  all  our  plumb-lines  would  oscillate, 
and  when  the  direction  of  a  star  like  7  Draconis 
was  compared  with  that  of  the  plumb-line  it 
would  seem  to  vary,  owing  actually  to  the  varia- 
tion in  the  plumb-line.  The  earth  might  have 
a  motion  of  this  kind  in  two  ways,  which  it  will 
be  necessary  for  us  to  distinguish,  and  the  adopted 
names  for  them  are  "  nutation  of  the  axis "  and 
"  variation  of  latitude  "  respectively.  In  the  case 


ioo  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  nutation  the  North  Pole  remains  in  the  same 
geographical  position,  but  points  to  a  different 
part  of  the  heavens.  The  "variation  of  lati- 
tude," on  the  other  hand,  means  that  the  North 
Pole  wanders  about  on  the  earth  itself.  We 
shall  refer  to  the  second  phenomenon  more  par- 
ticularly in  the  sixth  chapter. 

Nutation  ?  But  it  was  the  first  kind  of  change,  the  nutation, 
which  Bradley  suspected ;  and  very  early  in  the 
series  of  observations  he  had  already  begun  to 
test  this  hypothesis.  If  it  was  not  the  star,  but 
the  earth  and  the  plumb-line,  which  were  in 
motion,  then  other  stars  ought  to  be  affected. 
The  telescope  had  been  deliberately  restricted  in 
its  position  to  suit  7  Draconis  ;  but  since  the  stars 
circle  round  the  Pole,  if  we  draw  a  narrow  belt  in 
the  heavens  with  the  Pole  as  centre,  and  includ- 
ing 7  Draconis,  the  other  stars  included  would 
make  the  same  circuit,  preceding  or  following 
7  Draconis  by  a  constant  interval.  Most  of  them 
would  be  too  faint  for  observation  with  Bradley's 
telescope  ;  but  there  was  one  bright  enough  to 
be  observed,  which  also  came  within  its  limited 
range,  and  it  was  promptly  put  under  surveillance 
when  a  nutation  of  the  earth's  axis  was  suspected. 
Careful  watching  showed  that  it  was  not  affected 
in  the  saine  way  as  7  Draconis,  and  hence  the 
movement  could  not  be  in  the  plumb-line.  Was 
there,  then,  after  all,  some  effect  of  the  earth's 
atmosphere  which  had  been  overlooked  ?  We 
have  already  remarked  that  since  the  star  passes 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES 


101 


directly  overhead  there  should  be  practically  no 
refraction ;    and    this    assumption   was    made    by 
Molyneux    and    Bradley  in   choosing  this  parti- 
cular star  for  observation.     It  follows  at  once,  if 
we    assume  that   the   atmosphere    surrounds  the 
earth  in  spherical  layers.     But  perhaps  this  was  Anoma- 
not    so  ?     Perhaps,  on   the    contrary,  the  atmos-  fraction. 
phere  was  deformed  by  the  motion  of  the  earth, 
streaming  out  behind  her   like  the  smoke  of  a 
moving  engine  ?     No   possibility  must   be  over- 


Atmospfcere/ 


Earth* 


FIG.  3. 

looked  if  the  explanation  of  this  puzzling  fact 
was  to  be  got  at. 

The  way  in  which  a  deformation  of  the  atmos- 
phere might  explain  the  phenomenon  is  best  seen 
by  a  diagram.  First,  it  must  be  remarked  that 
rays  of  light  are  only  bent  by  the  earth's  atmos- 
phere, or  ''refracted,"  if  they  enter  it  obliquely. 

If  the  atmosphere  were  of  the  same  density 
throughout,  like  a  piece  of  glass,  then  a  vertical 
ray  of  light,  A  B  (see  Fig.  3),  entering  the 
atmosphere  at  B  would  suffer  no  bending  or 


102  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

refraction,  and  a  star  shining  from  the  direction 
A  B  would  be  seen  truly  in  that  direction  from 
C.  But  an  oblique  ray,  D  E,  would  be  bent  on 
entering  the  atmosphere  at  E  along  the  path 
EF,  and  a  star  shining  along  D  E  would  appear 
from  F  to  be  shining  along  the  dotted  line  G  E  F. 
The  atmosphere  is  not  of  the  same  density 
throughout,  but  thins  out  as  we  go  upwards  from 


Apparent 


the  earth  ;  and  in  consequence  there  is  no  clear- 
cut  surface,  B  E,  and  no  sudden  bending  of  the 
rays  as  at  E  :  they  are  gradually  bent  at  an  in- 
finite succession  of  imaginary  surfaces.  But  it 
still  remains  true  that  there  is  no  bending  at  all 
for  vertical  rays  ;  and  of  oblique  rays  those  most 
oblique  are  most  bent. 

Now,  suppose  the  atmosphere  of  the  earth  took 
up,  owing  to  its  revolution  round  the  sun,  an 
elongated  shape  like  that  indicated  in  diagram  4, 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  103 

and  suppose  the  star  to  be  at  a  great  distance  away 
to  the  right  of  the  diagram.  When  the  earth  is  in 
the  position  labelled  "June,"  the  light  would  fall 
vertically  on  the  nose  of  the  atmosphere  at  A, 
and  there  would  be  no  refraction.  Similarly  in 
"December"  the  light  would  fall  at  C  on  the 
stern,  also  vertically,  and  there  would  be  no 
refraction.  [The  rays  from  the  distant  star  in 
December  are  to  be  taken  as  sensibly  parallel  to 
those  received  in  June,  notwithstanding  that  the 
earth  is  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  sun,  as  was 
remarked  on  p.  98.]  But  in  March  and  Sep- 
tember the  rays  would  strike  obliquely  on  the 
sides  of  the  supposed  figure,  and  thus  be  bent  in 
opposite  directions,  as  indicated  by  the  dotted 
lines ;  and  the  extreme  positions  would  thus 
occur  in  March  and  September,  as  had  been 
observed.  The  explanation  thus  far  seems  satis- 
factory enough. 

But  we  have  assumed  the  star  to  lie  in  the 
plane  of  the  earth's  orbit;  and  the  stars  under 
observation  by  Bradley  did  not  lie  in  this  plane, 
nor  did  they  lie  in  directions  equally  inclined  to 
it.  Making  the  proper  allowance  for  their  direc- 
tions, it  was  found  impossible  to  fit  in  the  facts 
with  this  hypothesis,  which  had  ultimately  to  be 
abandoned. 

It  is  remarkable  to  find  that  two  or  three  years  Delay  m 
went  by  before  the  real  explanation  of  this  new  reai^f- 
phenomenon  occurred  to  Bradley,  and  during  this  Planatlon- 
time   he   must   have  done  some   hard    thinking. 


io4  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

We  have  all  had  experience  of  the  kind  of  think- 
ing if  only  in  the  guessing  of  conundrums.  We 
know  the  apparent  hopelessness  of  the  quest  at 
the  outset :  the  racking  of  our  brains  for  a  clue, 
the  too  frequent  despair  and  "giving  it  up,"  and 
the  simplicity  of  the  answer  when  once  it  is 
declared.  But  with  scientific  conundrums  the 
expedient  of  "  giving  it  up  "  is  not  available.  We 
must  find  the  answer  for  ourselves  or  remain  in 
ignorance ;  and  though  we  may  feel  sure  that  the 
answer  when  found  will  be  as  simple  as  that  to 
the  best  conundrum,  this  expected  simplicity  does 
not  seem  to  aid  us  in  the  search.  Bradley  was 
not  content  with  sitting  down  to  think  :  he  set  to 
work  to  accumulate  more  facts.  Molyneux's 
instrument  only  allowed  of  the  observation  of 
two  stars,  7  Draconis  and  the  small  star  above 
Bradley  mentioned.  Bradley  determined  to  have  an 
another  instrument  of  his  own  which  should  command 
menTat  a  w^er  range  of  stars ;  and  by  this  time  he  was 
Wansted.  able  to  return  to  his  uncle's  house  at  Wansted  for 
this  purpose.  His  uncle  had  been  dead  for  two 
or  three  years,  and  the  memory  of  the  loss  was 
becoming  mellowed  with  time.  His  uncle's  widow 
was  only  too  glad  to  welcome  back  her  nephew, 
though  no  longer  to  the  old  rectory,  and  she 
allowed  him  to  set  up  a  long  telescope,  even 
though  he  cut  holes  in  her  floor  to  pass  it  through. 
The  object-glass  end  was  out  on  the  roof  and  the 
eye  end  down  in  the  coal  cellar ;  and  accordingly  in 
this  coal  cellar  Bradley  made  the  observations  which 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  105 

led  to  his  immortal  discovery.  He  had  a  list  of 
seventy  stars  to  observe,  fifty  of  which  he  observed 
pretty  regularly.  It  may  seem  odd  that  he  did 
not  set  up  this  new  instrument  at  Oxford,  but 
we  find  from  an  old  memorandum  that  his  pro- 
fessorship was  not  bringing  him  in  quite  ^140  a 
year,  and  probably  he  was  glad  to  accept  his 
aunt's  hospitality  for  reasons  of  economy.  By 
watching  these  different  stars  he  gradually  got 
a  clear  conception  of  the  laws  of  aberration. 
The  real  solution  of  the  problem,  according  to 
a  well-authenticated  account,  occurred  to  him 
almost  accidentally.  We  all  know  the  story  of  the  Finds  the 
apple  falling  and  setting  Newton  to  think  about  " 
the  causes  of  gravitation.  It  was  a  similarly 
trivial  circumstance  which  suggested  to  Bradley 
the  explanation  which  he  had  been  seeking  for 
two  or  three  years  in  vain.  In  his  own  words, 
"  at  last,  when  he  despaired  of  being  able  to 
account  for  the  phenomena  which  he  had  observed, 
a  satisfactory  explanation  of  them  occurred  to 
him  all  at  once  when  he  was  not  in  search  of 
it."  He  accompanied  a  pleasure  party  in  a  sail 
upon  the  river  Thames.  The  boat  in  which  they 
were  was  provided  with  a  mast  which  had  a  vane 
at  the  top  of  it.  It  blew  a  moderate  wind,  and 
the  party  sailed  up  and  down  the  river  for  a  con- 
siderable time.  Dr.  Bradley  remarked  that  every 
time  the  boat  put  about  the  vane  at  the  top  of  the  A  wind- 
boat's  mast  shifted  a  little,  as  if  there  had  been  a 
slight  change  in  the  direction  of  the  wind.  He 


io6  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

observed  this  three  or  four  times  without  speak- 
ing ;  at  last  he  mentioned  it  to  the  sailors,  and 
expressed  his  surprise  that  the  wind  should  shift 
so  regularly  every  time  they  put  about.  The 
sailors  told  him  that  the  wind  had  not  shifted,  but 
that  the  apparent  change  was  owing  to  the  change 
in  the  direction  of  the  boat,  and  assured  him  that 
the  same  thing  invariably  happened  in  all  cases. 
This  accidental  observation  led  him  to  conclude 


iE 


->0 


FIG.  5. 


that  the  phenomenon  which  had  puzzled  him  so 
much  was  owing  to  the  combined  motion  of  light 
and  of  the  earth.  To  explain  exactly  what  is 
meant  we  must  again  have  recourse  to  a  diagram  ; 
and  we  may  also  make  use  of  an  illustration  which 
has  become  classical. 

If  rain  is  falling  vertically,  as  represented  by 
the  direction  A  B  ;  and  if  a  pedestrian  is  walking 
horizontally,  in  the  direction  C  D,  the  rain  will 
appear  to  him  to  be  coming  in  an  inclined 
direction,  E  F,  and  he  will  find  it  better  to  tilt  his 
umbrella  forwards.  The  quicker  his  pace  the 
more  he  will  find  it  advisable  to  tilt  the  umbrella. 
This  analogy  was  stated  by  Lalande  before  the 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  107 

days  of  umbrellas  in  the  following  words:  "Je 
suppose  que,  dans  un  temps  calme,  la  pluie  tombe 
perpend  iculairement,  et  qu'on  soit  dans  une 
voiture  ouverte  sur  le  devant ;  si  la  voiture  est  en 
repos,  on  ne  re§oit  pas  la  moindre  goutte  de 
pluie  ;  si  la  voiture  avance  avec  rapidite,  la  pluie 
entre  sensiblement,  comme  si  elle  avoit  pris  une 
direction  oblique."  Lalande's  example,  modified 
to  suit  modern  conditions,  has  been  generally 
adopted  by  teachers,  and  in  examinations  candi- 
dates produce  graphic  pictures  of  the  stationary, 
the  moderate-paced,  and  the  flying,  possessors  of 
umbrellas. 

Applying  it  to  the  phenomenon  which  it  is 
intended  to  illustrate,  if  light  is  being  received 
from  a  star  by  an  earth,  travelling  across  the 
direction  of  the  ray,  the  telescope  (which  in  this 
case  represents  the  umbrella)  must  be  tilted  for- 
ward to  catch  the  light.  Now  on  reference  to 
Fig.  4  it  will  be  seen  that  the  earth  is  travelling 
across  the  direction  of  rays  from  the  star  in 
March  and  September ;  and  in  opposite  directions 
in  the  two  cases.  Hence  the  telescope  must  be 
tilted  a  little,  in  opposite  directions,  to  catch  the 
light ;  or,  in  other  words,  the  star  will  appear  to 
be  farthest  south  in  March,  farthest  north  in 
September.  And  so  at  last  the  puzzle  was  solved, 
and  the  solution  was  found,  as  so  often  happens, 
to  be  of  the  simplest  kind ;  so  simple  when  once 
we  know,  and  so  terribly  hard  to  imagine  when 
we  don't !  It  may  comfort  us  in  our  struggles 


1 08  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

with  minor  problems  to  reflect  that  Bradley  man- 
fully stuck  to  his  problem  for  two  or  three  years. 
It  was  probably  never  out  of  his  thoughts, 
waking  or  sleeping ;  when  at  work  it  was  the 
chief  object  of  his  labours,  and  when  on  a 
pleasure  party  he  was  ready  to  catch  at  the 
slightest  clue,  in  the  motion  of  a  wind-vane  on 
a  boat,  which  might  help  him  to  the  solution. 
Results  of  The  discovery  of  aberration  made  Bradley 
'  famous  at  a  bound.  Oxford  might  well  be  proud 
of  her  two  Savilian  Professors  at  this  time,  for 
they  had  both  made  world-famous  discoveries— 
Halley  that  of  the  periodicity  of  comets,  and 
Bradley  of  the  aberration  of  light.  How  dif- 
ferent their  tastes  were  and  how  difficult  it 
would  have  been  for  either  to  do  the  work  of 
the  other !  Bradley  was  no  great  mathematician, 
and  though  he  was  quite  able  to  calculate  the 
orbit  of  a  comet,  and  carried  on  such  work  when 
Halley  left  it,  it  was  probably  not  congenial  to 
him.  Halley,  on  the  other  hand,  almost  despised 
accurate  observations  as  finicking.  "  Be  sure  you 
are  correct  to  a  minute,"  he  was  wont  to  say, 
"  and  the  fractions  do  not  so  much  matter." 
With  such  a  precept  Bradley  would  never  have 
made  his  discoveries.  No  quantity  was  too  small 
in  his  eyes,  and  no  sooner  was  the  explanation 
of  aberration  satisfactorily  established  than  he 
perceived  that  though  it  would  account  for  the 
main  facts,  it  would  not  explain  all.  There  was 
something  left.  This  is  often  the  case  in  the 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  109 

history  of  science.  A  few  years  ago  it  was  thought 
that  we  knew  the  constitution  of  our  air  com- 
pletely —  oxygen,  nitrogen,  water  vapour,  and 
carbonic  acid  gas;  but  a  great  physicist,  Lord 
Rayleigh,  found  that  after  extracting  all  the 
water  and  carbonic  acid  gas,  all  the  oxygen  and 
all  the  nitrogen,  there  was  something  left — a 
very  minute  residuum,  which  a  careless  experi- 
menter would  have  overlooked  or  neglected,  but 
which  a  true  investigator  like  Lord  Rayleigh  saw 
the  immense  importance  of.  He  kept  his  eye  on 
that  something  left,  and  presently  discovered  a 
new  gas  which  we  now  know  as  argon.  Had  he 
repeated  the  process,  extracting  all  the  argon 
after  the  nitrogen,  he  might  have  found  by  a 
scrutiny  much  more  accurate  still  yet  another  gas, 
helium,  which  we  now  know  to  exist  in  extremely 
minute  quantities  in  the  air.  But  meantime  this 
discovery  was  made  in  another  way. 

When  Bradley  had  extracted  all  the  aberration  stiiisome- 
from  his  observations  he  found   that   there  was  be  JL  ° 
something  left,  another  problem  to  be  solved  and  pla 
some  more  thinking  to  be  done  to  solve  it.     But 
he  was  now  able  to  profit  by  his  previous  labours, 
and  the  second  step  was  made  more  easily  than 
the   first.      The  residuum  was  not   the   parallax 
of  which  he   had   originally  been  in  search,  for 
it  did  not  complete  a  cycle  within   the  year;  it 
was   rather   a  progressive    change   from   year   to 
year.     But  there  was  an  important  clue  of  another 
kind.      He  saw  that  the  apparent  movements  of 


no  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

all  stars  were  in  this  case  the  same ;  and  he 
knew  that  a  movement  of  this  kind  can  be 
referred,  not  to  the  stars  themselves,  but  to 
the  plumb-line  from  which  their  directions  are 
measured.  He  had  thought  out  the  possible 
causes  of  such  a  movement  of  the  plumb-line  or 
of  the  earth  itself,  and  had  realised  that  there 
Probably  might  be  a  nutation  which  would  go  through  a 
cycle  in  about  nineteen  years,  the  period  in  which 
the  moon's  nodes  revolve.  He  was  not  mathe- 
matician enough  to  work  out  the  cause  completely, 
but  he  saw  clearly  that  to  trace  the  whole  effect 
he  must  continue  the  observations  for  nineteen 
years  ;  and  accordingly  he  entered  on  this  long 
campaign  without  any  hesitation.  His  instru- 
ment was  still  that  in  his  aunt's  house  atWansted, 
where  he  continued  to  live  and  make  the  obser- 
vations for  a  few  years,  but  in  1732  he  removed 
to  Oxford,  as  we  shall  see,  and  he  must  have 
made  many  journeys  between  Wansted  and 
Oxford  in  the  course  of  the  remaining  fifteen 
years  during  which  he  continued  to  trace  out  the 
effects  of  nutation.  His  aunt  too  left  Wansted 
to  accompany  Bradley  to  Oxford,  and  the  house 
His  nine-  passed  into  other  hands.  It  is  to  the  lasting 
campaign,  credit  of  the  new  occupant,  Mrs.  Elizabeth 
Williams,-  that  the  great  astronomer  was  allowed 
to  go  on  and  complete  the  valuable  series  of 
observations  which  he  had  commenced.  Bradley 
was  not  lodged  in  her  house ;  he  stayed  with  a 
friend  close  by  on  his  visits  to  Wansted,  but 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  in 

came  freely  in  and  out  of  his  aunt's  old  home 
to  make  his  observations.  How  many  of  us  are 
there  who  would  cheerfully  allow  an  astronomer 
to  enter  our  house  at  any  hour  of  the  night  to 
make  observations  in  the  coal-cellar  !  It  says  much, 
not  only  for  Bradley's  fame,  but  for  his  personal 
attractiveness,  that  he  should  have  secured  this 
permission,  and  that  there  should  be  no  record 
of  any  friction  during  these  fifteen  years.  At  the 
end  of  the  whole  series  of  nineteen  years  his 
conclusions  were  abundantly  verified,  and  his 
second  great  discovery  of  nutation  was  established. 
Honours  were  showered  upon  him,  and  no  doubt 
the  gentle  heart  of  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Williams  was 
uplifted  at  the  glorious  outcome  of  her  long  for- 
bearance. 

But  we  may  now  turn  for  a  few  moments  from 
Bradley's  scientific  work  to  his  daily  life.  We 
have  said  that  in  1732,  after  holding  his  profes- 
sorship for  eleven  years,  he  first  went  definitely  to 
reside  in  Oxford.  He  actually  had  not  been  able  Residence 

re      ,     .  •         i  IT-        •  i      at  Oxford. 

to  anord  it  previously.  His  income  was  only 
^140  a  year,  and  the  statutes  prevented  him  from 
holding  a  living :  so  that  he  was  fain  to  accept 
Mrs.  Pound's  hospitable  shelter.  But  in  1729  an 
opportunity  of  adding  to  his  income  presented 
itself,  by  giving  lectures  in  "  experimental  philo- 
sophy." The  observations  on  nutation  were  not 
like  those  on  aberration  :  he  was  not  occupied 
day  and  night  trying  to  find  the  solution  :  he  had 
practically  made  up  his  mind  about  the  solution, 


ii2  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

and  the  actual  observations  were  to  go  on  in  a 
quiet  methodical  manner  for  nineteen  years,  so 
that  he  now  had  leisure  to  look  about  him  for 

£ 

other  employment.  Dr.  Keill,  who  had  been  Pro- 
fessor of  Astronomy  before  Bradley,  had  attracted 
large  classes  to  lectures,  not  on  astronomy,  but  on 
experimental  philosophy  :  but  had  sold  his  ap- 
paratus and  goodwill  to  Mr.  Whiteside,  of  Christ 
Church,  one  of  the  candidates  who  were  disap- 
pointed by  Bradley's  election.  In  1729  Bradley 
purchased  the  apparatus  from  Whiteside,  and 
began  to  give  lectures  in  experimental  philosophy. 
His  discovery  of  aberration  had  made  him  famous, 
so  that  his  classes  were  large  from  the  first,  and 
paid  him  considerable  fees.  Suddenly  therefore 
he  changed  his  poverty  for  a  comfortable  income, 
and  he  was  able  to  live  in  Oxford  in  one  of  two 
red  brick  houses  in  New  College  Lane,  which 
were  in  those  days  assigned  to  the  Savilian  Pro- 
fessors (now  inhabited  by  New  College  under- 
graduates). His  aunt,  Mrs.  Pound,  to  whom  he 
was  devotedly  attached,  came  with  him,  and  two 
of  her  nephews.  In  his  time  of  prosperity  Bradley 
was  thus  able  to  return  the  hospitality  which  had 
been  so  generously  afforded  him  in  times  of  stress. 
Astro-  Before  he  completed  his  observations  for  nuta- 

tion  another  great  change  in  his  fortunes  took 
place.  In  1742  he  was  elected  to  succeed  Halley 
as  Astronomer  Royal.  It  was  Halley's  dying 
wish  that  Bradley  should  succeed  him,  and  it  is 
said  that  he  was  even  willing  to  resign  in  his 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  113 

•— * 

favour,  for  his  right  hand  had  been  attacked  by 
paralysis,  and  the  disease  was  gradually  spreading. 
But  he  died  without  any  positive  assurance  that 
his  wish  would  be  fulfilled.  The  chief  difficulty 
in  securing  the  appointment  of  Bradley  seems  to 
have  been  that  he  was  the  obvious  man  for  the 
post  in  universal  opinion.  "  It  is  not  only  my 
friendship  for  Mr.  Bradley  that  makes  me  so  Letter 
ardently  wish  to  see  him  possessed  of  the  posi-  Earl  of 
tion,"  wrote  the  Earl  of  Macclesfield  to  the  Lord 
Chancellor ;  "  it  is  my  real  concern  for  the 
honour  of  the  nation  with  regard  to  science.  For 
as  our  credit  and  reputation  have  hitherto  not 
been  inconsiderable  amongst  the  astronomical 
part  of  the  world,  I  should  be  extremely  sorry  we 
should  forfeit  it  all  at  once  by  bestowing  upon  a 
man  of  inferior  skill  and  abilities  the  most  hon- 
ourable, though  not  the  most  lucrative,  post  in 
the  profession  (a  post  so  well  filled  by  Dr.  Halley 
and  his  predecessor),  when  at  the  same  time  we 
have  amongst  us  a  man  known  by  all  the  foreign, 
as  well  as  our  own  astronomers,  not  to  be  inferior 
to  either  of  them,  and  one  whom  Sir  Isaac  Newton 
was  pleased  to  call  the  best  astronomer  in  Europe." 
And  again,  "  As  Mr.  Bradley' s  abilities  in  astro- 
nomical learning  are  allowed  and  confessed  by 
all,  so  his  character  in  every  respect  is  so  well 
established,  and  so  unblemished,  that  I  may  defy 
the  worst  of  his  enemies  (if  so  good  and  worthy  a 
man  have  any)  to  make  even  the  lowest  or  most 

trifling  objection  to  it." 

H 


ii4  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

"  After  all,"  the  letter  goes  on,  "  it  may  be  said 
if  Mr.  Bradley's  skill  is  so  universally  acknow- 
ledged, and  his  character  so  established,  there  is 
little  danger  of  opposition,  since  no  competitor 
can  entertain  the  least  hope  of  success  against 
him.  But,  my  lord,  we  live  in  an  age  when  most 
men  how  little  soever  their  merit  may  be,  seem  to 
think  themselves  fit  for  whatever  they  can  get, 
and  often  meet  with  some  people,  who  by  their 
recommendations  of  them  appear  to  entertain  the 
same  opinion  of  them,  and  it  is  for  this  reason 
that  I  am  so  pressing  with  your  lordship  not  to 
lose  any  time." 

Such  recommendations  had,  however,  their 
effect :  the  dreaded  possibility  of  a  miscarriage  of 
justice  was  averted,  and  Bradley  became  the  third 
Astronomer  Royal,  though  he  did  not  resign  his 
professorship  at  Oxford.  Halley,  Bradley,  and 
Bliss,  who  were  Astronomers  Royal  in  succession, 
all  held  the  appointment  along  with  one  of  the 
Savilian  professorships  at  Oxford ;  but  since  the 
death  of  Bliss  in  1761,  the  appointment  has 
always  gone  to  a  Cambridge  man. 

instru-          When  Bradley  went   to    Greenwich,    in  June 

veryde-     1742>  ne  was  at  first  unable  to  do  much  from  the 

3tive.      wretched,  state  in  which  he  found  the  instruments. 

Halley  was  not  a  good  observer :  his  heart  was 

not  in  the  work,  and  he  had  not  taken  the  trouble 

to  set  the  instruments  right  when  they  went  wrong. 

The  counterpoises  of  that  instrument  which  ought 

to  have  been  the  best  in  the  world  at  the  time 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  115 

rubbed  against  the  roof  so  that  the  telescope  could 
scarcely  be  moved  in  some  positions :  and  some 
of  the  screws  were  broken.  There  was  no  proper 
means  of  illuminating  the  cross-wires,  and  so  on. 
With  care  and  patience  Bradley  set  all  this  right, 
and  began  observations.  He  had  the  good  fortune 
to  secure  the  help  of  his  nephew,  John  Bradley, 
as  assistant,  and  the  companionship  seems  to  have 
been  as  happy  as  that  previous  one  of  James  Bradley 
and  his  uncle  Pound.  John  Bradley  was  able  to 
carry  on  the  observations  when  his  uncle  was  absent 
in  Oxford,  and  the  work  the  two  got  through 
together  in  the  first  year  is  (in  the  words  of 
Bradley's  biographer  Rigaud)  "  scarcely  to  be 
credited."  The  transit  observations  occupy  177 
folio  pages,  and  no  less  than  255  observations 
were  taken  on  one  night.  And  at  the  same  time, 
it  must  be  remembered,  Bradley  was  still  carrying 
on  his  nutation  observations  at  Wansted,  still 
lecturing  at  Oxford,  and  not  content  with  all  this, 
began  a  course  of  experiments  on  the  length  of 
the  seconds'  pendulum.  Truly  a  giant  for  hard 
work! 

But,  in  spite  of  his  care  in  setting  them  right, 
the  instruments  in  the  Observatory  were  found  to 
be  hopelessly  defective.  The  history  of  the  in- 
struments at  the  Royal  Observatory  is  a  curious 
one.  When  Flamsteed  was  appointed  the  first 
Astronomer  Royal  he  was  given  the  magnificent 
salary  of  £100  a  year,  and  no  instruments  to 
observe  with.  He  purchased  some  instruments 


n6  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

with  his  own  money,  and  at  his  death  they  were 
claimed  by  his  executors.  Hence  Halley,  the 
second  Astronomer  Royal,  found  the  Observatory 
totally  unprovided  in  this  respect.  He  managed 
to  persuade  the  nation  to  furnish  the  funds  for  an 
equipment ;  but  Halley,  though  a  man  of  great 
ability  in  other  ways,  did  not  know  a  good  instru- 
ment from  a  bad  one ;  so  that  Bradley's  first  few 
years  at  the  Observatory  were  wasted  owing  to  the 
imperfection  of  the  equipment.  When  this  was 
New  in-  fully  realised  he  asked  for  funds  to  buy  new 

struments.  .  -i  i  i  n  i  c  t 

instruments,  and  such  was  the  confidence  felt 
in  him  that  he  got  what  he  asked  for  without 
much  difficulty.  More  than  ^1000,  a  large  sum 
for  those  days,  was  spent  under  his  direction, 
the  principal  purchases  being  two  quadrants  for 
observation  of  the  position  of  the  stars,  one  to 
the  north  and  the  other  to  the  south.  With 
these  quadrants,  which  represented  the  perfection 
of  such  apparatus  at  that  time,  Bradley  made 
that  long  and  wonderful  series  of  observations 
which  is  the  starting-point  of  our  knowledge  of 
the  movements  of  the  stars.  The  instruments 
are  still  in  the  Royal  Observatory,  the  more 
important  of  the  two  in  its  original  position  as 
Bradley  mounted  it  and  left  it. 

Work  at  It  seems  needless  to  mention  his  work  as 
Astronomer  Royal,  but  I  will  give  quite  briefly 
a  summary  of  what  he  accomplished,  and  then 
recall  a  particular  incident,  which  shows  how  far 
ahead  of  his  generation  his  genius  for  observa- 


BRADLEY'S    DISCOVERIES  117 

tion  placed  him.     The  summary  may  be  given  as 
follows.     We  owe  to  Bradley  — 

1.  A   better   knowledge  of  the  movements  of 
Jupiter's  satellites. 

2.  The    orbits    of    several     comets    calculated 
directly  from    his   own  observations,  when  such 
work  was  new  and  difficult. 

3.  Experiments  on  the  length  of  the  pendulum. 

4.  The   foundation    of  our  knowledge    of  the 
refraction  of  our  atmosphere. 

5.  Considerable  improvements  in  the  tables  of 
the  moon,  and  the  promotion  of  the  method  for 
finding  the  longitude  by  lunar  distances. 

6.  The  proper  equipment  of  our  national  Ob- 
servatory with  instruments,  and  the  use  of  these 
to  form  the  basis  of  our  present  knowledge  of 
the  positions  and  motions  of  the  stars. 

Many  men  would  consider  any  one  of  these  six 
achievements  by  itself  a  sufficient  title  to  fame. 
Bradley  accomplished  them  all  in  addition  to  his 
great  discoveries  of  aberration  and  nutation. 

And  with  a  little  more  opportunity  he  might  Might 
have  added   another   great  discovery  which  has  found 


shed  lustre  on  the  work  of  the  last  decade.  We 
said  earlier  in  this  chapter  that  the  axis  of  the  tude> 
earth  may  move  in  one  or  two  ways.  Either  it 
may  point  to  a  different  star,  remaining  fixed 
relatively  to  the  earth,  as  in  the  nutation  which 
Bradley  discovered  ;  or  it  may  actually  change  its 
position  in  the  earth.  This  second  kind  of  move- 
ment was  believed  until  twenty  years  ago  not  to 


nS  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

exist  appreciably ;  but  the  work  of  Kiistner  and 
Chandler  led  to  the  discovery  that  it  did  exist, 
and  its  complexities  have  been  unravelled,  and 
will  be  considered  in  the  sixth  chapter.  Now  a 
century  and  a  half  ago  Bradley  was  on  the  track 
of  this  "variation  of  latitude."  His  careful  obser- 
vations actually  showed  the  motion  of  the  pole, 
as  Mr.  Chandler  has  recently  demonstrated ;  and, 
moreover,  Bradley  himself  noticed  that  there  was 
something  unexplained.  Once  again  there  was 
a  residuum  after  (first)  aberration  and  (next) 
nutation  had  been  extracted  from  the  observa- 
tions ;  and  with  longer  life  he  might  have  ex- 
plained this  residuum,  and  added  a  third  great 
discovery  to  the  previous  two.  Or  another  coming 
after  him  might  have  found  it ;  but  after  the  giant 
came  men  who  could  not  tread  in  his  footsteps, 
and  the  world  waited  150  years  before  the  dis- 
crepancy was  explained. 

The  attitude  of  our  leading  universities  towards 
science  and  scientific  men  is  of  sufficient  import- 
ance to  justify  another   glance  at   the   relations 
Oxford's    between  Bradley  and  Oxford.     We  have  seen  that 
recogni-     Oxford's  treatment  of  Bradley  was  not  altogether 
Bradley,    satisfactory.     She  left  him  to  learn  astronomy  as 
he  best  cQuld,  and  he  owes  no  teaching  to  her. 
She  made  him  Professor  of  Astronomy,  but  gave 
him  no  observatory  and  a  beggarly  income  which 
he  had    to   supplement  by  giving  lectures   on  a 
different  subject.     But  when  he  had  disregarded 
these  discouragements  and  made  a  name  for  him- 


BRADLEY'S   DISCOVERIES  119 

self,  Oxford  took  her  share  in  recognition.  He 
was  created  D.D.  by  diploma  in  1742  ;  and  when 
his  discovery  of  nutation  was  announced  in  1 748, 
and  produced  distinctions  and  honours  of  all  kinds 
from  over  the  world,  we  are  are  told  that  "  amidst 
all  these  distinctions,  wide  as  the  range  of  modern 
science,  and  permanent  as  its  history,  there  was 
one  which  probably  came  nearer  his  heart,  and 
was  still  more  gratifying  to  his  feeling  than  all. 
Lowth  (afterwards  Bishop  of  London),  a  popular 
man,  an  elegant  scholar,  and  possessed  of  con- 
siderable eloquence,  had  in  1751  to  make  his  last 
speech  in  the  Sheldonian  Theatre  at  Oxford  as 
Professor  of  Poetry.  In  recording  the  benefits 
for  which  the  University  was  indebted  to  its 
benefactors,  he  mentioned  the  names  of  those 
whom  Sir  Henry  Savile's  foundation  had  estab- 
lished there :  *  What  men  of  learning !  what 
mathematicians !  we  owe  to  Savile,  Briggs, 
Wallis,  Halley ;  to  Savile  we  owe  Greaves, 
Ward,  Wren,  Gregory,  Keill,  and  one  whom  I 
will  not  name,  for  posterity  will  ever  have  his 
name  on  its  lips.'  Bradley  was  himself  present ; 
there  was  no  one  in  the  crowded  assembly  on 
whom  the  allusion  was  lost,  or  who  did  not  feel 
the  truth  and  justice  of  it ;  all  eyes  were  turned 
to  him,  while  the  walls  rung  with  shouts  of 
heartfelt  affection  and  admiration ;  it  was  like  the 
triumph  of  Themistocles  at  the  Olympic  games." 

These    words    of    Eigaud    indicate    the   fame 
deservedly  acquired   by  an   earnest   and  simple- 


120  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

minded  devotion  to  science :  but  can  we  learn 
The  study  anything  from  the  study  of  Bradley's  work  to 
siduai  guide  us  in  further  research  ?  The  chief  lessons 
mena°"  would  seem  to  be  that  if  we  make  a  series  of 
careful  observations,  we  shall  probably  find  some 
deviation  from  expectation  :  that  we  must  follow 
up  this  clue  until  we  have  found  some  explana- 
tion which  fits  the  facts,  not  being  discouraged  if 
we  cannot  hit  upon  the  explanation  at  once,  since 
Bradley  himself  was  puzzled  for  several  years : 
that  after  finding  one  vera  causa,  and  allowing 
for  the  effect  of  it,  the  observations  may  show 
traces  of  another  which  must  again  be  patiently 
hunted,  even  though  we  spend  nineteen  years  in 
the  chase :  and  that  again  we  may  have  to  leave 
the  complete  rectification  of  the  observations  to 
posterity.  But  though  we  may  admit  the  general 
helpfulness  of  these  directions,  and  that  this 
patient  dealing  with  residual  phenomena  seems 
to  be  a  method  capable  of  frequent  application, 
we  cannot  deduce  any  universal  principle  of  pro- 
cedure from  them  :  witness  the  difficulty  of  deal- 
ing with  meteorological  observations,  for  instance. 
It  is  not  always  possible  to  find  any  orderly 
arrangement  of  the  residuals  which  will  give  us 
a  clue  to  start  with.  When  such  an  arrangement 
is  manifested,  we  must  certainly  follow  up  the 
clue ;  it  would  almost  seem  that  no  expense 
should  be  prohibitive,  since  it  is  impossible  to 
foresee  the  importance  of  the  result. 


CHAPTER  IV 
ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES 

IN  reviewing  various  types  of  astronomical  dis- 
covery I  have  laid  some  stress  upon  the  fact  that 
they  are,  generally  speaking,  far  from  being  acci- 
dental in  character.  A  new  planet  does  not 
"  swim  into  our  ken,"  at  any  rate  not  usually,  but 
is  found  only  after  diligent  search,  and  then  only 
by  an  investigator  of  acute  vision,  or  other  special 
qualifications.  But  this  is,  of  course,  not  always 
the  case.  Some  discoveries  are  made  by  the 
merest  accident,  as  we  have  had  occasion  to 
remark  incidentally  in  the  case  of  the  minor 
planets ;  and  for  the  sake  of  completeness  it  is 
desirable  to  include  among  our  types  at  least  one 
case  of  such  accidental  discovery.  As,  however, 
the  selection  is  a  little  invidious,  I  may  perhaps 
be  pardoned  for  taking  the  instance  from  my  own 
experience,  which  happens  to  include  a  case  where 
one  of  those  remarkable  objects  called  "  new  stars  " 
walked  deliberately  into  a  net  spread  for  totally  The  Ox- 
different  objects.  There  is  the  further  reason  for  star  D 
choosing  this  instance :  that  it  will  afford  me  the 
opportunity  of  saying  something  about  the  special 
research  in  which  we  were  actually  engaged,  the 
work  of  mapping  out  the  heavens  by  photography, 


122  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

found  or,  as  it  has  been  called,  the  Astrographic  Chart — 
workon  a  great  scheme  of  international  co-operation  by 
graphic  which  it  is  hoped  to  leave  as  a  legacy  for  future 
chart.  centuries  a  record  of  the  state  of  the  sky  in  our 
age.  Such  a  record  cannot  be  complete  ;  for  how- 
ever faint  the  stars  included,  we  know  that  there 
are  fainter  stars,  which  might  have  been  included 
had  we  given  longer  exposures  to  the  plates.  Nor 
can  it  be  in  other  ways  final  or  perfect ;  however 
large  the  scale,  for  instance,  on  which  the  map  is 
made,  we  can  imagine  the  scale  doubled  or  increased 
many-fold.  But  the  map  will  be  a  great  advance 
on  anything  that  has  hitherto  been  made,  and  some 
account  of  it  will  therefore  no  doubt  be  of  interest. 
Origin  of  We  may  perhaps  begin  with  a  brief  historical 
lrt<  account  of  the  enterprise.  Photographs  of  the 
stars  were  taken  many  years  ago,  but  only  by  a  few 
enthusiasts,  and  with  no  serious  hope  of  competing 
with  eye  observations  of  the  sky.  The  old  wet- 
plate  photography  was,  in  fact,  somewhat  unsuited 
to  astronomical  purposes ;  to  photograph  faint 
objects  a  long  exposure  is  necessary,  and  the  wet 
plate  may  dry  up  before  the  exposure  is  concluded 
— nay,  even  before  it  is  commenced,  if  the  observer 
has  to  wait  for  passing  clouds — and  therefore  it 
may  be  said  that  the  successful  application  of 
photography  to  astronomy  dates  ,from  the  time 
when  the  dry  plate  was  invented ;  when  it  became 
possible  to  expose  a  plate  in  the  telescope  for 
hours,  or  by  accumulation  even  for  days.  The 
dry  plate  remains  sensitive  for  a  long  period,  and 
if  it  is  desired  to  extend  an  exposure  beyond  the 


VII.— GREAT  COMET  OF  Nov.  7TH,   1882. 

(From  a  photograph  taken  at  the  Royal  Observatory ;  Cape  of  Good  Hope.) 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  123 

limits  of  one  night,  it  is  quite  easy  to  close  up  the 
telescope  and  return  to  the  operations  again  on 
the  next  fine  night ;  and  so  on,  if  not  perhaps 
indefinitely,  at  any  rate  so  long  as  to  transcend 
the  limits  of  human  patience  up  to  the  present. 

But  to  consider  our  particular  project.  We 
may  assign,  perhaps,  the  date  1882  as  that  incometof 
which  it  first  began  to  take  shape.  In  that  year  I( 
there  was  a  magnificent  bright  comet,  the  last 
really  large  comet  which  we,  in  the  Northern 
Hemisphere,  have  had  the  good  fortune  to  see. 
Some  of  us,  of  course,  were  not  born  at  that  time, 
and  perhaps  others  who  were  alive  may  neverthe- 
less not  have  seen  that  comet ;  for  it  kept  somewhat 
uncomfortably  early  morning  hours,  and  I  can  well 
remember  myself  feeling  rather  more  resentment 
than  gratitude  to  the  man  who  waked  me  up 
about  four  o'clock  to  see  it.  Many  observations 
were  of  course  made  of  this  interesting  visitor, 
and  what  specially  concerns  us  is  that  at  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope  some  enterprising  photographers 
tried  to  photograph  it.  They  tried  in  the  first 
instance  with  ordinary  cameras,  and  soon  found — 
what  any  astronomer  could  have  told  them — that 
the  movement  of  the  earth,  causing  an  apparent 
movement  of  the  comet  and  the  stars  in  the 
opposite  direction,  frustrated  their  efforts.  The 
difficulties  of  obtaining  pictures  of  moving  objects 
are  familiar  to  all  photographers.  A  "  snap-shot" 
might  have  met  the  difficulty,  but  the  comet  was 
scarcely  bright  enough  to  affect  the  plate  with  a 
short  exposure.  Ultimately  Dr.  David  Gill,  the 


i24  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

astronomer  at  the  Cape  Observatory,  invited  one 
of  the  photographers  to  strap  his  camera  to  one 
of  the  telescopes  at  the  Observatory,  a  telescope 
which  could  be  carried  round  by  clockwork  in  the 
usual  way,  so  as  to  counteract  the  earth's  motion, 
and  in  effect  to  keep  the  comet  steadily  in  view, 
as  though  it  were  at  rest.  As  a  consequence, 
stars  some  very  beautiful  and  successful  pictures  of  the 
thepie-n  cornet  were  obtained,  and  on  them  a  large  number 
tures.  o£  s^ars  were  also  shown.  They  were,  as  I  have 
said,  not  by  any  means  the  first  pictures  of  stars 
obtained  by  photography,  but  they  represented  in 
facility  and  in  success  so  great  an  advance  upon 
what  had  been  formerly  obtained  that  they  at- 
tracted considerable  attention.  They  were  sent  to 
Europe  and  stimulated  various  workers  to  further 
experiments. 

The  late  Dr.  Common  in  England,  an  amateur 
astronomer,  began  that  magnificent  pioneer  work 
in  astronomical  photography  which  soon  brought 
him  the  Gold  Medal  of  the  Eoyal  Astronomical 
Society  for  his  photographs  of  nebulae.  But  the 
most  important  result  for  our  purpose  was  pro- 
duced in  France.  There  had  been  started  many 
years  before  by  the  French  astronomer  Chacornac 
a  series  9f  star  maps  round  the  Zodiac  similar 
in  intention  to  the  Berlin  maps  which  figured  in 
the  history  of  the  discovery  of  Neptune.  Chacornac 
died  before  his  enterprise  was  very  far  advanced, 
and  the  work  was  taken  up  by  two  brothers, 
Paul  and  Prosper  Henry,  who  followed  Cha- 
cornac in  adopting  for  the  work  the  laborious 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES 


125 


method  of  eye  observation  of  each  individual 
star.  They  proceeded  patiently  with  the  work  on 
these  lines  ;  but  when  they  came  to  the  region 
where  the  Zodiac  is  crossed  by  the  Milky  Way, 
and  the  number  of  stars  in  a  given  area  increases 
enormously,  they  found  the  labour  so  great  as  to 
be  practically  prohibitive,  and  were  in  doubt  how 
to  deal  with  the  difficulty.  It  was  at  this  critical  The 
moment  that  these  comet  photographs,  showing 
the  stars  so  beautifully,  suggested  the  alternative  gin  work- 
of  mapping  the  stars  photographically.  They 
immediately  set  to  work  with  a  trial  lens,  and 
obtained  such  encouraging  results  that  they  pro- 
ceeded themselves  to  make  a  larger  lens  of  the 
same  type ;  this  again  was  satisfactory,  and  the 
idea  naturally  arose  of  extending  to  the  whole 
heavens  the  scheme  which  they  had  hitherto 
intended  only  for  the  Zodiac,  a  mere  belt  of  the 
heavens.  But  this  rendered  the  enterprise  too 
large  for  a  single  observatory.  It  became 
necessary  to  obtain  the  co-operation  of  other 
observatories,  and  with  this  end  in  view  an  confer- 
International  Conference  was  summoned  to  meet  1887.  °J 
in  Paris  in  1887  to  consider  the  whole  project. 
There  were  delegates  from,  if  not  all  nations,  at 
any  rate  a  considerable  number  : — 


France  .  20 
British  Em- 

U.S. America 

Austria    . 

3 

2 

Spain    .        .     i 
Switzerland  .     i 

pire  .  8 
Germany  .  6 
Russia  .  3 
Holland  .  3 

Sweden    . 
Denmark 
Belgium  . 
Italy 

2 
2 
I 
I 

Portugal        .     i 
Brazil    .        .     i 
Argentine  Re- 
public        .     i 

i'26  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

The  Conference  had  a  number  of  very  impor- 
tant questions  to  discuss,  for  knowledge  of  the 
photographic  method  and  its  possibilities  was  at 
that  time  in  its  infancy.  There  was,  for  instance, 
the  question  whether  all  the  instruments  need  be 
of  the  same  pattern,  and  if  so  what  that  pattern 
should  be.  The  first  of  these  questions  was 
settled  in  the  affirmative,  as  we  might  expect ; 
in  the  interests  of  uniformity  it  was  desirable 
that  the  maps  should  be  as  nearly  similar  as 

choice  of  possible.     The  second  question  was  not  so  easy; 

ment.  there  were  at  least  three  different  types  of  instru- 
ments which  might  be  used.  First  of  all,  there 
was  the  photographic  lens,  such  as  is  familiar  to 
all  who  have  used  an  ordinary  camera,  consisting 
of  two  lenses  with  a  space  between ;  though  since 
each  of  these  lenses  is  itself  made  up  of  two,  we 
should  more  correctly  say  four  lenses  in  all.  It 
was  with  a  lens  of  this  kind  that  the  comet 
pictures  had  been  taken  at  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  and  it  might  seem  the  safest  plan  to  adopt 
what  had  been  shown  to  be  capable  of  such  good 
work.  But  there  was  this  difficulty ;  the  pictures 
of  the  comet  were  on  a  very  small  scale,  and  taken 
with  a  small  lens ;  a  much  larger  lens  was  re- 
quired for  the  scheme  now  under  contemplation, 
and  when'  there  are  four  separate  lenses  to  be 
made,  each  with  two  surfaces  to  polish,  and  each 
requiring  a  perfectly  sound  clear  piece  of  glass, 
it  will  be  obvious  that  the  difficulties  of  making 
a  large  compound  lens  of  this  kind  are  much 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  127 

greater,  and  the  expense  much  more  serious  than  Expense 

,1  /.  .       •,      i  f.   of'doub- 

in  the  case  of  a  single  lens,  or  even  a  pair.  It  iet." 
was  this  question  of  expense  which  had  led  the 
brothers  Henry  to  experiment  with  a  different 
kind  of  instrument,  in  which  only  one  pair  of 
lenses  was  used  instead  of  two.  Their  instru- 
ment was,  in  fact,  very  similar  to  the  ordinary 
telescope,  excepting  that  they  were  bound  to  make 
their  lenses  somewhat  different  in  shape  in  order 
to  bring  to  focus  the  rays  of  light  suitable  for 
photography,  which  are  not  the  same  as  those 
suitable  for  eye  observation  with  the  ordinary 
telescope.  Dr.  Common,  again,  had  used  a  third 
kind  of  instrument,  mainly  with  the  view  of  re- 
ducing the  necessary  expense  still  further,  or, 
perhaps,  of  increasing  the  size  of  the  instrument 
for  the  same  expense.  His  telescope  had  no  lens 
at  all,  but  a  curved  mirror  instead,  the  mirror 
being  made  of  glass  silvered  on  the  face  (not  on 
the  back  as  in  the  ordinary  looking-glass).  In  Advan- 
this  case  there  is  only  one  surface  to  polish  reflector. 
instead  of  four,  as  in  the  Henrys'  telescope,  or 
eight,  as  in  the  case  of  the  photographic  doublet ; 
and,  moreover,  since  the  rays  of  light  are  reflected 
from  the  surface  of  the  glass,  and  do  not  pass 
through  it  at  all,  the  internal  structure  of  the 
glass  is  not  so  strictly  important  as  in  the  other 
cases.  Hence  the  reflector  is  a  very  cheap  instru- 
ment, and  it  is,  moreover,  quite  free  from  some 
difficulties  attached  to  the  other  instruments.  No 
correction  for  rays  of  light  of  different  colours  is 


128  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

required,  since  all  rays  of  whatever  colour  come 
to  the  same  focus  automatically.  These  advan- 
tages of  the  reflector  were  so  considerable  as  to 
almost  outweigh  one  well-known  disadvantage, 
which  is,  however,  not  very  easily  expressed  in 
words.  The  reflector  might  be  described  as  an 
instrument  with  a  temper ;  sometimes  it  gives 
excellent  results,  but  at  others  something  seems 
to  be  wrong,  though  the  worried  observer  does 
not  exactly  know  what.  Long  experience  and 
patience  are  requisite  to  humour  the  instrument 
and  get  the  best  results  from  it,  and  it  was  felt 
that  this  uncertainty  was  sufficient  to  disqualify 
the  instrument  for  the  serious  piece  of  routine 
work  contemplated  in  mapping  the  heavens. 
Refractor  Accordingly  the  handier  and  more  amiable  in- 
strument with  which  the  brothers  Henry  had 
done  such  good  work  was  selected  as  the  pattern 
to  be  adopted. 

It  is  curious  that  at  the  Conference  of  1887 
nothing  at  all  was  said  about  the  type  of  in- 
strument first  mentioned  (the  "doublet  lens"), 
although  a  letter  was  written  in  its  favour  by 
Professor  Pickering  of  Harvard  College  Observa- 
tory. Since  that  time  we  have  learnt  much  of  its 
advantages,  and  it  is  probable  that  if  the  Con- 
ference we're  to  meet  now  they  might  arrive  at  a 
different  decision ;  but  at  that  time  they  were,  to 
put  it  briefly,  somewhat  afraid  of  an  instrument 
which  seemed  to  promise,  if  anything,  too  well, 
especially  in  one  respect.  With  the  reflector  and 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  129 

the  refractor  it  had  been  found  that  the  field  of 
good  images  was  strictly  limited.  The  Henrys' 
telescope  would  not  photograph  an  area  of  the 
sky  greater  in  extent  than  2°  in  diameter  at  any 
one  time,  and  the  reflector  was  more  limited  still ; 
within  this  area  the  images  of  the  stars  were 
good,  and  it  had  been  found  that  their  places 
were  accurately  represented.  Now  the  "doublet"  Doublet 
seemed  to  be  able  to  show  much  larger  areas  than  ha 
this  with  accuracy,  but  no  one  had  been  able  to  better- 
test  the  accuracy  to  see  whether  it  was  sufficient 
for  astronomical  purposes ;  and  although  no  such 
feeling  was  openly  expressed  or  is  on  record,  I 
think  there  is  no  doubt  that  a  feeling  existed  of 
general  mistrust  of  an  instrument  which  seemed 
to  offer  such  specious  promises.  Whatever  the 
reason,  its  claims  were  passed  over  in  silence  at 
the  Conference,  and  the  safer  line  (as  it  was  then 
thought)  of  adopting  as  the  type  the  Henrys' 
instrument,  was  taken. 

This  was  perhaps  the  most  important  question 
settled  at  the  Conference,  and  the  answers  to 
many  of  the  others  naturally  followed.  The  size 
of  the  plates,  for  instance,  was  settled  automatic- 
ally. The  question  down  to  what  degree  of  faint- 
ness  should  stars  be  included,  resolved  itself 
into  the  equivalent  question,  What  should  be 
the  length  of  time  during  which  the  plates 
were  exposed  ?  Then,  again,  the  question,  What 
observatories  should  take  part  in  the  work  ?  be- 
came simply  this:  What  observatories  could  afford 

i 


130 


ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 


The 
otServ 


Sky 

covered 

twice. 


to  acquire  the  instruments  of  this  new  pattern 
and  get  other  funds  for  carrying  out  the  work 
specified  ?  It  was  ultimately  found  that  eighteen 
observatories  were  able  to  obtain  the  apparatus 
and  funds,  though  unfortunately  three  of  the 
eighteen  have  since  found  it  impossible  to  pro- 
ceed. The  following  is  the  original  list,  and 
in  brackets  are  added  the  names  of  three  other 
observatories  which  in  1900  undertook  to  fill  the 
places  of  the  defaulters.  '  ,.  ru 

OBSERVATORIES  CO-OPERATING  FOR  THE  ASTROGRAPHIC 
CHART. 


Observatory. 

Zones  of 
Declination. 

Number 
of  Plates. 

Greenwich 

+  90°  to  +  65° 

1149 

Rome 

+  64°  „  +55° 

1140 

Catania 

+  54°  „  +47° 

1008 

Helsingfors 

+  46°  „  +40° 

100$ 

Potsdam 

+  39°  »  +32° 

1232 

Oxford 

+  3i°  »  +25° 

1180 

Paris  . 

+  24°  „  +18° 

1260 

Bordeaux 

+  17°  „  +11° 

1260 

Toulouse 

+  10°  „  +   5° 

1080 

Algiers 

+  4°  „  -   2° 

1260 

San  Fernando 

-   3°  „  -  9° 

1260 

Tacubaya    . 

-  10°  „  -  16° 

1260 

Santiago  (Monte  Video) 
La  Plata  (Cordoba)     . 

-17°  „  -23° 
-24°  „   -31° 

1260 
1360 

Rio  (Perth,  Australia) 

-32°  „  -40° 

1376 

Cape  of  Good  Hope    , 
Sydney 
Melbourne  . 

-4i°,,  -5i° 
-52°,,  -64° 
-65°  „  -90° 

1512 
1400 
1149 

In  the  list  is  also  shown  the  total  number  of 
plates  that  were  to  be  taken  by  each  observatory. 
-When,  once  the  size  of  the  plates  had  been  settled, 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  131 

it  was  a  straightforward  matter  to  divide  up  the 
sky  into  the  proper  number  of  regions  necessary 
to  cover  it  completely,  not  only  without  gaps  be- 
tween the  plates,  but  with  actually  a  small  over- 
lap of  contiguous  plates.  And  more  than  this, 
it  was  decided  that  the  whole  sky  should  be  com- 
pletely covered  twice  over.  It  was  conceivable 
that  a  question  might  arise  whether  an  apparent 
star  image  on  a  plate  was,  on  the  one  hand,  a 
dust  speck,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  a  planet,  or 
perhaps  a  variable  or  new  star.  By  taking  two 
different  plates  at  slightly  different  times,  ques- 
tions of  this  kind  could  be  settled ;  and  to  make 
the  check  more  independent  it  was  decided  that 
the  plates  should  not  be  exactly  repeated  on  the 
same  portion  of  sky,  but  that  in  the  second  series 
the  centre  of  a  plate  should  occupy  the  point 
assigned  to  the  corner  of  a  plate  in  the  first 
series. 

Then  there  came  the  important  question  of  Times  of 
time  of  exposure,  which  involved  a  long  debate  ^ 
between  those  who  desired  the  most  modest  pro- 
gramme possible  consistent  with  efficiency,  and 
those  enthusiasts  who  were  anxious  to  strain  the 
programme  to  the  utmost  limits  attainable.  Ulti- 
mately it  was  resolved  to  take  two  series  of 
plates  ;  one  series  of  long  exposure  which  was 
set  in  the  first  instance  at  10  minutes,  then 
became  15,  then  30,  then  40,  and  has  by  some 
enterprising  observers  been  extended  to  i  J  hours  ; 
the  other  a  series  of  short  exposures  which  have 


132         ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

been  generally  fixed  at  6  minutes.  Thus  instead 
of  covering  the  sky  twice,  it  was  decided  to  cover 
it  in  all  four  times,  and  the  number  of  plates 
assigned  to  each  observatory  in  the  above  list 
must  be  regarded  as  doubled  by  this  new  deci- 
sion. And  further  still,  on  the  series  of  short- 
exposure  plates  it  was  decided  to  add  to  the  ex- 
posure of  six  minutes  another  one  of  three  minutes, 
having  slightly  shifted  the  telescope  between  the 
two  so  that  they  should  not  be  superimposed ; 
and  later  still,  a  third  exposure  of  twenty  seconds 
was  added  to  these.  It  would  take  too  long  to 
explain  here  the  reasons  for  these  details,  but  it 
will  be  clear  that  the  general  result  of  the  discus- 
sion was  to  extend  the  original  programme  con- 
siderably, and  render  the  work  even  more  laborious 
than  it  had  appeared  at  the  outset. 

When  all  these  plates  have  been  taken,  the 
work  is  by  no  means  finished ;  indeed,  it  is  only 
Measure-  just  commencing.  There  remains  the  task  of  mea- 
suring  accurately  on  each  of  the  short-exposure 
plates  the  positions  of  the  stars  which  it  represents, 
numbering  on  the  average  some  300  or  400 ;  so  that 
for  instance  at  Oxford  the  total  number  of  stars 
measured  on  the  twelve  hundred  plates  is  nearly 
half  a  million.  These  are  not  all  separate  stars  ; 
for  the  sky  is  represented  twice  over,  and  there  is 
also  the  slight  overlap  of  contiguous  plates ;  but 
the  number  of  actual  separate  stars  measured  at 
this  one  observatory  is  not  far  short  of  a  quarter 
of  a  million,  and  it  has  taken  nearly  ten  years  to 


ACCIDENTAL    DISCOVERIES  133 

make  the  measurements,  with  the  help  of  three 
or  four  measurers  trained  for  the  purpose.  To  The 
render  the  measures  easy,  a  network  or  r£seau  of  n 
cross  lines  is  photographed  on  each  plate  by 
artificial  light  after  it  has  been  exposed  to  the 
stars,  so  that  on  development  these  cross  lines 
and  the  stars  both  appear.  We  can  see  at  a 
glance  the  approximate  position  of  a  star  by 
counting  the  number  of  the  space  from  left  to 
right  and  from  top  to  bottom  in  which  it  occurs  ; 
and  we  can  also  estimate  the  fraction  of  a  space 
in  addition  to  the  whole  number ;  but  it  is  neces- 
sary for  astronomical  purposes  to  estimate  this 
fraction  with  the  greatest  exactness.  The  whole 
numbers  are  already  given  with  great  exactness 
by  the  careful  ruling  of  the  cross  lines<>  which 
can  be  spaced  with  extraordinary  perfection.  To 
measure  the  fraction,  we  place  the  plate  under  a 
microscope  in  the  eye-piece  of  which  there  is  a  The 
finally  divided  cross  scale ;  the  centre  of  the  cross 
is  placed  over  a  star  image,  and  then  it  is  noted 
where  the  lines  of  the  rdseau  cut  the  cross  scale. 
In  this  way  the  position  of  the  image  of  a  star  is 
read  off  with  accuracy,  and  after  a  little  practice 
with  considerable  rapidity.  It  has  been  found 
at  Oxford  that  under  favourable  conditions  the 
places  of  nearly  200  stars*  can  be  recorded  in 
this  way  by  a  single  measurer,  if  he  has  some 
one  to  write  down  for  him  the  numbers  he  calls 
out.  This  is  only  one  form  of  measuring  appa- 
ratus ;  there  are  others  in  which,  instead  of  a 


134         ASTRONOMICAL    DISCOVERY 

scale  in  the  eye-piece,  micrometer  screws  are  used 
to  measure  the  fractions  ;  but  the  general  principle 
in  all  these  instruments  is  much  the  same,  and 
the  rate  of  work  is  not  very  different;  while  to 
the  minor  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the 
different  types  there  seems  no  need  here  to 
refer.  One  particular  point,  however,  is  worth 
noting.  After  a  plate  has  been  measured,  it  is 

Keversai  turned  round  completely,  so  that  left  is  now  right, 
and  top  is  now  bottom,  and  the  measurements 
are  repeated.  This  repetition  has  the  advantage 
first  of  all  of  checking  any  mistakes.  When  a 
long  piece  of  measuring  or  numerical  work  of  any 
kind  is  undertaken  there  are  invariably  moments 
when  the  attention  seems  to  wander,  and  some 
small  error  is  the  result.  But  there  are  also 
certain  errors  of  a  systematic  character  similar  to 
those  denoted  by  the  term  "personal  equation," 
which  has  found  its  way  into  other  walks  of  life. 

Personal  In  the  operation  of  placing  a  cross  exactly  over 
on'  the  image  of  a  star,  different  observers  would 
show  slight  differences  of  habit ;  one  might  place 
it  a  little  more  to  the  right  than  another.  But 
when  the  plate  is  turned  round  the  effect  of  this 
habit  on  the  measure  is  exactly  reversed,  and 
hence  if  we  take  the  mean  of  the  two  measures 
any  personal  habit  of  this  kind  is  eliminated.  It 
has  been  found  by  experience  that  such  personal 
habits  are  much  smaller  for  measures  of  this  kind 
than  for  those  to  which  we  have  long  been  accus- 
tomed in  observations  made  by  eye  on  the  stars 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  '  fa  5 

themselves.  The  troubles  from  "  personal  equa- 
tion "  have  been  much  diminished  by  the  photo- 
graphic method,  and  certain  peculiarities  of  the 
former  method  have  been  clearly  exhibited  by  the 
comparison.  For  instance,  it  has  gradually  become 
clear  that  with  eye  observations  personal  equation 
is  not  a  constant  quantity,  but  is  different  for 
stars  of  different  brightness.  When  observing 
the  transit  of  a  bright  star  the  observer  apparently 
records  an  instant  definitely  earlier  than  in  re- 
cording the  transit  of  a  faint  one  ;  and  this  pecu- 
liarity seems  to  be  common  to  the  large  majority 
of  observers,  which  is  perhaps  the  reason  why  it 
was  not  noticed  earlier.  But  when  positions  of 
the  stars  determined  in  this  way  are  compared 
with  their  positions  measured  on  the  photographic 
plates,  the  peculiarity  is  made  clearly  manifest. 
For  example,  at  Oxford,  our  first  business  after 
making  measurements  is  to  compare  them  with 
visual  observations  on  a  limited  number  of  the 
brighter  stars  made  at  Cambridge  about  twenty 
years  ago.  (About  14,000  stars  were  observed  at 
Cambridge,  and  we  are  dealing  with  ten  times 
that  number.)  The  comparison  shows  that  the 
Cambridge  observations  are  affected  with  the 
following  systematic  errors  : — 

If  stars  of  magnitude  10  are  observed  correctly, 
then    „  „  9  „  o.io  sees,  too  early 

„  ,,  8  „  0.16  „ 

11  11  7  »  0-T9        .     » 

„  ,,  6  „  0.21  „ 

11  11  5  11  °-23  » 


136          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

This  may  serve  as  an  illustration  of  various 
incidental  results  which  are  already  flowing  from 
the  enormous  and  laborious  piece  of  work  which, 
as  far  as  the  University  Observatory  at  Oxford  is 
concerned,  we  have  just  completed,  though  some 
of  the  other  colleagues  are  not  so  far  advanced. 
-  But  the  main  results  will  not  appear  just  yet. 
work?  *  e  The  work  must  be  repeated,  and  the  positions  of 
the  stars  just  obtained  must  be  compared  with 
those  which  they  will  be  found  to  occupy  at  some 
future  date,  in  order  to  see  what  kind  of  changes 
are  going  on  in  the  heavens.  Whether  this  future 
date  shall  be  one  hundred  years  hence,  or  fifty,  or 
ten,  or  whether  we  should  begin  immediately  to 
repeat  what  has  been  done,  is  a  matter  not  yet 
decided,  and  one  which  requires  some  little  con- 
sideration. 

I  have  said  perhaps  enough  to  give  you  a 
general  idea  of  the  work  on  which  we  have  been 
engaged  at  Oxford  for  the  last  ten  years.  Ten 
years  ago  it  seemed  to  stretch  out  in  front  of  us 
rather  hopelessly ;  the  pace  we  were  able  to 
make  seemed  so  slow  in  view  of  the  distance  to 
be  covered.  We  felt  rather  like  the  schoolboy 
who  has  just  returned  to  school  and  sees  the 
next  holidays  as  a  very  remote  prospect,  and  we 
solaced  ourselves  much  in  the  same  way  as  he 
does,  by  making  a  diagram  representing  the  total 
number  of  plates  to  be  dealt  with  and  crossing  off 
each  one  as  it  was  finished,  just  as  he  sometimes 
crosses  off  the  days  still  remaining  between  him 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  137 

and  the  prospective  holidays.  It  was  pleasant  to 
watch  the  growth  of  the  number  of  crosses  on  this 
diagram,  and  by  the  end  of  the  year  1902  we  had 
the  satisfaction  of  seeing  very  little  blank  space  The  con- 
remaining.  Now,  up  to  this  point  it  had  not 
much  mattered  whether  any  particular  plate  was 
secured  in  any  particular  year,  or  in  a  subsequent 
year,  so  long  as  there  were  always  sufficient  plates 
to  keep  us  occupied  in  measuring  them.  But  it 
then  became  a  matter  of  importance  to  secure  each 
plate  at  the  proper  time  of  year;  for  the  sun,  as 
we  know,  travels  round  the  Zodiac  among  the 
stars,  obliterating  by  his  radiance  a  large  section 
of  the  sky  for  a  period  of  some  months,  and  in 
this  way  a  particular  region  of  the  heavens  is  apt 
to  "run  into  daylight,"  as  the  observatory  phrase 
goes,  and  ceases  to  be  available  for  photography 
during  several  months,  until  the  sun  is  again  far 
enough  away  to  allow  of  the  particular  region 
being  seen  at  night. 

Roughly  speaking  then,  if  a  plate  which  should 
be  taken  in  February  is  not  secured  in  this  month 
owing  to  bad  weather,  the  proper  time  for  taking 
it  will  not  occur  again  until  the  following 
February ;  and  when  there  was  a  fair  prospect  of 
finishing  our  work  in  1903,  it  became  important 
to  secure  each  plate  at  the  proper  time  in  that 
year.  Hence  we  were  making  special  efforts  to 
utilise  to  the  full  any  fine  night  that  Providence 
sent  in  our  way,  and  on  such  occasions  it  is  clearly 
an  economy,  if  not  exactly  to  "make  hay  while 
the  sun  shines,"  at  any  rate  to  take  plates 


1 3  8          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

vigorously  while  the  sun  is  not  shining  and  the 
night  is  fine ;    leaving  the  development  of  them 
until  the  daytime.     There  is,  of  course,  the  risk 
that  the  whole  night's  work  may  in  this  way  be 
lost   owing   to    some  fault   in   the  plates,   which 
might  have  been  detected  if  some  of  them  were 
immediately  developed.     Perhaps  in  the  early  days 
of  our  work  it  would  have  been  reckless  or  foolish 
to  neglect  this  little  precaution ;  but  we  had  for 
years  been  accustomed  to  rely  upon  the  excellence 
of  the  plates  without  finding  our  trust  betrayed ; 
and  the  sensitiveness  of  the  plates  had  increased 
A  disap-    rather  than  diminished  as  time  went  on.     Hence 
it  will  be  readily  understood  that  when  one  fatal 
morning  we  developed    a    series    of  some  thirty 
plates,  and  found  that  owing  to  some  unexplained 
lack  of  sensitiveness  they  were  all  unsuitable  for 
our  purpose,  it  came  as  a  most  unwelcome  and 
startling  surprise.     It  was,  of  course,  necessary  to 
make  certain  that  there  was  no  oversight,  that  the 
developer  was  not  at  fault,  and  that  the  weather 
had  not  been  treacherous.     All  such  possibilities 
were    carefully  considered  before  communication 
with  the  makers  of  the  plates,  but  it  ultimately 
became  clear  that  there  had  been  some  unfortunate 
failure    in    sensitiveness,    and    that   it   would    be 
necessary  to  repeat  the  work  with  opportunities 
restricted  by  the  intervening  lapse  of  time.     How- 
ever, disappointments  from  this  or  similar  causes 
are  not  unknown  in  astronomical  work  ;  and  we  set 
about  this  repetition  with  as  little  loss  of  time  and 
cheerfulness  as  was  possible.     Under  the  circum- 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  139 

stances,  however,  it  seemed  desirable  to  examine 
carefully  whether  anything  could  be  saved  from 
the  wreck — whether  any  of  the  plates  could  be 
admitted  as  just  coming  up  to  the  minimum 
requirements.  And  I  devoted  a  morning  to  this 
inquiry.  In  the  course  of  it  I  came  across  one  A  curious 
plate  which  certainly  seemed  worth  an  inclusion  p  a 
among  our  series  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
number  of  stars  shown  upon  it.  It  seemed  quite 
rich  in  stars,  perhaps  even  a  little  richer  than 
might  have  been  expected.  On  inquiry  I  was 
told  that  this  was  not  one  of  the  originally  con- 
demned plates,  but  one  which  had  been  taken 
since  the  failure  in  sensitiveness  of  the  plates 
had  been  detected ;  was  from  a  new  and  specially 
sensitive  batch  with  which  the  courteous  makers 
had  supplied  us ;  but  though  there  were  cer- 
tainly a  sufficient  number  of  stars  upon  the  plate, 
owing  to  some  unexplained  cause  the  telescope 
had  been  erroneously  pointed,  and  the  region 
taken  did  not  correspond  to  the  region  required. 
To  investigate  the  cause  of  the  discrepancy  I 
thereupon  took  down  from  our  store  of  plates  the 
other  one  of  the  same  region  which  had  been 
rejected  for  insufficiency  of  stars,  and  on  comparing 
the  two  it  was  at  once  evident  that  there  was  a 
strange  object  on  the  plate  taken  later  of  the  two,  Astrauge 
a  bright  star  or  other  heavenly  body,  which  was  °  ]ec 
not  on  the  former  plate.  I  have  explained  that 
by  repeating  the  exposure  more  than  once,  it  is 
easily  possible  to  recognise  whether  a  mark  upon 
the  plate  is  really  a  celestial  body  or  is  an  ac- 


i4o  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

cidental  blot  or  dust  speck,  and  there  was  no 
doubt  that  this  was  the  image  of  some  strange 
celestial  body.  It  might,  of  course,  be  a  new 
planet,  or  even  an  old  one  which  had  wandered 
into  the  region  ;  but  a  few  measures  soon  showed 
that  it  was  not  in  movement.  The  measures  con- 
sisted in  comparing  the  separation  of  the  three 
exposures  with  the  separation  of  the  corresponding 
exposures  of  obvious  stars,  for  the  exposures  were 
not,  of  course,  simultaneous,  and  if  the  body  were 
a  planet  and  had  moved  in  the  interval  between 
them,  this  would  be  made  manifest  on  measuring 
the  separations.  No  such  movements  could  be 
detected  ;  and  the  possibilities  were  thus  restricted 
to  two.  So  far  as  we  knew  the  object  was  a  star, 
but  might  be  either  a  star  of  the  class  known  as 
variable  or  of  that  known  as  new.  In  the  former 
case  it  would  become  bright  and  faint  at  more  or 
less  regular  intervals,  and  might  possibly  have 
been  already  catalogued ;  for  the  number  of  these 
bodies  already  known  amounts  to  some  hundreds. 
Search  being  made  in  the  catalogues,  no  entry  of  it 
was  found,  though  it  still  might  be  one  of  this 
class  which  had  hitherto  escaped  detection.  Or  it 
A  new  might  be  a  "  new  star,"  one  of  those  curious  bodies 
which  blaze  up  quite  suddenly  to  brightness  and 
then  die  away  gradually  until  they  become  practi- 
cally invisible.  The  most  famous  perhaps  of  these 
is  the  star  which  appeared  in  1572,  and  was  so 
carefully  observed  by  Tycho  Brahe ;  but  such 
apparitions  are  rare,  and  altogether  we  have  not 
records  as  yet  of  a  score  altogether;  so  that  in 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  141 

this  latter  case  the  discovery  would  be  of  much 
greater  interest  than  in  the  former.  In  either 
event  it  was  desirable  to  inform  other  observers  as 
soon  as  possible  of  the  existence  of  a  strange 
body ;  already  some  time  had  elapsed  since  the 
plate  had  been  taken,  March  i6th,  for  the  ex- 
amination of  which  I  have  spoken  was  not  made 
until  March  24th.  Accordingly,  a  telegram  was  at 
once  despatched  to  the  Central  Office  at  Kiel, 
which  undertakes  to  distribute  such  information 
all  over  the  world,  and  a  few  post-cards  were  sent 
to  observers  close  at  hand  who  might  be  able  to 
observe  the  star  the  same  night.  Certain  observa- 
tions with  the  spectroscope  soon  made  it  clear  that 
the  object  was  really  a  "  new  star." 

This,  therefore,  is  the  discovery  wjiich  we 
made  at  Oxford :  as  you  will  see,  in  an  entirely 
accidental  manner,  during  the  course  of  a  piece  of 
work  in  which  it  was  certainly  never  contemplated. 
Its  purely  accidental  nature  is  sufficiently  illus-  The 
trated  by  the  fact  that  if  the  plates  originally 
supplied  by  the  makers  had  been  of  the  proper 
quality,  the  plate  which  led  to  the  discovery  would 
never  have  been  taken.  If  the  plates  exposed  in 
February  had  been  satisfactory,  we  should  have 
been  content,  and  should  not  have  repeated  the 
exposure  on  March  i6th.  Again  I  can  testify  per- 
sonally how  purely  accidental  it  was  that  the  ex- 
amination was  made  on  March  24th  to  see  whether 
anything  could  be  saved,  as  I  have  said,  from  the 
wreck.  The  idea  came  casually  into  my  mind  as 
I  was  walking  through  the  room  and  saw  the  neat 


142 


ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 


pile  of  rejected  plates  ;  and  one  may  fairly  call  it 
an  accidental  impulse.  This  new  star  is  not,  how- 
ever, the  first  of  such  objects  to  have  been  dis- 
covered "accidentally";  many  of  the  others  were 
found  just  as  much  by  chance,  though  a  notable 
exception  must  be  made  of  those  discovered  at  the 
Harvard  Observatory,  which  are  the  result  of  a 
deliberate  search  for  such  bodies  by  the  careful 
Mrs.  examination  of  photographic  plates.  Mrs.  Fleming, 
disemmg  s  who  spends  her  life  in  such  work,  has  had  the 
ies>  good  fortune  to  detect  no  less  than  six  of  these 
wonderful  objects  as  the  reward  of  her  laborious 
scrutiny ;  and  she  is  the  only  person  who  has  thus 
found  new  stars  by  photography  until  this  ac- 
cidental discovery  at  Oxford.  The  following  is  a 
complete  list  of  new  stars  discovered  to  date  :— 

LIST  OF  NEW  STARS. 


Ref.  No. 

Constellation. 

Year. 

Discoverer. 

! 

Cassiopeia 

1572 

Tycho  Brahe. 

2 

3 

Cygnus    . 
Ophiuchus 

1600 
1604 

Janson. 
Kepler. 

4 

Vulpecula 

1670 

Anthelm. 

5 

Ophiuchus 

1848 

Hind. 

6 

Scorpio    . 

1860 

Auwers. 

7 

Corona  Boreal  s 

1866 

Birmingham. 

8 

Cygnus    . 

1876 

Schmidt. 

9 

Andromeda 

1885 

Hartwig. 

10 

Perseus    . 

1887       . 

Fleming. 

ii 

Auriga     . 

1891 

Anderson. 

12 

Norma     , 

1893 

Fleming. 

*3 

Carina      • 

1895 

Fleming. 

14 

Centaurus 

1895 

Fleming. 

15 

Sagittarius 

1898 

Fleming. 

16 

Aquila     . 

1899 

Fleming. 

17 

Perseus    . 

1901 

Anderson. 

18 

Gemini     . 

1903 

At  Oxford. 

a. 

•    . 

a 

• 

t. 
< 

£ 

.• 

*          a 

<*          c 

u. 

w 
1  1 

Z                                                                                       '  *• 

., 

5       s 

\\ 

^2  "*" 
•*.  o 

i 

?*  j  *~ 

'S  ^ 

• 

<  $ 

s  ^ 

•                   > 

H       K 

§  « 

« 

•                              • 

1  • 

Z  i 

•^r       ^      ^ 

^  * 

's  5 

, 

z    5^ 

.-    o    11 

"^-  r-" 

*«• 

.  *        ^       SS    X 

"<S-$ 

0- 
.        *     •* 

•                                                                     ." 

it 

i 

0  ^ 

1 

•    •*.'•'"•'     \  \-'  '.! 

1 

u     a 
-       - 

}| 

r  .  •.;' 

i 

%i    ^ 

"s*! 

-x. 

0) 

i  i 

li 

*    . 

k, 

r 

• 

»                                               .                   *     *               • 

u. 

< 

p; 

ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  143 

Generally  these  stars  have  been  noted  by  eye  Dr.  An- 
observation,  as  in  the  case  of  the  two  found  by  d 
Dr.  Anderson  of  Edinburgh.     In  these  cases  also 
we  may  say  that  deliberate  search  was  rewarded ; 
for  Dr.  Anderson  is  probably  the  most  assiduous 
"  watcher  of  the  skies  "  living,  though  he  seldom 
uses  a  telescope  ;    sometimes  he  uses  an  opera- 
glass,  but  usually  the  naked  eye.     He  describes 
himself    as    an    "Astrophil"    rather   than   as    an 
astronomer.     "I  love  the  stars,"  he  says;  "and 
whenever  they  are  shining,  I  must  be  looking." 
And  so  on  every  fine  night  he  stands  or  sits  at 
his  open  study  window  gazing  at  the  heavens.     I 
believe  he  was  just  about  to  leave  them  for  his 
bed,  near  3  A.M.  on  the  night    of  February   21, 
1901,  when,  throwing  a  last  glance  upward,  he 
suddenly  saw  a  brilliant  star  in  the  constellation 
Perseus.     His  first   feeling   was  actually  one  of  Nova 
disappointment,  for  he  felt  sure  that  this  object  P 
must  have  been  there  for  some  time  past  without 
his  knowing  of  it,  and  he  grudged  the  time  lost 
when  he  might  have  been  regarding  it.     More  in 
a  spirit  of  complaint  than  of  inquiry,  he  made  his 
way  to  the  Royal  Observatory  at  Edinburgh  next 
day   to    hear   what   they   had   to    say   about    it, 
though  he  found  it  difficult  to  approach  the  sub- 
ject.    He  first  talked  about  the  weather,  and  the 
crops,  and  similar  topics  of  general  interest ;  and 
only  after  some  time  dared  he  venture  a  casual 
reference  to  the  "  new  portent  in  the  heavens." 
Seeing  his  interlocutor  look  somewhat  blank,  he 


144  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

ventured  a  little  farther,  and  made  a  direct  refer- 
ence to  the  nevv  star  in  Perseus ;  and  then  found 
to  his  astonishment,  as  also  to  his  great  delight, 
that  he  was  the  first  to  bring  news  of  it.  The 
news  was  soon  communicated  to  other  observers ; 
all  the  telescopes  of  the  world  were  soon  trained 
upon  it;  and  this  wonderful  "new  star  of  the 
new  century  "  has  taught  us  more  of  the  nature 
of  these  extraordinary  bodies  than  all  we  knew 
before. 
Records  Perhaps  I  may  add  a  few  remarks  on  one  or 

previous  „  /»i  IT  -n«        i        i 

to  dis-  two  features  01  these  bodies.  r  irstly,  let  us  note 
that  Professor  Pickering  of  Harvard  is  now  able 
to  make  a  most  important  contribution  to  the 
former  history  of  these  objects — that  is  to  say, 
their  history  preceding  their  actual  detection. 
We  remember  that,  after  Uranus  had  been  dis- 
covered, it  was  found  that  several  observers  had 
long  before  recorded  its  place  unknowingly  ;  and 
similarly  Professor  Pickering  and  his  staff  have 
usually  photographed  other  new  objects  unknow- 
ingly. There  are  on  the  shelves  at  Harvard  vast 
stores  of  photographs,  so  many  that  they  are 
unable  to  examine  them  when  they  have  been 
taken;  but  once  any  object  of  interest  has  been 
discovered,  it  is  easy  to  turn  over  the  store  and 
examine  the  particular  plates  which  may  possibly 
show  it  at  an  earlier  date.  In  this  way  it  was 
found  that  Dr.  Anderson's  new  star  had  been 
visible  only  for  a  few  days  before  its  discovery, 
there  being  no  trace  of  it  on  earlier  plates,  Simi- 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  145 

larly,  in  the  case  of  the  new  star  found  at  Oxford, 
plates  taken  on  March  ist  and  6th,  fifteen  days 
and  ten  days  respectively  before  the  discovery- 
plate  of  March  i6th,  showed  the  star.  But,  in 
this  particular  instance,  greater  interest  attaches 
to  two  still  earlier  plates  taken  elsewhere,  and 
with  exposures  much  longer  than  any  available 
at  Harvard.  One  had  been  obtained  at  Heidel- 
berg by  Dr.  Max  Wolf,  and  another  at  the 
Yerkes  Observatory  of  Chicago  University,  by  Mr. 
Parkhurst ;  and  on  both  there  appeared  to  be  a 
faint  star  of  about  the  fourteenth  or  fifteenth  mag- 
nitude, in  the  place  subsequently  occupied  by  the 
Nova;  and  the  question  naturally  arose,  Was  Was  Nova 
this  the  object  which  ultimately  blazed  up  and 
became  the  new  star?  To  settle  this  point,  it 
was  necessary  to  measure  its  position,  with  refer-  faintly* 
ence  to  neighbouring  stars,  with  extreme  preci- 
sion ;  and  here  it  was  unfortunate  that  the 
photographs  did  not  help  us  as  much  as  they 
might,  for  they  were  scarcely  capable  of  being 
measured  with  the  requisite  precision.  The  point 
was  an  important  one,  because  if  the  identity  of 
the  Nova  with  this  faint  star  could  be  established, 
it  would  be  the  second  instance  of  the  kind  ;  but  so 
far  as  they  went,  measurements  of  the  photographs 
were  distinctly  against  the  identity.  Such  was 
the  conclusion  of  Mr.  Parkhurst  from  his  photo- 
graph alone  ;  and  it  was  confirmed  by  measures 
made  at  Oxford  on  copies  of  both  plates,  which 

K 


146          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

were  kindly  sent  there  for  the  purpose.  The  con- 
clusion seemed  to  be  that  there  was  a  faint  star 
very  near,  but  not  at,  the  place  of  the  new  star  ; 
and  it  was  therefore  probable  that,  although  this 
faint  star  was  temporarily  invisible  from  the  bright- 
ness of  the  adjacent  Nova,  as  the  latter  became 
fainter  (in  the  way  with  which  we  have  become 
familiar  in  the  case  of  new  stars),  it  might  be 
The  possible  to  see  the  two  stars  alongside  each  other. 

suspicion    :_  .   .  . 

negatived.  Ihis  critical  observation  was  ultimately  made  by 
the  sharp  eyes  of  Professor  Barnard,  aided  by  the 
giant  telescope  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  ;  and  it 
seems  clear  therefore  that  the  object  which  blazed 
up  to  become  the  Nova  of  1903  could  not  have 
previously  been  so  bright  as  a  faint  star  of  the 
fourteenth  magnitude.  Although  this  is  merely  a 
negative  conclusion,  it  is  an  important  one  in 
the  history  of  these  bodies. 

The  second  point  to  which  I  will  draw  your 

attention  is  from  the  history  of  the  other  Nova 

just   mentioned  —  Dr.    Anderson's    New    Star    of 

1901.     In  this  instance  it  is  not  the  history  pre- 

vious to  discovery,  but  what  followed  many  months 

after  discovery,  that  was  of  engrossing  interest  ; 

and  again  Yerkes  Observatory,  with  its  magnificent 

equipment,  played  an  important  part  in  the  drama. 

When,  with  its  giant  reflecting  telescope,  photo- 

Nebula      graphs  were  taken  of  the  region  of  Nova  Persei 

Nova        after  it  had  become   comparatively  faint,  it  was 

sel<       found  that  there  was  an  extraordinarily  faint  nebu- 


losity surrounding  the  star.*  Repeating  the  photo- 


SEPT.   20,    IQ01. 


NOV.    13,    1901. 

IX. — NEBULOSITY  ROUND  NOVA  PERSEI. 

(From  photographs  taken  at  the  Yerkcs  Observatory  by  G.  W.  Ritchey 


>'    or  THE 


UNIVERSITY 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  147 

graphs  at  intervals,  it  was  found  that  this  nebulosity  its 
was  rapidly  changing  in  shape.  "  Rapidly"  is,  of  changes< 
course,  a  relative  term,  and  a  casual  inspection 
of  two  of  the  photographs  might  not  convey  any 
impression  of  rapidity  ;  it  is  only  when  we  come 
to  consider  the  enormous  distance  at  which  the 
movements,  or  apparent  movements,  of  the  nebulae 
must  be  taking  place  that  it  becomes  clear  how 
rapid  the  changes  must  be.  It  was  not  possible 
to  determine  this  distance  with  any  exactness, 
but  limits  to  it  could  be  set,  and  it  seemed  pro- 
bable that  the  velocity  of  the  movement  was 
comparable  with  that  of  light.  The  conclusion 
suggested  itself  that  the  velocity  might  actually 
be  identical  with  that  of  light,  in  which  case  what 
we  saw  was  not  the  movement  of  actual  matter,  Due  to 
but  merely  that  of  illumination,  travelling  from 
point  to  point  of  matter  already  existing.  tion- 

An  analogy  from  the  familiar  case  of  sound 
may  make  clearer  what  is  meant.  If  a  loud  noise 
is  made  in  a  large  hall,  we  hear  echoes  from  the 
walls.  The  sound  travels  with  a  velocity  of  about 
1 100  feet  per  second,  reaches  the  walls,  is  re- 
flected back  from  them,  and  returns  to  us  with 
the  same  velocity.  From  the  interval  occupied 
in  going  and  returning  we  could  calculate  the 
distance  of  the  walls.  The  velocity  of  light  is  so 
enormous  compared  with  that  of  sound  that  we 
are  usually  quite  unable  to  observe  any  similar 
phenomenon  in  the  case  of  light.  If  we  strike  a 
match  in  the  largest  hall,  all  parts  of  it  are 


148  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

illuminated  so  immediately  that  we  cannot  pos- 
sibly realise   that   there   was   really   an   interval 
between  the  striking  of  the  match,  the  travelling 
of  the  light  to  the  walls,  and  its  return  to  our 
eyes.     The  scale  of  our  terrestrial  phenomenon  is 
far  too  small  to  render  this  interval  perceptible. 
But  those  who  accept  the  theory  above  mentioned 
regarding   the    appearances   round    Nova    Persei 
(although  there  are  some  who  discredit  it)  believe 
that  we  have  in  this  case  an  illustration  of  just 
this  phenomenon  of  light  echoes,  on  a  scale  large 
enough   to  be   easily  visible.     They  think  that, 
surrounding  the  central  star  which  blazed  up  so 
brightly  in  February  1901,  there  was  a  vast  dark 
nebula,  of  which  we  had  no  previous  knowledge, 
because  it  was  not  shining  with  any  light  of  its 
own.     When  the  star  blazed  up,  the  illumination 
travelled  from  point  to  point  of  this  dark  nebula 
and  lighted  it  up  ;  but  the  size  of  the  nebula  was 
so  vast  that,  although  the  light  was  travelling  with 
the  enormous  velocity  of  200,000  miles  per  second, 
it  was  not  until  months  afterwards  that  it  reached 
different  portions  of  this  nebula ;  and  we  accord- 
ingly got  news  of  the  existence  of  this  nebula 
some  months  after  the  news   reached  us  of  the 
When  did  central  conflagration,  whatever  it  was.     Eemark 
happen?    that  all  we  can  say  is  that  the  news  of  the  nebula 
reached  us  some  months  later  than  that  of  the 
outburst.     The   actual  date  when    either  of  the 
actual  things  happened,  we  have  as  yet  no  means 
of  knowing ;  it  may  have  been  hundreds  or  even 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  149 

thousands  of  years  ago  that  the  conflagration 
actually  occurred  of  which  we  got  news  in  Feb- 
ruary 1901,  the  light  having  taken  all  that  time 
to  reach  us  from  that  distant  part  of  space ;  and 
the  light  reflected  from  the  nebula  was  following 
it  on  its  way  to  us  all  these  years  at  that  same 
interval  of  a  few  months. 

Now,  let  me  refer  before  leaving  this  point  to  An  objec- 
the  chief  objection  which  has  been  urged  against  ta' 
this  theory.  It  has  been  maintained  that  the 
illumination  would  necessarily  appear  to  travel 
outwards  from  the  centre  with  an  approach  to 
uniformity,  whereas  the  observed  rate  of  travel  is 
not  uniform,  and  has  been  even  towards  the 
centre  instead  of  away  from  it ;  which  would 
seem  as  though  portions  of  the  nebula  more 
distant  from  the  centre  were  lighted  up  sooner 
than  those  closer  to  it.  By  a  simple  illustration 
from  our  solar  system,  we  shall  see  that  these 
curious  anomalies  may  easily  be  explained.  Let 
us  consider  for  simplicity  two  planets  only,  say 
the  Earth  and  Saturn.  We  know  that  Saturn 
travels  round  the  sun  in  an  orbit  which  is  ten 
times  larger  than  the  orbit  of  the  earth.  Suppose 
now  that  the  sun  were  suddenly  to  be  extinguished ; 
light  takes  about  eight  minutes  to  travel  from 
the  sun  to  the  earth,  and  consequently  we  should 
not  get  news  of  the  extinction  for  some  eight 
minutes ;  the  sun  would  appear  to  us  to  still  go  on 
shining  for  eight  minutes  after  he  had  really  been 
extinguished.  Saturn  being  about  ten  times  as 


ISO  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

far  away  from  the  sun,  the  news  would  take 
eighty  minutes  to  reach  Saturn  ;  and  from  the  earth 
we  should  see  Saturn  shining  more1  than  eighty 
minutes  after  the  sun  had  been  extinguished, 
although  we  ourselves  should  have  lost  the  sun's 
light  after  eight  minutes.  I  think  we  already 
begin  to  see  possibilities  of  curious  anomalies ; 
but  they  can  be  made  clearer  than  this.  Instead 
of  imagining  an  observer  on  the  earth,  let  us 
suppose  him  removed  to  a  great  distance  away 
in  the  plane  of  the  two  orbits ;  and  let  us  sup- 
pose that  the  sun  is  now  lighted  up  again  as 
suddenly  as  the  new  star  blazed  up  in  February 
1901.  Then  such  an  observer  would  first  see  this 
blaze  in  the  centre ;  eight  minutes  afterwards  the 
illumination  would  reach  the  earth,  a  little  speck 
of  light  near  the  sun  would  be  illuminated,  just 
as  we  saw  a  portion  of  the  dark  nebula  round 
Nova  Persei  illuminated ;  eighty  minutes  later 
another  speck,  namely,  Saturn,  would  begin  to 
shine.  But  now,  would  Saturn  necessarily  appear 
to  the  distant  observer  to  be  farther  away  from 
the  sun  than  the  earth  was?  Looking  at  the 
diagram,  we  can  see  that  if  Saturn  were  at  S1?  then 
it  would  present  this  natural  appearance  of  being 
farther  away  from  the  sun  than  the  earth ;  but  it 
might  be  at  S2  or  S3,  in  which  case  it  would  seem 
to  be  nearer  the  sun,  and  the  illumination  would 
seem  to  travel  inwards  towards  the  central  body 

1  Since  the  light  must  travel  from  the  sun  to  Saturn  and  back 
again  to  the  earth,  the  interval  would  be  more  nearly  150  minutes. 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  151 

instead  of  outwards.  Without  considering  other 
cases  in  detail,  it  will  be  tolerably  clear  that  almost 
any  anomalous  appearance  might  be  explained  by 
choosing  a  suitable  arrangement  of  the  nebulous 
matter  which  we  suppose  lighted  up  by  the  ex- 
plosion of  Nova  Persei.  Another  objection  urged 
against  the  theory  I  have  sketched  is  that  the 
light  reflected  from  such  a  nebula  would  be  so 
feeble  that  it  would  not  affect  our  photographic 


plates.  This  depends  upon  various  assumptions 
which  we  have  no  time  to  notice  here ;  but  I 
think  we  may  say  that  there  is  certainly  room  for 
the  acceptance  of  the  theory. 

Now,  if  this  dark  nebula  was  previously  existing  Did  the 
in  this  way  all  round  the  star  which  blazed  up,  cause^he 
the  question  naturally  arises  whether  the  nebula  outbl 
had  anything  to  do  with  the  conflagration.     Was 
there  previously  a  star,  either  so  cold  or  so  distant 
as  not  to  be  shining  with  appreciable  light,  which, 
travelling  through   space,   encountered   this  vast 


152  ASTRONOMICAL    DISCOVERY 

nebula,  and  by  the  friction  of  the  encounter  was 
suddenly  rendered  so  luminous  as  to  outshine  a 
star  of  the  first  magnitude  ?  The  case  of  meteoric 
stones  striking  our  own  atmosphere  seems  to 
suggest  such  a  possibility.  These  little  stones 
are  previously  quite  cold  and  invisible,  and  are 
travelling  in  some  way  through  space,  many  of 
them  probably  circling  round  our  sun.  If  they 
happen  in  their  journey  to  encounter  our  earth, 
even  the  extremely  tenuous  atmosphere,  so  thin 
that  it  will  scarcely  bend  the  rays  of  light 
appreciably,  even  this  is  sufficient  by  its  friction 
to  raise  the  stones  to  a  white  heat,  so  that  they 
blaze  up  into  the  falling  stars  with  which  we  are 
familiar.  This  analogy  is  suggested,  but  we 
must  be  cautious  in  accepting  it;  for  we  know 
so  very  little  of  the  nature  of  nebula?  such  as 
that  of  which  we  have  been  speaking.  But  in 
any  case,  a  totally  new  series  of  phenomena  have 
been  laid  open  to  our  study  by  those  wonderful 
photographs  taken  at  the  Yerkes  Observatory  and 
the  Lick  Observatory  in  the  few  years  which  the 
present  century  has  as  yet  run. 

impor-  One  thing  is  quite  certain :  we  must  lose  no 
opportunity  of  studying  such  stars  as  may  appear, 
and  no  diligence  spent  in  discovering  them  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment  is  thrown  away.  We 
have  only  known  up  to  the  present,  as  already 
stated,  less  than  a  score  of  them,  and  of  these 
many  have  told  us  but  little ;  partly  because  they 
were  only  discovered  too  late  (after  they  had 


ACCIDENTAL   DISCOVERIES  153 

become  faint),  and  partly  because  the  earlier  ones 
could  not  be  observed  with  the  spectroscope, 
which  had  not  then  been  invented.  It  seems 
clear  that  in  the  future  we  must  not  allow  acci- 
dent to  play  so  large  a  part  in  the  discovery  of 
these  objects ;  more  must  be  done  in  the  way  of 
deliberate  search.  Although  we  know  beforehand 
that  this  will  involve  a  vast  amount  of  apparently 
useless  labour,  that  months  and  years  must  be 
spent  in  comparing  photographic  plates,  or  por- 
tions of  the  sky  itself,  with  one  another  without 
detecting  anything  remarkable,  it  will  not  be  the 
first  time  that  years  have  been  cheerfully  spent  in 
such  searches  without  result.  We  need  only 
recall  Hencke's  fifteen  years  of  fruitless  search, 
before  finding  a  minor  planet,  to  realise  this  fact. 

One  thing  of  importance  may  be  done  ;  we 
may  improve  our  methods  of  making  the  search, 
so  as  to  economise  labour,  and  several  suc- 
cessful attempts  have  already  been  made  in  this 
direction.  The  simplest  plan  is  to  superpose  two  Super- 
photographs  taken  at  different  dates,  so  that  the  of  plates, 
stars  on  one  lie  very  close  to  those  on  the  other ; 
then  if  an  image  is  seen  to  be  unpaired  we  may 
have  found  a  new  star,  though  of  course  the  object 
may  be  merely  a  planet  or  a  variable.  The  super- 
position of  the  plates  may  be  either  actual  or 
virtual.  A  beautiful  instrument  has  been  devised 
on  the  principle  of  the  stereoscope  for  examining 
two  plates  placed  side  by  side,  one  with  each  eye. 
We  know  that  in  this  way  two  photographs  of 


154  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

the  same  object  from  different  points  of  view  will 
appear  to  coalesce,  and  at  the  same  time  to  give 
an  appearance  of  solidity  to  the  object  or  land- 
scape, portions  of  which  will  seem  to  stand  out  in 
The  front  of  the  background.  Applying  this  principle 
compara-  to  two  photographs  of  stars,  what  happens  is  this : 
if  the  stars  have  all  remained  in  the  same  posi- 
tions exactly,  the  two  pictures  will  seem  to  us  to 
coalesce,  and  the  images  all  to  lie  on  a  flat 
background ;  but  if  in  the  interval  between  the 
exposures  of  the  two  plates  one  of  the  stars  has 
appreciably  moved  or  disappeared,  it  will  seem, 
when  looked  at  with  this  instrument,  to  stand  out 
in  front  of  this  background,  and  is  accordingly 
detected  with  comparatively  little  trouble.  This 
new  instrument,  to  which  the  name  Stereo-com- 
parator has  been  given,  promises  to  be  of  immense 
value  in  dredging  the  sky  for  strange  bodies  in 
the  future.  I  am  glad  to  say  that  a  generous 
friend  has  kindly  presented  the  University  Obser- 
vatory at  Oxford  with  one  of  these  beautiful  instru- 
ments, which  have  been  constructed  by  Messrs. 
Zeiss  of  Jena  after  the  skilful  designs  of  Dr. 
Pulfrich.  Whether  we  shall  be  able  to  repeat  by 
deliberate  search  the  success  which  mere  accident 
threw  in  our  way  remains  to  be  seen. 


CHAPTER  V 

SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD 

IN   preceding    chapters   we   have    reviewed    dis-  Discove- 
coveries,  some  of  which  have    been  made  as  a  tiary  to 


result  of  a  deliberate  search,  and  others  acciden-  l 
tally  in  the  course  of  work  directed  to  a  totally 
different  end  ;  but  so  far  we  have  not  considered 
a  case  in  which  the  discoverer  entered  upon  an 
enterprise  from  which  he  was  positively  dissuaded. 
In  the  next  chapter  we  shall  come  across  a 
very  striking  instance  of  this  type  ;  but  even 
in  the  discovery  that  there  was  a  periodicity  in 
the  solar  spots,  with  which  I  propose  to  deal 
now,  Herr  Schwabe  began  his  work  in  the  face 
of  deterrent  opinions  from  eminent  men.  His 
definite  announcement  was  first  made  in  1843, 
though  he  had  himself  been  convinced  some  years 
earlier.  In  1857  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society 
awarded  him  their  gold  medal  for  the  discovery  ; 
and  in  the  address  delivered  on  the  occasion 
the  President  commenced  by  drawing  atten- 
tion to  this  very  fact,  that  astronomers  who  had 
expressed  any  opinions  on  the  subject  had  been 
uniformly  and  decidedly  against  the  likelihood  Nothing 
of  there  being  anything  profitable  in  the  study  f^°  € 
of  the  solar  spots.  I  will  quote  the  exact  words  spots' 


155 


156  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  the  President,  Mr.  Manuel  Johnson,  then  Rad- 
clifie  Observer  at  Oxford. 


"It  was  in  1826  that  Heinrich  Schwabe,  a 
gentleman  resident  in  Dessau,  entered  upon  those 
researches  which  are  now  to  engage  our  attention. 
I  am  not  aware  of  the  motive  that  induced  him — 
whether  any  particular  views  had  suggested  them- 
selves to  his  own  mind — or  whether  it  was  a 
general  desire  of  investigating,  more  thoroughly 
than  his  predecessors  had  done,  the  laws  of  a 
remarkable  phenomenon,  which  it  had  long  been 
the  fashion  to  neglect.  He  could  hardly  have 
anticipated  the  kind  of  result  at  which  he  has 
arrived ;  at  the  same  time  we  cannot  imagine  a 
course  of  proceeding  better  calculated  for  its 
detection,  even  if  his  mind  had  been  prepared 
for  it,  than  that  which  he  has  pursued  from  the 
very  commencement  of  his  career.  Assuredly 
if  he  entertained  such  an  idea,  it  was  not  borrowed 
from  the  authorities  of  the  last  century,  to  whom 
the  solar  spots  were  objects  of  more  attention 
than  they  have  been  of  late  years. 

"  '  Nulla  constanti  temporum  lege  apparent  aut 
evanescunt,'  says  Keill  in  1739.  —  Introduct.  ad 
Physic.  Astronom.,  p.  253. 

"  '  II  est  manifest  par  ce  que  nous  venons  de 
rapporter  qu'il  n'y  a  point  de  regie  certaine  de 
leur  formation,  ni  de  leur  nombre  et  de  leur 
figure,'  says  Cassini  II.  in  1740. — EUm  d'Astron., 
vol.  i.  p.  82. 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD    157 

"  '  II  semble  qu'elles  ne  suivent  aucune  loi  dans 
leur  apparitions/  says  Le  Monnier  in  1746. — 
Instit.  Astron.,  p.  83. 

"  '  Solar  spots  observe  no  regularity  in  their  shape, 
magnitude,  number,  or  in  the  time  of  their  appear- 
ance or  continuance/  says  Long  in  1 764. — Astron., 
vol.  ii.  p.  472. 

"  '  Les  apparitions  des  taches  du  soleil  n'ont 
rien  de  regulier/  says  Lalande  in  1771. — Astron., 
vol.  iii.  §  3131,  2nd  edit. 

"  And  Delambre's  opinion  may  be  inferred  from 
a  well-known  passage  in  the  third  volume  of  his 
'Astronomy'  (p.  20),  published  in  1814, where  treat- 
ing of  the  solar  spots  he  says,  *  II  est  vrai  qu'elles 
sont  plus  curieuses  que  vraiment  utiles.'"1 

I* 

It  will  thus  be  evident  that  Herr  Schwabe  had 
the  courage  to  enter  upon  a  line  of  investigation 
which  others  had  practically  condemned  as  likely 
to  lead  nowhere,  and  that  his  discovery  was  quite 
contrary  to  expectation.  It  is  a  lesson  to  us  that 
not  even  the  most  unlikely  line  of  work  is  to  be 
despised  ;  for  the  outcome  of  Schwabe's  work  was 
the  first  step  in  the  whole  series  of  discoveries 
which  have  gradually  built  up  the  modern  science 
of  Solar  Physics,  which  occupies  so  deservedly  large 
a  part  of  the  energies  of,  for  instance,  the  great 
observatory  attached  to  the  University  of  Chicago. 

It  has  been  our  practice  to  recall  the  actual 

1  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  vol.  xvii. 
p.  126. 


158  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

Schwabe's  words  in  which  the  discoverer  himself  stated  his 
discovery,  and  I  will  give  the  original  modest 
announcement  of  Schwabe,  though  for  convenience 
of  those  who  do  not  read  German  I  will  attempt 
a  rough  translation.  He  had  communicated  year 
by  year  the  results  of  his  daily  counting  of  the 
solar  spots  to  the  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
and  after  he  had  given  ten  years'  results  in  this 
way  he  collected  them  together,  but  he  made 
no  remark  on  the  curious  sequence  which  they 
undoubtedly  showed  at  that  time.  Waiting 
patiently  six  years  for  further  material,  in  1843 
he  ventured  to  make  his  definite  announcement 
as  follows : — "  From  my  earlier  observations, 
which  I  have  communicated  annually  to  this 
journal,  there  was  manifest  already  a  certain 
periodicity  of  sun-spots  ;  and  the  probability  of 
this  being  really  the  case  is  confirmed  by  this 
year's  results.  Although  I  gave  in  volume  15 
the  total  numbers  of  groups  for  the  years 
1826-1837,  nevertheless  I  will  repeat  here  a 
complete  series  of  all  my  observations  of  sun- 
spots,  giving  not  only  the  number  of  groups, 
but  also  the  number  of  days  of  observation,  and 
further  the  days  when  the  sun  was  free  from 
spots.  The  number  of  groups  alone  will  not  in 
itself  give 'sufficient  accuracy  for  determination  of 
a  period,  since  1  have  convinced  myself  that  when 
there  are  a  large  number  of  sun-spots  the  number 
will  be  reckoned  somewhat  too  small,  and  when 
few  sun- spots,  the  number  somewhat  too  large  ; 


FEB.   l8,    1894. 


FEB.    IQ,     1094. 

X.— PHOTOGRAPHS  OF  THE  Sux  TAKEN  AT  THE  ROYAL  OBSERVATORY 
GREENWICH,  SHEWING  SUNSPOTS, 


f    UNIVERSITY 


FEB.   20,    1894. 


FEB.    21,     1894. 

XI. — PHOTOGRAPHS  ov  THE  SUN  TAKEN  AT  THE  ROYAL  OBSERVATORY, 
GREENWICH,  SHEWING  SUNSPOTS 


Jf    THF  \ 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD    159 

in  the  first  case  several  groups  are  often  counted 
together  in  one,  and  in  the  second  it  is  easy  to 
divide  a  group  made  up  of  two  component  parts 
into  two  separate  groups.  This  must  be  my 
excuse  for  repeating  the  early  catalogue,  as 
follows  : — 


Year. 

Number  of 
Groups. 

Days  free 
from  Spots. 

Days  of 
Observation. 

1826 
1827 
1828 
1829 
1830 

118 
161 
225 
199 
190 

22 
2 
0 
0 
I 

277 

273 
282 
244 
217 

1831 
1832 
1833 
1834 
1835 

149 
84 

33 
51 
173 

3 
49 
139 

120 

18 

239 

270 
267 

273 
244 

1836 

1837 
1838 

1839 
1840 

272 

333 
282 
162 
152 

o 

0 
0 

o 
3 

200 

1  68 

202 
205 
263 

1841 
1842 

1843 
(1844) 

1  02 

68 

ft 

15 

64 
149 
(in) 

283 
307 

324 
(320) 

"  If  we  now  compare  together  the  number  of 
groups,  and  the  days  free  from  spots,  we  find  that 
the  sun-spots  have  a  period  of  about  ten  years, 
and  that  for  about  five  years  they  are  so  numerous 
that  during  this  period  few  days,  if  any,  are  free 
from  spots.  The  sequel  must  show  whether  this 
period  is  constant,  whether  the  minimum  activity 


160  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  the  sun  in  producing  spots  lasts  for  one  or  two 
years,  and  whether  this  activity  increases  more 
quickly  than  it  decreases." 

Attracted  This  brief  announcement  is  all  that  the  dis- 
tention,  coverer  says  upon  the  subject ;  and  it  is  perhaps 
not  remarkable  that  it  attracted  very  little  atten- 
tion, especially  when  we  remember  that  it  related 
to  a  matter  which  the  astronomical  world  had 
agreed  to  put  aside  as  unprofitable  and  not  worth 
attention.  Next  year,  in  giving  his  usual  paper 
on  the  spots  for  1844  he  recurs  to  the  subject  in 
the  following  sentence  :  "  The  periodicity  of  spots 
of  about  ten  years  which  was  indicated  in  my 
summary  published  last  year,  is  confirmed  by  this 
year's  observations."  I  have  added  in  brackets 
to  the  table  above  reproduced  the  numbers  for 
1 844  subsequently  given,  and  it  will  be  seen  how 
nearly  they  might  have  been  predicted. 

Still  the  subject  attracted  little  attention. 
Turning  over  the  leaves  of  the  journal  at  random, 
I  came  across  the  annual  report  of  the  Astronomer 
Royal  of  England,  printed  at  length.  But  in  it 
there  is  no  reference  to  this  discovery,  which 
opened  up  a  line  of  work  now  strongly  repre- 
sented in  the  annual  programme  of  the  Royal 
Observatory  at  Greenwich.  Mr.  Johnson  remarks 
that  the  only  person  who  had  taken  it  up  was 
Julius  Schmidt,  who  then  resided  near  Hamburg. 

until 

eight        But    Schwabe    went    on    patiently    accumulating 

fater!        facts ;  and  in   1851  the  great  Von  Humboldt  in 

the  third  volume  of  his  Cosmos,  drew  attention  to 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     161 

the  discovery,  which  was  accordiDgly  for  the  first 
time  brought  into  general  notice.  It  will  be  seen 
that  there  are  not  many  facts  of  general  interest 
relating  to  the  actual  discovery  beyond  the  courage 
with  which  the  work  was  commenced  in  a  totally 
unpromising  direction,  and  the  scant  attention  it 
received  after  being  made  for  us.  We  may  admit 
that  interest  centres  chiefly  in  the  tremendous 
consequences  which  flowed  from  it.  We  now 
recognise  that  many  other  phenomena  are  bound 
up  with  this  waxing  and  waning  of  the  solar  spots. 
We  might  be  prepared  for  a  sympathy  in  pheno-  other 
mena  obviously  connected  with  the  sun  itself;  but 
it  was  an  unexpected  and  startling  discovery  that 
magnetic  phenomena  on  the  earth  had  also  a 
sympathetic  relation  with  the  changes  in,  sun- 
spots,  and  it  is  perhaps  not  surprising  that  when 
once  this  connection  of  solar  and  terrestrial  pheno- 
mena was  realised,  various  attempts  have  been 
made  to  extend  it  into  regions  where  we  cannot  as 
yet  allow  that  it  has  earned  a  legitimate  right  of 
entry.  We  have  heard  of  the  weather  and  of 
Indian  famines  occurring  in  cycles  identical  with 
the  sun-spot  cycle ;  and  it  is  obvious  how  tremend- 
ously important  it  would  be  for  us  if  this  were 
found  to  be  actually  the  case.  For  we  might  in 
this  way  predict  years  of  possible  famine  and 
guard  against  them ;  or  if  we  could  even  partially 
foretell  the  kind  of  weather  likely  to  occur  some 
years  hence,  we  might  take  agricultural  measures 
accordingly.  The  importance  of  the  connection, 


1 62  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

if  only  it  could  be  established,  is  no  doubt  the 
reason  which  has  misled  investigators  into  laying 
undue  stress  on  evidence  which  will  not  bear 
and  others  close  scrutiny.  For  the  present  we  must  say 
decidedly  that  no  case  has  been  made  out  for 
paying  serious  attention  to  the  influence  of  sun- 
spots  on  weather.  Nevertheless,  putting  all  this 
aside,  there  is  quite  enough  of  first-rate  import- 
ance in  the  sequel  to  Schwabe's  discovery. 

Let  us  review  the  facts  in  order.  Most  of  us, 
though  we  may  not  have  had  the  advantage  of 
seeing  an  actual  sun-spot  through  a  telescope, 
have  seen  drawings  or  photographs  of  spots. 
There  is  a  famous  drawing  made  by  James 
Nasmyth  (of  steam-hammer  fame),  in  July,  1864, 
which  is  of  particular  interest,  because  at  that 
time  Nasmyth  was  convinced — and  he  convinced 
many  others  with  him — that  the  solar  surface  was 
made  up  of  a  miscellaneous  heap  of  solid  bodies,, 
in  shape  like  willow  leaves,  or  grains  of  rice, 
thrown  together  almost  at  random,  and  the  draw- 
ing was  made  by  him  to  illustrate  this  idea.  Com- 
paring a  modern  photograph  with  it,  we  see  that 
there  is  something  to  be  said  for  Nasmyth's  view, 
which  attracted  much  attention  at  the  time  and 
occasioned  a  somewhat  heated  controversy.  But 
since  the  invention  of  the  spectroscope  it  has 
become  quite  obsolete;  it  probably  does  not 
Green-  correspond  in  any  way  to  the  real  facts.  But 
records,  instead  of  looking  at  pictures  which  have  been 
enlarged  to  show  the  detailed  structure  in  and 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     163 

near  a  spot,  we  will  look  at  a  series  of  pictures 
of  the  whole  sun  taken  on  successive  days  at 
Greenwich  in  which  the  spots  are  necessarily  much 
smaller,  but  which  show  the  behaviour  of  the  spots 
from  day  to  day.  (See  Plates  X.  and  XI.)  From 
the  date  at  the  foot  of  each  it  will  be  seen  that 
they  gradually  cross  the  disc  of  the  sun  (a  fact 
first  discovered  by  Galileo  in  1610),  showing  that 
the  sun  rotates  on  an  axis  once  in  about  every  The  sun's 

r>  i  mi  •    ,  ,  •         rotation. 

twenty-five  days.  ihere  are  many  interesting 
facts  connected  with  this  rotation ;  especially 
that  the  sun  does  not  rotate  as  a  solid  body, 
the  parts  near  the  (Sun's)  Equator  flowing  quicker 
than  those  nearer  the  Poles ;  but  for  the  present 
we  cannot  stop  to  dwell  upon  them.  What 
interests  us  particularly  is  the  history,  not  from 
day  to  day,  but  from  year  to  year,  as  Schwabe  has 
already  given  it  for  a  series  of  years. 

When  it  became  generally  established  that  this  Wolfs 
periodicity  existed,  Rudolf  Wolf  of  Zurich  col-  n 
lected  the  facts  about  sun-spots  from  the  earliest 
possible  date,  and  represented  this  history  by  a 
series  of  numbers  which  are  still  called  Wolf's 
Sun-Spot  Numbers.  You  will  see  from  the  dia- 
gram the  obvious  rise  and  fall  for  eleven  years, — 
not  ten  years,  as  Schwabe  thought,  but  just  a  little 
over  eleven  years.  The  facts  are,  however,  given 
more  completely  by  the  work  done  at  the  Eoyal 
Observatory  at  Greenwich.  It  is  part  of  the 
regular  daily  work  of  that  Observatory  to  photo- 
graph the  sun  at  least  twice.  Many  days  are  of 


1 64  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

course  cloudy  or  wet,  so  that  photographs  cannot 
be  obtained ;  but  there  are  available  photographs 
similarly  taken  in  India  or  in  Mauritius,  where 
the  weather  is  more  favourable,  and  from  these 
the  gaps  are  so  well  filled  up  that  very  few  days, 
if  any,  during  the  whole  year  are  left  without 
Green-  some  photograph  of  the  sun's  surface.  On  these 
areas.  photographs  the  positions  and  the  areas  of  the 
spots  are  carefully  measured  under  a  microscope, 
and  the  results  when  submitted  to  certain  neces-t 
sary  calculations  are  published  year  by  year.  It  is 
clearly  a  more  accurate  estimate  of  the  spottedness 
of  the  sun  to  take  the  total  area  of  all  the  spots 
rather  than  their  mere  number,  for  in  the  latter  case- 
a  large  spot  and  a  small  one  count  equally.  Hence 
the  Greenwich  records  will  perhaps  give  us  an 
even  better  idea  of  the  periodicity  than  Wolfs 
numbers.  Now,  at  the  same  observatory  magnetic 
observations  are  also  made  continuously.  If  a 
magnet  be  suspended  freely  we  are  accustomed  to1 
say  that  it  will  point  to  the  North  Pole ;  but  this 
is  only  very  roughly  true.  In  the  first  placej  it  is' 
probably  well  known  to  you  that  there  is  a  con- 
siderable deviation  from  due  north  owing  to  the 
fact  that  the  magnetic  North  Pole  is  not  the  same 
as  the  geographical  North  Pole ;  but  this  for  the 
Magnetic  present  need  not  concern  us.  What  does  concern 
Sons1*"  us  ig>  that  if  the  needle  is  hung  up  and  left  long 
enough  to  come  to  rest,  it  does  not  then  remain 
steadily  at  rest,  but  executes  slow  and  small 
oscillations  backwards  and  forwards,  up  and  down, 


NUMBER   OF  SUNSPOTS      (Wolf) 

DAILY     RANGE    <f    MAGNETIC       DECLINATION 

DAILY     RANCXE    of   MAGNET/ C        HOR2.L,    FORCE 
observed    at    QreenuricK) 


1840     50      60      yp       80      90 

|l"'r»f«lfirffrffff|ffii|iiii|t,|,|im|llvl|lll||||M 


HF 

X 
100 


6'- 


LS& 

IOO 


HORIZONTAL     FORCE 

PLATE  XII. 


GREENWICH      MAGNETIC       CURVES 

1859-60 


CRE£NWICH    MAGNETIC    CURVES    FOR     APRIL 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     165 

throughout  the  day ;  repeating  nearly  the  same 
oscillations  on  the  following  day,  but  at  the  same 
time  gradually  changing  its  behaviour  so  as  to 
oscillate  differently  in  summer  and  winter.  These 
changes  are  very  small,  and  would  pass  unnoticed 
by  the  naked  eye ;  but  when  carefully  watched 
through  a  telescope,  or  better  still,  when  photo- 
graphed by  some  apparatus  which  will  at  the  same 
time  magnify  them,  they  can  be  rendered  easily 
visible.  When  the  history  of  these  changes  is 
traced  it  is  seen  at  once  that  there  is  a  manifest 
connection  with  the  cycle  of  sun-spot  changes ;  for 
instance,  if  we  measure  the  range  of  swing  back- 
wards and  forwards  during  the  day  and  take 
the  average  for  all  the  days  in  the  year,  and  then 
compare  this  with  the  average  number  of  sun- 
spots,  we  shall  see  that  the  averages  rise  and  fall 
together.  Similarly  we  may  take  the  up  and 
down  swing,  find  the  average  amount  of  it 
throughout  the  year,  and  again  we  shall  find  that 
this  corresponds  very  closely  with  the  average 
number  of  sun-spots. 

But  perhaps  the  most  striking  way  to  exhibit 
the  sympathy  is  to  combine  different  variations  of 
the  needle  into  one  picture.  And  first  we  must 
remark  that  there  is  another  important  variation 
of  the  earth's  magnetic  action  which  we  have  not 
yet  considered.  We  have  mentioned  the  swing  of 
the  needle  to  and  fro,  and  the  swing  up  and  down, 
and  these  correspond  to  changes  in  the  direction 
of  the  force  of  attraction  on  the  needle.  But 


1 66  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

there  may  be  also  changes  in  intensity  of  this 
action  ;  the  pull  may  be  a  little  stronger  or  a 
little  weaker  than  before,  and  these  variations  are 
not  represented  by  any  actual  movement  of  the 
needle,  though  they  can  be  measured  by  proper 
experiments.  We  can,  however,  imagine  them 
represented  by  a  movement  of  the  end  of  the 
needle  if  we  suppose  it  made  of  elastic  material,  so 
that  it  would  lengthen  when  the  force  was  greater 
Daily  and  contract  slightly  when  the  force  was  less.  If 
a  pencil  were  attached  to  the  end  of  such  an 
elastic  needle  so  as  to  make  a  mark  on  a  sheet  of 
paper,  and  if  for  a  moment  we  exclude  the  up 
and  down  movements,  the  pencil  would  describe 
during  the  day  a  curve  on  the  paper,  as  the  end 
of  the  needle  swung  backwards  and  forwards  with 
the  change  in  direction,  and  moved  across  the 
direction  of  swing  with  the  change  in  intensity. 
Now  when  curves  of  this  kind  are  described  for  a 
day  in  each  month  of  the  year,  there  is  a  striking 
difference  between  the  forms  of  them.  During 
Difference  the  summer  months  they  are,  generally  speaking, 
summer  comparatively  large  and  open,  and  during  the 
and  win-  wjnter  months  they  are  small  and  close.  This 
change  in  form  is  seen  by  a  glance  at  Plate  XIII. , 
which  gives  the  curves  throughout  the  whole  of 
one  year.  Let  us  now,  instead  of  forming  a  curve 
of  this  kind  for  each  month,  form  a  single  average 
curve  for  the  whole  year ;  and  let  us  further  do 
this  for  a  series  of  years.  (Plate  XIV.)  We 
see  that  the  curves  change  from  year  to  year  in  a 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     167 

manner  very  similar  to  that  in  which  they  change 
from  month  to  month  in  any  particular  year,  and 
the  law  of  change  is  such  that  in  years  when  there  andbe- 

J  tween 

are  many  sun-spots  we  get  a  large  open  curve  sun-spot 
similar  to  those  found  in  the  summer,  while  for  and  mini 
years  when  there  are  few  sun-spots  we  get  small  mum' 
close  curves  very  like  those  in  the  winter.  Hence 
we  have  two  definite  conclusions  suggested  :  firstly, 
that  the  changes  of  force  are  sympathetic  with 
the  changes  in  the  sun-spots ;  and  secondly,  that 
times  of  maximum  sun-spots  correspond  to  summer, 
and  times  of  minimum  to  winter.  And  here  I  must 
admit  that  this  is  about  as  far  as  we  have  got  at 
present  in  the  investigation  of  this  relationship.  Cause  un- 
Why  the  needle  behaves  in  this  way  we  have  as 
yet  only  the  very  vaguest  ideas ;  suggestions  of 
different  kinds  have  certainly  been  put  forward, 
but  none  of  them  as  yet  can  be  said  to  have  much 
evidence  in  favour  of  its  being  the  true  one.  For 
our  present  purpose,  however,  it  is  sufficient  to 
note  that  there  is  this  very  real  connection,  and 
that  consequently  Schwabe's  sun-spot  period  may 
have  a  very  real  importance  with  regard  to  changes 
in  our  earth  itself. 

But  I  may  perhaps  repeat  the  word  of  caution 
already  uttered  against  extending  without  suf- 
ficient evidence  this  notion  of  the  influence  of 
sun-spots  to  other  phenomena,  such  as  weather. 
A  simple  illustration  will  perhaps  serve  better 
than  a  long  argument  to  show  both  the  way  in 
which  mistakes  have  been  made  and  the  way  in 


1  68  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

which  they  can  be  seen  to  be  mistakes.     There 

is  at  the  Royal  Observatory  at  Greenwich  an  in- 

strument for  noting  the   direction   of  the  wind, 

the   essential  part  being  an  ordinary  wind-vane, 

the    movements    of   which  are    automatically  re- 

niustra-     corded  on  a  sheet  of  paper.     As  the  wind  shifts 

spurious    from    north    to    east   the    pencil    moves    in    one 

160      direction,  and  when  it  shifts  back  aain  towards 


the  north  the  pencil  moves  in  the  reverse  way. 
But  sometimes  the  wind  shifts  continuously  from 
north  to  east,  south,  west,  vand  back  to  north 
again,  the  vane  making  a  complete  revolution  ; 
and  this  causes  the  pencil  to  move  continuously 
in  one  direction,  until  when  the  vane  has  come  to 
north  again,  the  pencil  is  far  away  from  the  con- 
venient place  of  record  ;  on  such  occasions  it  is 
often  necessary  to  replace  it  by  hand.  Then 
again,  the  vane  may  turn  in  the  opposite  direction, 
sending  the  pencil  inconveniently  to  the  other 
side  of  the  record.  During  the  year  it  is  easy  to 
count  the  number  of  complete  changes  of  wind  in 
either  direction,  and  subtracting  one  number  from 
the  other,  we  get  the  excess  of  complete  revolutions 
of  the  vane  in  one  direction  over  that  in  the  other. 
Now  if  these  rather  arbitrary  numbers  are  set 
down  year  by  year,  or  plotted  in  the  shape  of  a 
diagram,  we  get  a  curve  which  may  be  compared 
with  the  sun-spot  curve,  and  during  a  period  of 
no  less  than  sixteen  years  —  from  1858  to  1874  — 
there  was  a  remarkable  similarity  between  the  two 
diagrams.  From  this  evidence  alone  it  might 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     169 

fairly  be  inferred  that  the  sun-spots  had  some 
curious  effect  upon  the  weather  at  Greenwich, 
traceable  in  this  extraordinary  way  in  the  changes 
of  the  wind.  But  the  particular  way  in  which 
these  changes  are  recorded  is  so  arbitrary  that  we 
should  naturally  feel  surprise  if  there  was  a  real 
connection  between  the  two  phenomena ;  and 
fortunately  there  were  other  records  preceding 
•  these  years  and  following  them  which  enabled  us 
to  test  the  connection  further,  and  it  was  found,  as 
we  might  naturally  expect,  that  it  was  not  con- 
firmed. On  looking  at  diagrams  (Plate  XV.)  for  the 
periods  before  and  after,  no  similarity  can  be  traced 
between  the  sun-spot  curve  and  the  wind-vane 
curve,  and  we  infer  that  the  similarity  during  the 
period  first  mentioned  was  entirely  accidental. 
This  shows  that  we  must  be  cautious  in  accepting, 
from  a  limited  amount  of  evidence,  a  connection 
between  two  phenomena  as  real  and  established  ; 
for  it  may  be  purely  fortuitous.  We  may 
particularly  remark  that  it  is  desirable  to  have 
repetitions  through  several  complete  periods  in- 
stead of  one  alone.  It  is  possible  to  reduce  to 
mathematical  laws  the  rules  for  caution  in  this 
matter ;  and  much  useful  work  has  already  been 
done  in  this  direction  by  Professor  Schuster  of 
Manchester  and  others,  though  as  yet  too  little 
attention  has  been  paid  to  their  rules  by  investi- 
gators naturally  eager  to  discover  some  hitherto 
unthought-of  connection  between  phenomena. 
With  this  example  of  the  need  for  caution,  we 


1 70  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

may  return  to  phenomena  of  which  we  can  cer- 
tainly  say  that  they  vary  sympathetically  with  the 
sun-spots.  Roughly  speaking,  the  whole  history 
of  the  sun  seems  to  be  bound  up  with  them. 
Besides  these  dark  patches  which  we  call  spots 
(which,  by  the  way,  are  not  really  dark  but  only 
less  bright  than  the  surrounding  part  of  the  disc), 
there  are  patches  brighter  than  the  rest  which 
have  been  called  faculse.  With  ordinary  tele- 
scopes, either  visual  or  photographic,  these  can 
generally  only  be  detected  near  the  edge  of  the 
sun's  disc ;  but  even  with  this  limitation  it  can 
easily  be  established  that  the  faculae  vary  in 
number  and  size  from  year  to  year  much  in  the 
same  way  as  the  spots,  and  this  conclusion  is 
amply  confirmed  by  the  beautiful  method  of 
observing  the,  faculse  with  the  new  instrument 
designed  by  Professor  Hale  of  the  Yerkes  Obser- 
vatory. With  this  instrument,  called  a  spectro- 
heliograph,  it  is  possible  to  photograph  the 
facula3  in  all  parts  of  the  sun's  disc,  and  thus  to 
obtain  a  much  more  complete  history  of  them, 
and  there  is  no  doubt  whatever  of  their  variation 
sympathetically  with  the  spots.  Nor  is  there  any 
doubt  about  similar  variations  in  other  parts  of 
and  the  the  sun  which  we  cannot  see  at  all  with  ordinary 
sphere0  telescopes,  except  on  the  occasions  when  the,  sun 
is  totally  eclipsed.  Roughly  speaking,  these  out- 
lying portions  of  the  sun  consist  of  two  kinds,  the 
chromosphere  and  the  corona,  the  former  looking 
like  an  irregular  close  coating  of  the  ordinary  sun, 


SMOOTHED  SUNSPOT  CURVE  (WOLF)  COMPARED  WITH  THE  NUMBER 
OF  TURNS  MADE  IN  EACH  YEAR  BY  THE  Osi.ER  ANEMOMETER  VANE 
OF  THE  ROYAL  OBSERVATORY,  GREENWICH  (THE  EXCESS  OF  THE 

DIRECT  TURNS   (D)   OVER  THE  RETROGRADE   TURNS  (R)  OR    VICE  VERSA.) 


1842 


1846 


36  D     H 


THE   UPPER   CURVE    IS    IN'    EACH    CASE   THE    SuNSPOT    CURVE,  THE  LOWER    THE  VANE    CURVE. 

THE    BREAK    IN    l832    IN    THE    VANE    CURVE    IS    DUE    TO    THE    OMISSION    OK    EVIDENTLY 

ACCIDENTAL  TURNS    FROM    THAT   DATE. 

PLATE  XV. 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     171 

and  the  latter  like  a  pearly  halo  of  light  extending 
to  many  diameters  of  the  sun's  disc,  but  not  with 
any  very  regular  form. 

The  chromosphere,  from  which  shoot  out  the 
prominences  or  "  red  flames,"  can  now  be  observed 
without  an  eclipse  if  we  employ  the  beautiful 
instrument  above-mentioned,  the  spectrohelio- 
graph ;  and  Professor  Hale  has  succeeded  in  pho- 
tographing spots,  faculae,  and  prominences  all  on 
the  same  plate.  But  although  many  have  made 
the  attempt  (and  Professor  Hale,  perhaps,  a  more 
determined  attempt  than  any  man  living),  no  one 
has  yet  succeeded  in  obtaining  any  picture  or 
evidence  of  the  existence  of  the  corona  excepting 
on  the  occasion  of  a  total  solar  eclipse. 

Now  these  occasions  are  very  rare.  There  are  Eclipses 
two  or  three  eclipses  of  the  sun  every  year,  but 
they  are  generally  of  the  kind  known  as  partial ; 
when  the  moon  does  indeed  come  between  us  and 
the  sun  to  some  extent,  but  only  cuts  off  a  portion 
of  his  light — a  clean-cut  black  disc  is  seen  to  en- 
croach more  or  less  on  the  surface  of  the  sun. 
Most  of  us  have  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  a 
partial  eclipse,  probably  more  than  once  ;  but  few 
have  seen  a  total  eclipse.  For  this  the  moon 
must  come  with  great  exactness  centrally  be- 
tween us  and  the  sun  ;  and  the  spot  where  this 
condition  is  fulfilled  completely  only  covers  a  few 
hundred  miles  of  the  earth's  surface  at  one  moment. 
As  the  earth  turns  round,  and  as  the  moon  revolves 
in  its  orbit,  this  patch  from  which  the  sun  is  totally 


ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

eclipsed  travels  over  the  earth's  surface,  marking 
out  a  track  some  thousands  of  miles  in  length 
possibly,  but  still  not  more  than  200  miles  wide  ; 
Total  and  in  order  to  see  the  sun  totally  eclipsed  even 
rare.  on  the  rare  occasions  when  it  is  possible  at  all 
(for,  as  already  remarked,  in  the  majority  of  cases 
the  eclipse  is  only  partial),  we  must  occupy  some 
station  in  this  narrow  belt  or  track,  which  often 
tantalisingly  passes  over  either  the  ocean  or  some 
regions  not  easily  accessible  to  civilised  man. 
Moreover,  if  we  travel  to  such  favoured  spots 
the  whole  time  during  which  the  sun  is  totally 
eclipsed  cannot  exceed  a  few  minutes,  and  hence 
observations  are  made  under  rather  hurried  and 
trying  conditions.  In  these  modern  days  of  pho- 
tography it  is  easier  to  take  advantage  of  these 
precious  moments  than  it  used  to  be  when  there 
was  only  the  eye  and  memory  of  an  excited 
observer  to  rely  upon.  It  is  perhaps  not  sur- 
prising that  some  of  the  evidence  collected  on 
these  earlier  occasions  was  conflicting ;  but  nowa- 
days the  observers,  generally  speaking,  direct 
their  energies  in  the  first  place  to  mounting 
accurately  in  position  photographic  apparatus  of 
different  kinds,  each  item  of  it  specially  designed 
to  settle  t  some  particular  problem  in  the  most 
feasible  way ;  secondly,  to  rehearsing  very  care- 
fully the  exact  programme  of  exposures  necessary 
during  the  critical  few  minutes ;  and  finally,  to 
securing  these  photographs  with  as  few  mistakes 
as  possible  when  the  precious  moments  actually 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     173 

arrive.     Even  then  the  whole  of  their  efforts  are 
quite  likely  to  be  rendered  unavailing  by  a  passing 
cloud;    and  bitter  is   the   disappointment  when, 
after  travelling  thousands  of  miles,  and  spending 
months  in  preparation,  the  whole  enterprise  ends 
in  nothing  owing  to  some  caprice  of  the  weather. 
Hence  it  will  easily  be  imagined  that  our  know- 
ledge of  the  corona,  the  part  of  the  sun  which  we 
can  still  only  study  on  occasions  of  a  total  solar 
eclipse,   advances   but    slowly.     During   the   last 
twenty  years  there  has  been  altogether  scarcely 
half-an-hour  available  for  this  research,  though  it 
may  fairly  be  said  that  the  very  best  possible  use 
has  been  made  of  that  half-hour.     And,  what  is 
of  importance  for  our  immediate  purpose,  it  has 
gradually  been  established  by  comparing  the  pho- 
tographs of  one  eclipse  with  those  of  another,  that 
the  corona  itself   undergoes  distinct  changes   in  Corona 
form  in  the  same  period  which  governs  the  changes 
of  sun-spots.      When    there  are  many  sun-spots 
the  corona  spreads  out  in  all  directions  from  the 
edge  of  the  sun's  disc ;  when  there  are  few  sun- 
spots  the    corona  extends  very  much  further  in 
the  direction  of  the  sun's  equator,  so  that  at  sun- 
spot  minimum  there  is  an  appearance  of  two  huge 
wings.      Although    the    evidence    is    necessarily 
collected  in  a  scrappy  manner,  by  this  time  there 
is  sufficient  to  remove  this  relationship  out  of  the 
region  of  mere  suspicion,  and  to  give  it  a  well- 
established  place  in  our  knowledge  of  the  sun's 
surroundings. 


174  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

Now  the  corona  of  the  sun  may  be  compared 
to  some  rare  animal  which  we  only  see  by  pay- 
ing a  visit  to  some  distant  land,  and  may  con- 
sider ourselves  even  then  fortunate  to  get  a 
glimpse  of;  and  it  might  be  thought  that  the 
habits  of  such  an  animal  are  not  likely  to  be  of 
any  great  importance  in  our  everyday  life.  But 
so  far  from  this  being  the  case  in  regard  to  the 
corona,  it  is  more  than  possible  that  the  know- 
ledge of  its  changes  may  be  of  vital  interest  to 
us.  I  have  already  said  that,  as  yet,  we  have  no 
satisfactory  account  of  the  reason  why  changes 
in  sun-spots  seem  to  influence  changes  in  our 
magnets  on  the  earth ;  but  one  of  the  theories 
put  forward  in  explanation,  and  one  by  no  means 
the  least  plausible,  is  that  this  influence  may  come, 
not  from  the  sun-spots  themselves,  but  from  some 
other  solar  phenomenon  which  varies  in  sympathy 
with  them ;  and  in  particular  that  it  may  come 
Corona  from  the  corona.  These  wings  which  reach  out 
fuTence"  at  sun-spot  minimum  can  be  seen  to  extend  a 
magnets,  considerable  distance,  and  there  is  no  reason  to 
suppose  that  they  actually  cease  at  the  point 
where  they  become  too  faint  for  us  to  detect 
them  further;  they  may  extend  quite  as  far  as 
the  earth  itself  and  even  beyond ;  and  they  may 
be  of  such'  a  nature  as  to  influence  our  magnets. 
As  the  earth  revolves  round  the  sun  it  may  some- 
time plunge  into  them,  to  emerge  later  and  pass 
above  or  below  them  ;  as  again  the  wings  spread 
themselves  at  sun-spot  minimum  and  seem  to 


SCHWABE  AND  THE  SUN-SPOT  PERIOD     175 

shrink  at  maximum,  so  our  magnets  may  respond 
by  sympathetic  though  very  small  vibrations. 
Hence  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  corona  is 
directly  influencing  the  magnetic  changes  on  the 
earth. 

But  it  may  be  urged  that  these  changes  are  Possible 
so  slight  as  to  be  merely  of  scientific  interest, 
That  may  be  true  to-day,  but  who  will  be  bold 
enough  to  say  that  it  will  be  true  to-morrow  ?  If 
we  are  thinking  of  practical  utility  alone,  we  may 
remember  that  two  great  forces  of  Nature  which 
we  have  chained  into  the  service  of  man,  steam 
and  electricity,  put  forth  originally  the  most 
feeble  manifestations,  which  might  readily  have 
been  despised  as  valueless ;  but  by  careful  atten- 
tion to  proper  conditions  results  of  overwhelming 
practical  importance  have  been  obtained  from 
these  forces,  which  might  have  been,  and  for 
many  centuries  were,  neglected  as  too  trivial  to  be 
worth  attention.  Recently  the  world  has  been 
startled  by  the  discovery  of  new  elements,  such  as 
radium,  whose  very  existence  was  only  detected 
by  a  triumph  of  scientific  acuteness  in  investiga- 
tion, and  yet  which  promise  to  yield  influences 
on  our  lives  which  may  overwhelm  in  importance 
all  that  has  gone  before.  And  similarly  it  may 
be  that  these  magnetic  changes,  when  properly 
interpreted  or  developed,  may  become  of  an  im- 
portance in  the  future  out  of  all  proportion  to 
the  attention  which  they  have  hitherto  attracted. 
Hence,  although  perhaps  sufficient  has  already 


i;6  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

been  established  to  show  the  immense  con- 
sequences which  flow  from  Schwabe's  remarkable 
discovery  of  the  periodicity  in  solar  spots,  we 
may  be  as  yet  only  on  the  threshold  of  its  real 
value. 

From  what  little  causes  great  events  spring ! 
How  little  can  Schwabe  have  realised,  when  he 
began  to  point  his  modest  little  telescope  at  the 
sun,  and  to  count  the  number  of  spots — the 
despised  spots  which  he  had  been  assured  were 
of  no  interest  and  exhibited  no  laws,  and  were 
generally  unprofitable — that  he  was  taking  the 
first  step  in  the  invention  of  the  great  science  of 
Solar  Physics ! — a  science  which  is,  I  am  glad  to 
say,  occupying  at  the  present  moment  so  much 
of  the  attention,  not  only  of  the  great  Yerkes 
Observatory,  but  of  many  other  observatories 
scattered  over  the  globe. 


CHAPTER  VI 
THE  VARIATION  OF  LATITUDE 

IF  we  should  desire  to  classify  discoveries  in 
order  of  merit,  we  must  undoubtedly  give  a  high 
place  to  those  which  are  made  under  direct  dis- 
couragements. In  the  last  chapter  we  saw  that 
Schwabe  entered  upon  his  work  under  conditions 
of  this  kind,  it  being  the  opinion  of  experienced 
astronomers  who  had  looked  at  the  facts  that 
there  was  nothing  of  interest  to  be  got  by  watch- 
ing sun-spots.  In  the  present  chapter  I  propose 
to  deal  with  a  discovery  made  in  the  very  teeth 
of  the  unanimous  opinion  of  the  astronomical 
world  by  an  American  amateur,  Mr.  S.  C.  Chandler 
of  Cambridge  (Massachusetts).  It  is  my  purpose 
to  allow  him  to  himself  explain  the  steps  of  this 
discovery  by  giving  extracts  from  the  magni- 
ficent series  of  papers  which  he  contributed  to 
the  Astronomical  Journal  on  the  subject  in  the 
years  1891-94,  but  it  may  help  in  the  under- 
standing of  these  extracts  if  I  give  a  brief 
summary  of  the  facts.  And  I  will  first  explain 
what  is  meant  by  the  "Variation  of  Latitude." 

We  are  all  familiar  with  the  existence  of  a 
certain  star  in  the  heavens  called  the  Pole'  Star, 
and  we  know  that  at  any  particular  place  it  is 

177  M 


1 78          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

seen  constantly  in  the  north  at  a  definite  height 
Latitude,  above  the  horizon,  which  is  the  latitude  of  the 
place.  When  watched  carefully  with  a  telescope 
it  is  found  to  be  not  absolutely  stationary,  but 
to  describe  a  small  circle  in  the  heavens  day 
by  day,  or  rather  night  by  night.  These  simple 
facts  are  bound  up  with  the  phenomenon  of  the 
earth's  rotation  in  this  way  :  the  axis  about  which 
it  is  rotating  points  to  the  centre  of  that  little 
circle,  and  any  change  in  the  position  of  the  axis 
can  therefore  be  determined  by  observing  these 
motions  of  the  Pole  Star.  Such  changes  may  be 
of  two  kinds :  firstly,  we  might  find  that  the  size 
of  the  circle  increased  or  diminished,  and  this 
would  mean  that  the  earth's  axis  was  pointing 
farther  away  from  the  Pole  Star  or  nearer  to  it — 
pointing,  that  is  to  say,  in  a  different  direction 
in  space.  This  actually  happens  (as  has  been 
known  for  some  thousands  of  years)  owing  to 
Preces-  the  phenomenon  called  "  precession  "  ;  the  circle 
described  by  our  Pole  Star  is  at  present  getting  a 
little  smaller,  but  it  will  ultimately  increase  in 
size,  and  after  thousands  of  years  become  so  large 
that  the  Pole  Star  will  entirely  lose  its  character 
as  a  steady  guide  to  the  North. 

Secondly  (and  this  is  what  more  immediately 
change  of  concerns  us),  the  centre  of  the  circle  may  alter 
its  position  and  be  no  longer  at  the  same  height 
above  the  horizon  of  any  given  place.  This  would 
mean  that  the  earth's  axis  was  shifting  in  the  earth 
itself—  that  the  North  Pole  which  our  explorers 


THE   VARIATION    OF   LATITUDE        179 

go  to  seek  is  not  remaining  in  the  same  place. 
That  it  does  not  change  appreciably  in  position 
we  know  from  familiar  experience ;  our  climates, 
for  instance,  would  suffer  considerably  if  there 
were  any  large  changes.  But  astronomers  are 
concerned  with  minute  changes  which  would  not 
have  any  appreciable  effect  on  climate,  and  the 
question  has  long  been  before  them  whether,  put- 
ting aside  large  movements,  there  were  any  minute 
variations  in  position  of  the  North  Pole.  Twenty  Twenty 
years  ago  the  answer  to  this  question  would  have  aS*8 
been  given  decidedly  in  the  negative ;  it  was b< 
considered  as  certain  that  the  North  Pole  did 
not  move  at  all  within  the  limits  of  our  most 
refined  astronomical  observations.  Accepted 
theory  seemed  to  indicate  that  any  movements 
must  in  any  case  recur  after  a  period  of  ten 
months,  and  careful  discussion  of  the  observa- 
tions showed  that  there  was  no  oscillation  in 
such  a  period.  Now  we  know  that  the  theory 
itself  was  wrong,  or  rather  was  founded  upon  a 
mistaken  assumption ;  and  that  the  facts  when 
properly  examined  show  clearly  a  distinct  move- 
ment of  the  North  Pole,  not  a  very  large  one,  for 
all  its  movements  take  place  within  the  area 
occupied  by  a  moderate-sized  room,  but  still  a 
movement  easily  measurable  by  astronomical  ob- 
servations, and  Mr.  Chandler  was  the  first  to 
point  out  the  law  of  these  movements,  and  very 
possibly  the  first  to  suspect  them. 

With  these    few  words  of  explanation  I  will 


i8o  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

chand-  let  Mr.  Chandler  tell  his  own  story.  His  first 
papers,  paper  appeared  in  the  Astronomical  Journal  in 
November  1891,  and  is  courageously  headed,  "  On 
the  Variation  of  Latitude  " — I  say  courageously, 
because  at  that  time  it  was  believed  that  the 
latitude  did  not  vary,  and  Mr.  Chandler  him- 
self was  only  in  possession  of  a  small  portion 
of  the  facts.  They  unravelled  themselves  as 
he  went  forward ;  but  he  felt  that  he  had  firm 
hold  of  the  end  of  the  thread,  and  he  faced  the 
world  confidently  in  that  belief.  He  begins 
thus  : — 

First  "In  the  determination  of  the  latitude  of  Cam- 

change,  bridge  *  with  the  Almucantar,  about  six  years  and 
a  half  ago,  it  was  shown  that  the  observed 
values,  arranged  according  to  nights  of  observa- 
tion, exhibited  a  decided  and  curious  progression 
throughout  the  series,  the  earlier  values  being 
small,  the  later  ones  large,  and  the  range  from 
November  1884  to  April  1885  being  about 
four-tenths  of  a  second.  There  was  no  known 
or  imaginable  instrumental  or  personal  cause 
for  this  phenomenon,  yet  the  only  alternative 
seemed  to  be  an  inference  that  the  latitude  had 
actually  changed.  This  seemed  at  the  time  too 
bold  an  inference  to  place  upon  record,  and  I 
therefore  left  the  results  to  speak  for  themselves. 
The  subsequent  continuation  of  the  series  of 
observations  to  the  end  of  June  1885  gave  a 

1  This  should  be  Cambridge,  Mass. 


THE    VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       181 

maximum  about  May  i,  while  the  discussion 
of  the  previous  observations  from  May  to 
November  1884  gave  a  minimum  about  Sep- 
tember i,  indicating  a  range  of  0^.7  within  a 
half-period  of  about  seven  months." 

Mr.  Chandler  then  gives  some  figures  in  support 
of  these  statements,  presenting  them  with  the 
clearness  which  is  so  well  marked  a  feature  of 
the  whole  series  of  papers,  and  concludes  this 
introductory  paper  as  follows  : — 

"It  thus  appears  that  the  apparent  change  in 
the  latitude  of  Cambridge  is  verified  by  this 
discussion  of  more  abundant  material.  The 
presumption  that  it  is  real,  on  this  determina- 
tion alone,  would  justify  further  inquiry. 

"  Curiously  enough  Dr.  Klistner,  in  his  deter-  Confirmed 
mination  of  the  observation  from  a  series  of" 
observations  coincident  in  time  with  those  of 
the  Almucantar,  came  upon  similar  anomalies, 
and  his  results,  published  in  1888,  furnish  a 
counterpart  to  those  which  I  had  pointed  out 
in  1885.  The  verification  afforded  by  the  recent 
parallel  determinations  at  Berlin,  Prague,  Pots- 
dam, and  Pulkowa,  which  show  a  most  surprising 
and  satisfactory  accordance,  as  to  the  character 
of  the  change,  in  range  and  periodicity,  with 
the  Almucantar  results,  has  led  me  to  make 
further  investigations  on  the  subject.  They 
seem  to  establish  the  nature  of  the  law  of  those 


1 82  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

changes,  and  I  will  proceed  to  present  them  in 
due  order." 

The  second  paper  appeared  on  November  23, 
and  opens  with  the  following  brief  statement  of 
his  general  results  at  that  time  : — 

"Before  entering  upon  the  details  of  the 
investigations  spoken  of  in  the  preceding 
number,  it  is  convenient  to  say  that  the  general 
result  of  a  preliminary  discussion  is  to  show  a 
427  days'  revolution  of  the  earth's  pole  in  a  period  of  427 
od'  days,  from  west  to  east,  with  a  radius  of  thirty 
feet,  measured  at  the  earth's  surface.  Assuming 
provisionally,  for  the  purpose  of  statement,  that 
this  is  a  motion  of  the  north  pole  of  the  principal 
axis  of  inertia  about  that  of  the  axis  of  rotation, 
the  direction  of  the  former  from  the  latter  lay 
towards  the  Greenwich  meridian  about  the 
beginning  of  the  year  1890.  This,  with  the 
period  of  427  days,  will  serve  to  fix  ap- 
proximately the  relative  positions  of  these  axes 
at  any  other  time,  for  any  given  meridian.  It 
is  not  possible  at  this  stage  of  the  investigation 
to  be  more  precise,  as  there  are  facts  which 
appear  to  show  that  the  rotation  is  not  a 
perfectly  uniform  one,  but  is  subject  to  secular 
change,  and  perhaps  irregularities  within  brief 
spaces  of  time." 

It  is  almost  impossible,  now  that  we  have 
become  familiar  with  the  ideas  conveyed  in  this 


THE   VARIATION    OF    LATITUDE        183 

paragraph,  to  understand,  or  even  fully  to  re- 
member, the  impression  produced  by  them  at  the 
time ;  the  sensation  caused  in  some  quarters,  and 
the  ridicule  excited  in  others.  They  were  in  flat  Contrary 
contradiction  to  all  accepted  views ;  and  it  was  ceived 
believed  that  these  views  were  not  only  theoreti-  v] 
cally  sound,  but  had  been  matured  by  a  thorough 
examination  of  observational  evidence.  The  only 
period  in  which  the  earth's  pole  could  revolve  was 
believed  to  be  ten  mouths  ;  and  here  was  Mr. 
Chandler  proclaiming,  apparently  without  any 
idea  that  he  was  contradicting  the  laws  of 
dynamics,  that  it  was  revolving  in  fourteen 
months  !  The  radius  of  its  path  had  been  found 
to  be  insensible  by  careful  discussion  of  observa- 
tions, and  now  he  proclaimed  a  sensible  radius  of 
thirty  feet.  Finally,  he  had  the  audacity  to 
announce  a  variable  period,  to  which  there  was 
nothing  at  all  corresponding  in  the  mathematical 
possibilities.  This  was  the  bitterest  pill  of  all. 
Even  after  Professor  Newcomb  had  shown  us  how 
to  swallow  the  other  two,  he  could  not  recommend 
any  attempt  at  the  third,  as  we  shall  presently 
see  ;  and  Mr.  Chandler  was  fain  ultimately  to  gild 
it  a  little  before  it  could  be  gulped. 

But  this  is  anticipating,  and  it  is  our  intention 
to  follow  patiently  the  evidence  adduced  in  support 
of  the  above  statements,  made  with  such  splendid 
confidence  to  a  totally  disbelieving  world.  Mr. 
Chandler  first  examines  the  observations  of  Dr. 
Kiistner  of  Berlin,  quoted  at  the  end  of  his  last 


i84  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

paper,  and  shows  how  well  they  are  suited  by  the 
existence  of  a  variation  in  the  latitude  of  427 
days ;  and  that  this  new  fact  is  added — when  the 
Cambridge  (U.S.A.)  latitudes  were  the  smallest 
those  of  Berlin  were  the  largest,  and  vice  versa,  as 
would  clearly  be  the  case  if  the  phenomenon  was 
due  to  a  motion  of  the  earth's  pole  ;  for  if  it  moved 
nearer  America  it  must  move  further  from  Europe. 
Puikowa  He  then  examines  a  long  series  of  observations 
solved,  made  in  the  years  1864-1873  at  Puikowa,  near 
St.  Petersburg,  and  again  finds  satisfactory  con- 
firmation of  his  law  of  variation.  Now  it  had  long 
been  known  that  there  was  something  curious 
about  these  observations,  but  no  one  could  tell 
what  it  was.  The  key  offered  by  Mr.  Chandler 
fitted  the  lock  exactly,  and  the  anomalies  which 
had  been  a  puzzle  were  removed.  This  was  in 
itself  a  great  triumph ;  but  there  was  another  to 
come,  which  we  may  let  Mr.  Chandler  describe  in 
his  own  words  :  — 

also  "In  1862  Professor  Hubbard  began  a  series  of 

ton.  observations  of  «  Lyree  at  the  Washington  Obser- 
vatory with  the  prime  vertical  transit  instrument, 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  constants  of 
aberration  and  nutation  and  the  parallax  of  the 
star.  The  'methods  of  observation  and  reduction 
were  conformed  to  those  used  with  such  success 
by  W.  Struve.  After  Hubbard's  death  the  series 
was  continued  by  Professors  Newcomb,  Hall,  and 
Harkness  until  the  beginning  of  1867.  Professor 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       185 

Hall  describes  these  observations  as  the  most 
accurate  determinations  of  declination  ever  made 
at  the  Naval  Observatory.  The  probable  error  of 
a  declination  from  a  single  transit  was  +o".i4i, 
and  judging  from  the  accidental  errors,  the  series 
ought  to  give  trustworthy  results.  Upon  reduc- 
ing them,  however,  it  was  found  that  some  ab- 
normal source  of  error  existed,  which  resulted  in 
anomalous  values  of  the  aberration-constant  in 
the  different  years,  and  a  negative  parallax  in 
all.  A  careful  verification  of  the  processes  of 
reduction  failed  to  discover  the  cause  of  the 
trouble,  and  Professor  Hall  says  that  the  results 
must  stand  as  printed,  and  that  probably  some 
annual  disturbance  in  the  observations  or  the 
instrument  occurred,  which  will  never  be  ex- 
plained, and  which  renders  all  deductions  from 
them  uncertain.  The  trouble  could  not  be  con- 
nected with  personal  equation,  the  anomalies 
remaining  when  the  observations  of  the  four 
observers  who  took  part  were  separately  treated. 
Nor,  as  Professor  Hall  points  out.  will  the  theo- 
retical ten-month  period  in  the  latitude  furnish 
the  explanation. 

"It  is  manifest,  however,  that  if  the  427-day 
period  exists,  its  effect  ought  to  appear  distinctly 
in  declination-measurements  of  such  high  degree 
of  excellence  as  these  presumably  were,  and,  as  I 
hope  satisfactorily  to  show,  actually  are.  When 
this  variation  is  taken  into  account  the  observa- 
tions will  unquestionably  vindicate  the  high  ex- 


1 86  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

pectations  entertained  with  regard  to  them  by 
the  accomplished  and  skilful  astronomers  who 
designed  and  carried  them  out." 

From  this  general  account  I  am  excluding 
technical  details  and  figures,  and  unfortunately 
a  great  deal  is  thereby  lost.  We  lose  the  sense 
of  conviction  which  the  long  rows  of  accordant 
figures  force  upon  us,  and  we  lose  the  oppor- 
tunities of  admiring  both  the  astonishing  amount 
of  work  done  and  the  beautiful  way  in  which  the 
material  is  handled  by  a  master.  But  I  am 
tempted  to  give  one  very  small  illustration  of 
the  numerical  results  from  near  the  end  of  the 
paper.  After  discussing  the  Washington  results, 
and  amply  fulfilling  the  promise  made  in  the  pre- 
Direction  ceding  extract,  Mr.  Chandler  compares  them  with 
tionof  the  Pulkowa  results,  and  shows  that  the  Earth's 
Pole  must  be  revolving  from  west  to  east,  and  not 
from  east  to  west.  And  then  he  writes  down  a 
simple  formula  representing  this  motion,  and  com- 
pares his  formula  with  the  observations.  He 
gives  the  results  in  seconds  of  arc,  but  for  the 
benefit  of  those  not  familiar  with  astronomical 
measurements  we  may  readily  convert  these  into 
feet ;  and  in  the  following  tables  are  shown  the 
Example  distances  of  the  Earth's  Pole  in  feet  from  its 

of  results.  ...        i  ,  n  ,TT      .  .  , 

average  position/  as  observed  at  Washington  and 

1  The  distances  do  not  represent  the  total  displacement,  but  only 
the  displacement  towards  Washington  in  one  case  and  towards 
Pulkowa  in  the  other. 


THE   VARIATION    OF   LATITUDE       187 

at  Pulkowa,  and  the  same  distances  calculated 
according  to  the  formula  which  Mr.  Chandler 
was  able  to  write  down  at  this  early  stage.  The 
signs  4-  and  —  of  course  indicate  opposite  direc- 
tions of  displacement : — 


WASHINGTON. 

Deviation  of  Pole. 


Date. 

Observed. 

Formula. 

1864,  Dec.  28 

-  28  feet 

-  23  feet 

1865,  Mar.  19 

-    I     » 

-12     „ 

„     June    i 

+  15    „ 

+  12     „ 

„     Aug.  ii 

+  22     „ 

+  23     » 

„     Oct.     9 

+  H      » 

+  15     „ 

„     Dec.  13 

-17     „ 

-  6    „ 

PULKOWA. 

Deviation  of  Pole. 


Date. 

Observed. 

Formula. 

1865,  July  25  .      . 

-18  feet 

-12  feet 

„      Sept.    9. 

+    3    » 

+  3    », 

„       NOV.   22  . 

+  26    „ 

+  22     „ 

1  866,  Feb.  22  . 

+  18    „ 

+  13     » 

„     June    4. 

-ii    „ 

-18    „ 

„     July  17. 

-16    „ 

-23    „ 

Of  course  the  figures  are  not  exact  in  every  case, 
but  they  are  never  many  feet  wrong ;  and  it  may 


1 88  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

well  be  imagined  that  it  is  a  difficult  thing  to 
deduce,  even  from  the  most  refined  observations, 
the  position  of  the  earth's  pole  to  within  a  foot. 
The  difficulty  is  exactly  the  same  as  that  of 
measuring  the  length  of  an  object  300  miles 
away  to  within  an  inch ! 

Mr.  Chandler  winds  up  his  second  paper 
thus : — 

"We  thus  find  that  the  comparison  of  the 
simultaneous  series  at  Pulkowa  and  Washington, 
1863-1867,  leads  to  the  same  conclusion  as  that 
already  drawn  from  the  simultaneous  series  at 
Berlin  and  Cambridge,  1884-1885.  The  direc- 
tion of  the  polar  motion  may  therefore  be  looked 
upon  as  established  with  a  large  degree  of  pro- 
bability. 

"  In  the  next  paper  I  will  present  the  results 
derived  from  PETERS,  STRUVE,  BRADLEY,  and 
various  other  series  of  observations,  after  which 
the  results  of  all  will  be  brought  to  bear  upon 
the  determination  of  the  best  numerical  values 
of  the  constants  involved." 

Bradiey's  The  results  were  not,  however,  presented  in 
tk>ns.va  this  order.  In  the  next  paper,  which  appeared 
on  December  23,  1891,  Mr.  Chandler  begins,  with 
the  work  of  Bradley,  the  very  series  of  observa- 
tions at  Kew  and  Wansted  which  led  to  the 
discoveries  of  aberration  and  nutation,  and  which 
we  considered  in  the  third  chapter.  He  first 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       189 

shows  that,  notwithstanding  the  obvious  accuracy 
of  the  observations,  there  is  some  unexplained 
discordance.  The  very  constant  of  aberration 
which  Bradley  discovered  from  them  differs  by 
half-a-second  of  arc  from  our  best  modern  deter- 
minations. Attempts  have  been  made  to  ascribe 
the  discordance  to  changes  in  the  instrument,  but 
Mr.  Chandler  shows  that  such  changes,  setting 
aside  the  fact  that  Bradley  would  almost  certainly 
have  discovered  them,  will  not  fit  in  with  the 
facts.  The  facts,  when  analysed  with  the  skill 
to  which  we  have  become  accustomed,  are  that 
there  is  a  periodic  swing  in  the  results  with  a  Latitude 
period  of  about  a  year,  and  not  fourteen  months,  twelve 
as  before,  "a  result  so  curious,"  as  he  admits, 
that  "if  we  found  no  further  support,  it  might 
lead  us  to  distrust  the  above  reasoning,  and  throw 
us  back  to  the  possibility  that,  after  all,  BRADLEY'S 
observations  may  have  been  vitiated  by  some  kind 
of  annual  instrumental  error.  But  it  will  abun- 
dantly appear,  when  I  have  had  the  opportunity 
to  print  the  deductions  from  all  the  other  series 
of  observations  down  to  the  present  time,  that  the 
inference  of  an  increase  in  the  period  of  polar 
revolution  is  firmly  established  by  their  concur- 
rent testimony."  We  shall  presently  return  to 
this  curious  result,  which  might  well  have  dis- 
mayed a  less  determined  researcher  than  Mr. 
Chandler,  but  which  only  led  him  on  to  re- 
newed exertions. 

The    results    obtained    from    Bradley's    obser- 


1 90  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

vations  may  be  put  in  the   form  of  a   diagram 
thus : — 


VARIATION  OF  LATITUDE 
Bradley  's       Observations, 
<A*2**Hf.a*) 


V  V 


-t'-O  APRIL,  APRIL,  APRIL,  -1"O 

1728.  1729.  1730. 

FIG.  7. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  maxima  and  minima 
fall  in  the  spring  and  autumn,  and  this  fact  alone 
seemed  to  show  that  the  effect  could  not  be  due 
to  temperature,  for  we  should  expect  the  greatest 
effect  in  that  case  in  winter  and  summer.  It 
could  not  be  due  to  the  parallax  of  the  stars 
for  which  Bradley  began  his  search,  for  stars  in 
different  quarters  of  the  heavens  would  then  be 
differently  affected,  and  this  was  not  the  case. 
"There  remains,"  concluded  Mr.  Chandler  after 
full  discussion,  "  the  only  natural  conclusion  of 
an  actual  displacement  of  the  zenith,  in  other 
words,  a  change  of  latitude."  And  he  concludes 
this  paper  with  the  following  fine  passage  : — 

u  So  far,  then,  as  the  results  of  this  incompar- 
able series  of  observations  at  Kew  and  Wansted, 


THE   VARIATION    OF   LATITUDE       191 

considered  by  themselves  alone,  can  now  be 
stated,  the  period  of  the  polar  rotation  at  that 
epoch  appears  to  have  been  probably  somewhat 
over  a  year,  and  certainly  shorter  by  about  two 
months  than  it  is  at  the  present  time.  The 
range  of  the  variation  was  apparently  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  a  second  of  arc,  or  consider- 
ably larger  than  that  shown  by  the  best  modern 
observations. 

"  Before  taking  leave  of  these  observations  for  Bradiey's 
the  present  I  cannot  forbear  to  speak  of  the  pro-  gre< 
found  impression  which  a  study  of  them  leaves 
upon  the  mind,  and  the  satisfaction  which  all 
astronomers  must  feel  in  recognising  that,  besides 
its  first  fruits  of  the  phenomena  of  aberration  and 
nutation,  we  now  owe  also  our  first  knowledge  of 
the  polar  motion  to  this  same  immortal  work  of 
Bradley.  Its  excellence,  highly  appreciated  as  it 
has  been,  has  still  been  hitherto  obscured  by  the 
presence  of  this  unsuspected  phenomenon.  When 
divested  of  its  effects,  the  wonderful  accuracy  of 
this  work  must  appear  in  a  finer  light,  and  our 
admiration  must  be  raised  to  higher  pitch.  Going 
back  to  it  after  one  hundred  and  sixty  years  seems 
indeed  like  advancing  into  an  era  of  practical 
astronomy  more  refined  than  that  from  which  we 
pass.  And  this  leads  to  a  suggestion  worthy  of 
serious  practical  consideration — whether  we  can 
do  better  in  the  future  study  of  the  polar  rotation, 
than  again  to  avail  ourselves  of  Bradiey's  method, 


1 92  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

without  endangering  its  elegant  simplicity  and 
effectiveness  by  attempts  at  improvement,  other 
than  supplying  certain  means  of  instrumental 
control  which  would  without  doubt  commend 
themselves  to  his  sagacious  mind. 

"  In  the  next  article  Bradley's  later  observations 
at  Greenwich,  the  results  of  which  are  not  so 
distinct,  will  be  discussed  ;  and  also  those  of 
Brinkley  at  Dublin,  1808-13  and  1818-22. 
This  will  bring  again  to  the  surface  one  of  the 
most  interesting  episodes  in  astronomical  history, 
other  the  spirited  and  almost  acrimonious  dispute 
explained,  between  Brinkley  and  Pond  with  regard  to  stellar 
parallaxes.  I  hope  to  show  that  the  hitherto 
unsolved  enigma  of  Brinkley's  singular  results 
finds  its  easy  solution  in  the  fact  of  the  polar 
motion.  The  period  of  his  epoch  appears  to  have 
been  about  a  year,  and,  its  range  more  than  a 
second.  Afterwards  will  follow  various  dis- 
cussions already  more  or  less  advanced  towards 
completion.  These  include  Bessel's  observations 
at  Konigsberg,  1820-24,  with  the  Reichenbach 
circle,  and  in  1842-44  with  the  Repsold  circle; 
the  latitudes  derived  from  the  polar-point  deter- 
minations of  Struve  and  Madler  with  the  Dorpat 
circle,  1822-38;  Struve's  observations  for  the 
determination  of  the  aberration  ;  Peters'  observa- 
tions of  Polaris,  1841-43,  with  the  vertical-circle  ; 
the  results  obtained  from  the  reflex  zenith-tube 
at  Greenwich,  1837-75,  whose  singular  anomalies 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       193 

can  be  referred  in  large  part  to  our  present 
phenomenon,  complicated  with  instrumental 
error,  to  which  until  now  they  have  been  ex- 
clusively attributed  ;  the  Greenwich  transit-circle 
results,  1851-65,  in  which  case,  however,  a  similar 
complication  and  the  large  accidental  errors  of 
observation  seem  to  frustrate  efforts  to  get  any 
pertinent  results  ;  the  Berlin  prime-vertical  obser- 
vations ofWeyerand  Brtinnow,  1845-46,  in  which 
I  hope  to  show  that  the  parallax  of  /3  Draconis 
derived  from  them  is  simply  a  record  of  the 
change  of  latitude  ;  the  conflicting  latitude  deter- 
minations at  Cambridge,  England  ;  the  Washing- 
ton observation  of  Polaris  and  other  close  Polars, 
1866-87,  with  the  transit-circle;  also  those  at 
Melbourne,  1863-84,  a  portion  of  which  have 
already  been  drawn  upon  in  the  last  number  of 
the  Journal,  and  some  others.  While  the  list  is 
a  considerable  one,  I  shall  be  able  to  compress 
the  statement  of  results  for  many  of  the  series 
into  a  short  space. 

"  In  connection  with  this  synopsis  of  the  scope 
of  the  investigations,  one  or  two  particulars  may 
be  of  interest,  which  at  the  present  writing  seem 
to  foreshadow  the  probable  outcome.  I  beg,  how-  P 


ever,  that  the  statement  will  be  regarded  merely  nature  of 
as  a  provisional  one.     First,  while  the  period  is  results* 
manifestly  subject  to  change,  as  has  already  once 
or  twice  been  intimated,  I  have  hitherto  failed  in 
tracing  the  variations  to  any  regular  law,  expres- 
sible in  a  numerical  formula.     Indeed,  the  general 

N 


194          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

impression  produced  by  a  study  of  these  changes 
in  the  length  of  the  period  is  that  the  cause  which 
produces  them  operates  capriciously  to  a  certain 
degree,  although  the  average; effect  for  a  century 
•has  been  to  diminish  the  velocity  of  the  revolution 
of  the  pole.  How  far  this  impression  is  due  to 
the  uncertainty  of  the  observations,  and  to  the 
.complication  of  the  phenomenon  with  other 
periodical  changes  of  a  purely  instrumental  kind, 
I  cannot  say. ,  Almost  all  of  the  series  of  any 
extent  which  have  been  examined,  have  the 
peculiarity  that  '  they  manifest  the  periodicity 
quite  uniformly  and  distinctly  for  a  number  of 
years,  then  for  a  while  obscurely.  In  some  cases, 
however,  what  at  first  .appears  to  be  an  objective 
irregularity  proves  -  not  to  be  so  by  comparison 
with  overlapping  series  at  other  observatories.  ' 

"Another  characteristic  which  has  struck  my 
attention,  although  somewhat  vaguely,  is  that  the 
variations  in,  the  length  of  the  period  seem  to  go 
hand  in  hand  with  simultaneous  alterations  in  the 
amplitude  of  the  rotation  ;  the  shorter  periods 
being  apparently  associated  with  the  larger  cor 
efficients  for  the  latter.  The  verification  of  these 
surmises  awaits  a  closer  comparative  scrutiny,  the 
opportunity  for  which  will  come  when  the  com- 
putations are  in  a  more  forward  state.  If  con- 
firmed, these  observations  will  afford  a  valuable 
touchstone,  in  seeking  for  the  cause  of  a  pheno- 
menon which  now  seems  to  be  at  variance  with 
the  accepted  laws  of  terrestrial  rotation." 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE        195 

Let  us  now  for  a  few  moments  turn  aside  from  Reception 
the  actual  research  to  see  how  the  announcement 
was  received.  It  would  be  ungracious  to  reprint 
here  any  of  the  early  statements  of  incredulity 
which  found  their  way  into  print,  especially  in 
Germany.  But  the  first  note  of  welcome  came 
from  Simon  Newcomb,  in  the  same  number  of 
the  Astronomical  Journal  as  the  paper  just  dealt 
with,  and  the  following  extract  will  indicate  both 
the  difficulties  felt  in  receiving  Mr.  Chandler's 
results  and  the  way  in  which  Newcomb  struck  at 
the  root  of  them. 

"  Mr.  Chandler's  remarkable  discovery,  that  the 
apparent  variations  in  terrestrial  latitudes  may  be 
accounted  for  by  supposing  a  revolution  of  the 
axis  of  rotation  of  the  earth  around  that  of  figure, 
in  a  period  of  427  days,  is  in  such  disaccord  with 
the  received  theory  of  the  earth's  rotation  that  at 
£rst  I  was  disposed  to  doubt  its  possibility.  But  I 
am  now  able  to  point  out  a  vera  causa  which 
affords  a  complete  explanation  of  this  period.  Up  New- 
to  the  present  time  the  treatment  of  this  subject 
has  been  this  :  The  ratio  of  the  moment  of  inertia 
of  the  earth  around  its  principal  axis  to  the  mean 
of  the  other  two  principal  moments,  admits  of  very 
accurate  determination  from  the  amount  of  pre- 
cession and  nutation.  This  ratio  involves  what 
we  might  call,  in  a  general  way,  the  solid 
ellipticity  of  the  earth,  or  the  ellipticity  of  a 


196  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

homogeneous  spheroid  having  the  same  moments 
of  inertia  as  the  earth. 

"  When  the  differential  equations  of  the  earth's 
rotation  are  integrated,  there  appear  two  arbitrary 
constants,  representing  the  position  of  any  as- 
signed epoch  of  the  axis  of  rotation  relative  to 
that  of  figure.  Theory  then  shows  that  the  axis 
of  rotation  will  revolve  round  that  of  figure,  in  a 
period  of  306  days,  and  in  a  direction  from  west 
toward  east.  The  attempts  to  determine  the 
value  of  these  constants  have  seemed  to  show 
that  both  are  zero,  or  that  the  axes  of  rotation 
and  figure  are  coincident.  Several  years  since, 
Sir  William  Thomson  published  the  result  of 
a  brief  computation  from  the  Washington  Prime- 
Vertical  observations  of  a  Lyrae  which  I  made  at 
his  request  and  which  showed  a  coefficient  of  o".O5. 
This  coefficient  did  not  exceed  the  possible  error  of 
the  result ;  I  therefore  regarded  it  as  unreal. 
The  "  The  question  now  arises  whether  Mr.  Chand- 

forgotten  ler's  result  can  be  reconciled  with  dynamic  theory. 

assump- 

tion.  I  answer  that  it  can,  because  the  theory  which 
assigns  306  days  as  the  time  of  revolution  is  based 
on  the  hypothesis  that  the  earth  is  an  absolutely 
rigid  body.  But,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  fluidity 
of  the  ocean  plays  an  important  part  in  the 
phenomenon,  as  does  also  the  elasticity  of  the 
earth.  The  combined  effect  of  this  fluidity  and 
elasticity  is  that  if  the  axis  of  rotation  is  displaced 
by  a  certain  amount,  the  axis  of  figure  will,  by  the 


THE   VARIATION   OF    LATITUDE       197 

changed  action  of  the  centrifugal  force,  be  moved 
toward  coincidence  with  the  new  axis  of  rotation. 
The  result  is,  that  the  motion  of  the  latter  will  be 
diminished  in  a  corresponding  ratio,  and  thus 
the  time  of  revolution  will  be  lengthened.  An 
exact  computation  of  the  effect  is  not  possible 
without  a  knowledge  of  the  earth's  modulus  of 
elasticity.  But  I  think  the  result  of  investiga- 
tion will  be  that  the  rigidity  derived  from  Mr. 
Chandler's  period  is  as  great  as  that  claimed  by 
Sir  William  Thomson  from  the  phenomena  of  the 
tides." 

This  was  very  satisfactory.  Professor  New- 
comb  put  his  finger  on  the  assumption  which 
had  been  made  so  long  ago  that  it  had  been  for- 
gotten :  and  the  lesson  is  well  worth  taking  to 
heart,  for  it  is  not  the  first  time  that  mistaken 
confidence  in  a  supposed  fact  has  been  traced  to 
some  forgotten  preliminary  assumption:  and  we 
must  be  ever  ready  to  cast  our  eyes  backward 
over  all  our  assumptions,  when  some  new  fact 
seems  to  challenge  our  conclusions.  It  might 
further  be  expected  that  this  discovery  of  the  way 
in  which  theory  had  been  defective  would  as  a 
secondary  consequence  inspire  confidence  in  the 
other  conclusions  which  Mr.  Chandler  had  But 
arrived  at  in  apparent  contradiction  to  theory ;  i^s  work 
or  at  least  suggest  the  suspension  of  judgment, 
But  Professor  Newcomb  did  not  feel  that  this 
was  possible  in  respect  of  the  change  of  period, 


198  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

from  about  twelve  months  in  Bradley's  time  to 
fourteen  months  in  ours.  We  have  seen  that 
Mr.  Chandler  himself  regarded  this  as  a  "  curious 
result "  requiring  confirmation :  but  since  the 
confirmation  was  forthcoming,  he  stated  it  with 
full  confidence,  and  drew  the  following  remarks 
from  Professor  Newcomb  in  July  22,  1892  : — 

"  The  fact  of  a  periodic  variation  of  terrestrial 
latitudes,  and  the  general  law  of  that  variation, 
have  been  established  beyond  reasonable  doubt 
by  the  observations  collected  by  Mr.  Chandler. 
But  two  of  his  minor  conclusions,  as  enumerated 
in  No.  3  of  this  volume,  do  not  seem  to  me  well 
founded.  They  are — 

"  i.  That  the  period  of  the  inequality  is  a  vari- 
able quantity. 

"  2.  That  the  amplitude  of  the  inequality  has 
remained  constant  for  the  last  half  century." 

Professor  Newcomb  proceeds  to  give  his  reasons 
for  scepticism,  which  are  too  technical  in  character 
to  reproduce  here.  But  I  will  quote  the  following 
further  sentence  from  his  paper  :— 

"The  question  now  arises  how  far  we  are 
entitled  to  assume  that  the  period  must  be  in- 
variable. I  reply  that,  perturbations  aside,  any 
variation  of  the  period  is  in  such  direct  conflict 
with  the  laws  of  dynamics  that  we  are  entitled  to 
pronounce  it  impossible.  But  we  know  that  there 
are  perturbations,  and  I  do  not  see  how  one  can 


THE   VARIATION    OF   LATITUDE        199 

doubt  that  they  have  so  acted  as  to  increase  the 
amplitude  of  the  variation  since  1840." 

In  other  words,  while  recognising  that  there  may 
be  a  way  of  reconciling  one  of  the  "minor"  con- 
clusions   with    theory,    Professor   Newcomb    con- 
siders that  in  this  case  the  other  must  go.     Mr. 
Chandler's  answer  will  speak  for  itself.     It  was  chand- 
delayed  a  little  in   order  that  he  might  present  ler'sreply' 
an   immense  mass  of  evidence  in  support  of  his 
conclusions,  and  was  ultimately  printed  on  August 
23,  1892. 

"  The  material  utilised  in  the  foregoing  forty- 
five  series  aggregates  more  than  thirty-three  thou- 
sand observations.  Of  these  more  than  one-third 
were  made  in  the  southern  hemisphere,  a  fact 
which  we  owe  principally  to  Cordoba.  It  com- 
prises the  work  of  seventeen  observatories  (four 
of  them  in  the  southern  hemisphere)  with  twenty- 
one  different  instruments,  and  by  nine  distinct 
methods  of  observation.  Only  three  of  the  series 
(XXL,  XXV.,  and  XXXV.),  and  these  among 
the  least  precise  intrinsically,  give  results  con- 
tradictory of  the  general  law  developed  in 
No.  267.  This  degree  of  general  harmony  is 
indeed  surprising  when  the  evanescent  char- 
acter of  the  phenomenon  under  investigation 
is  considered. 

"The  reader  has  now  before  him  the  means  for 
independent  scrutiny  of  the  material  on  which  the 
conclusions  already  drawn,  and  those  which  are 


200  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

to  follow,  are  based.  The  space  taken  in  the 
printing  may  seem  unconscionable,  but  I  hope 
this  will  be  charged  to  the  extent  of  the  evidence 
collected,  and  not  to  diffuseness  or  the  presenta- 
tion of  needless  detail ;  for  I  have  studiously 
sought  to  compress  the  form  of  statement  with- 
out omitting  anything  essential  for  searching 
criticism.  That  it  was  important  to  do  this  is 
manifest,  since  the  conclusions,  if  established, 
overthrow  the  existing  theory  of  the  earth's 
rotation,  as  I  have  pointed  out  on  p.  21.  I  am 
neither  surprised  nor  disconcerted,  therefore,  that 
Professor  Newcomb  should  hesitate  to  accept 
some  of  these  conclusions  on  the  ground  (A.  J., 
No.  271)  that  they  are  in  such  conflict  with  the 
laws  of  dynamics  that  we  are  entitled  to  pro- 
nounce them  impossible.  He  has  been  so 
considerate  and  courteous  in  his  treatment 
of  my  work  thus  far,  that  I  am  sure  he  will 
not  deem  presumptuous  the  following  argument 
in  rebuttal. 

He  "put        "  It  should  be  said,  first,  that  in  beginning  these 
teachings  investigations  last  year,  I  deliberately  put  aside 
j^eo    „    all  teachings  of  theory,  because  it  seemed  to  me 
high  time  that  the  facts  should  be  examined  by 
a   purely  inductive    process ;    that   the   nugatory 
results  of'  all  attempts  to  detect  the  existence  of 
the  Eulerian  period  probably  arose  from  a  defect 
of  the  theory  itself ;  and  that  the  entangled  con- 
dition of  the  whole  subject  required  that  it  should 
be   examined  afresh   by  processes   unfettered  by 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       201 

any  preconceived  notions  whatever.  The  problem 
which  I  therefore  proposed  to  myself  was  to  see 
whether  it  would  not  be  possible  to  lay  the 
numerous  ghosts — in  the  shape  of  numerous  dis- 
cordant residual  phenomena  pertaining  to  deter- 
minations of  aberration,  parallaxes,  latitudes,  and 
the  like — which  had  heretofore  flitted  elusively 
about  the  astronomy  of  precision  during  the 
century ;  or  to  reduce  them  to  tangible  form 
by  some  simple  consistent  hypothesis.  It  was 
thought  that  if  this  could  be  done,  a  study  of 
the  nature  of  the  forces,  as  thus  indicated,  by 
which  the  earth's  rotation  is  influenced,  might 
lead  to  a  physical  explanation  of  them. 

"Naturally,  then,  I  am  not  much  dismayed  by  and  "is 
the  argument  of  conflict  with  dynamic  laws,  since  ^ayed." 
all  that  such  a  phrase  means  must  refer  merely 
to  the  existent  state  of  the  theory  at  any  given 
time.  When  the  427-day  period  was  propounded, 
it  was  as  inconsistent  with  known  dynamic  law  as 
the  variation  of  it  now  appears  to  be.  Professor 
Newcomb's  own  happy  explanation  has  already 
set  aside  the  first  difficulty,  as  it  would  appear, 
and  advanced  the  theory  by  an  important  step. 
Are  we  so  sure  yet  of  a  complete  knowledge  of 
all  the  forces  at  work  as  to  exclude  the  chance 
of  a  vera  causa  for  the  second  ? " 

There  is  a  splendid  ring  of  resolution  about  Faraday's 
these  words.    Let  us  compare  them  with  a  notable  ™ 
utterance  of  Faraday : — 


202  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

"The  philosopher  should  be  a  man  willing  to 
listen  to  every  suggestion,  but  determined  to  judge 
for  himself.  He  should  not  be  biassed  by  appear- 
ances ;  have  no  favourite  hypothesis ;  be  of  no 
school ;  and  in  doctrine  have  no  master.  He 
should  not  be  a  respecter  of  persons,  but  of 
things.  Truth  should  be  his  primary  object.  If 
to  these  qualities  be  added  industry,  he  may  in- 
deed hope  to  walk  within  the  veil  of  the  temple 
of  Nature." 

Tested  by  this  severe  standard,  Mr.  Chandler 
fails  in  no  particular,  least  of  all  in  that  of 
industry.  The  amount  of  work  he  got  through 
about  this  time  was  enormous,  for  besides  the 
main  line  of  investigation,  of  which  we  have 
chandler's  onlv  had  after  all  a  mere  glimpse,  he  had  been 

other  work          *  ...  n.  i     » •«• 

at  this  able  to  turn  aside  to  discuss  a  subsidiary  question 
with  Professor  Comstock ;  he  had  examined  with 
great  care  some  puzzling  characteristics  in  the 
variability  of  stars ;  he  computed  some  comet 
ephemerides ;  and  he  was  preparing  a  new  cata- 
logue of  variable  stars — a  piece  of  work  involving 
the  collection  and  arrangement  of  great  masses 
of  miscellaneous  material.  Yet  within  a  few 
months  after  replying  as  above  to  Professor  New- 
comb's  criticism,  he  was  able  to  announce  that 
he  had  found  the  key  to  the  new  puzzle,  and  that 

Hisuiti-    "theory  and  observation  were  again  brought  into 

Sctory  1S~  complete  accord."     We  will  as  before  listen  to 
elation.     ^g  accounj-   of  fafe   new  g^ep   jn   kjs   own   wor(JSj 


THE   VARIATION  OF   LATITUDE       203 

but  a  slight  preliminary  explanation  may  help 
those  unaccustomed  to  the  terminology.  The 
polar  motion  was  found  to  be  compounded  of  two 
independent  motions,  both  periodic,  but  having 
different  periods.  Now,  the  general  results  of 
such  a  composition  are  well  known  in  several 
different  branches  of  physics,  especially  in  the 
theory  of  sound.  If  two  notes  of  nearly  .the  same 
pitch  be  struck  at  the  same  time,  we  hear  the 
resultant  sound  alternately  swell  and  die  away, 
because  the  vibrations  caused  by  the  two  notes  interfer- 
are  sometimes  going  in  the  same  direction,  and  twowaves. 
after  an  interval  are  going  exactly  in  opposite 
directions.  Diagrammatically  we  should  repre- 
sent the  vibrations  by  two  waves,  as  below;  the 


FIG.  8. 

upper  wave  goes  through  its  period  seven  and 
a  half  times  between  A  and  D,  the  lower  only 
six  times ;  and  it  is  easily  seen  that  at  A  and  C 
the  waves  are  sympathetic,  at  B  and  D  anti- 
pathetic. At  A  and  C  the  compound  vibration 
would  be  doubled  ;  at  B  and  D  reduced  to  insensi- 
bility. The  point  is.  so  important  that  perhaps 
a  numerical  illustration  of  it  will  not  be  super- 
fluous. The  waves  are  now  represented  by  rows 


204  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  figures  as  below.    The  first  series  recurs  after 
every  6,  the  second  after  every  7. 

First  Wave     ..        .     1234321234321234321234321234321 
Second  Wave          .     1234432123443212344321234432123 

Combined  Effect    .     2468753357764446665555555666444 
Great  disturbance.  Calm. 

First  Wave     .        .     2343212343212343212343212343212 
Second  Wave         .    4432123443212344321234432123443 

Combined  Effect    .     6775335786424687533577644466655 

Great  disturbance. 

Adding  the  two  rows  together,  the  oscillations 
at  first  reinforce  one  another  and  we  get  numbers 
ranging  from  2  to  8  instead  of  from  i  to  4 ;  but 
one  wave  gains  on  the  other,  until  it  is  rising 
when  the  other  is  falling,  and  the  numbers  add 
up  to  a  steady  series  of  5's.  It  will  be  seen  that 
there  are  no  less  than  seven  consecutive  5's,  and 
all  the  variation  seems  to  have  disappeared.  But 
presently  the  waves  separate  again,  and  the  period 
of  great  disturbance  recurs ;  it  will  be  seen  that  in 
the  "  combined  effect"  the  numbers  repeat  exactly 
after  the  42nd  term.  Now  those  unfamiliar  with 
the  subject  may  not  be  prepared  for  the  addition  of 
one  physical  wave  to  another,  as  though  they  were 
iiiustra-  numbers,  but  the  analogy  is  perfect.  Travellers 
tion  from  ky  some  Of  the  fast  twin-screw  steamers  have  had 

OCGclll  * 

travel.  unpleasant  occasion  to  notice  this  phenomenon, 
when  the  engineer  does  not  run  the  two  screws 
precisely  at  the  same  speed;  there  come  times 
when  the  ship  vibrates  violently,  separated  by 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       205 

periods  of  comparative  stillness.  Instances  from 
other  walks  of  life  may  recur  to  the  memory 
when  once  attention  is  called  to  the  general  facts ; 
but  enough  has  been  said  to  explain  the  point 
numbered  (2)  in  the  subjoined  statement.  To 
understand  the  rest,  we  must  remember  that  if  the 
two  waves  are  not  equal  in  "  amplitude,"  i.e.  if  the 
backward  and  forward  motion  is  not  the  same  in 
both,  they  cannot  annul  one  another,  but  the 
greater  will  always  predominate.  Those  interested 
in  following  the  matter  further  should  have  no 
difficulty  in  constructing  simple  examples  to  illus- 
trate such  points.  We  will  proceed  to  give  Mr. 
Chandler's  statements : — 

"  We  now  come  upon  a  new  line  of  investiga-  chand- 
tion.  Heretofore,  as  has  been  seen,  the  method  formulae. 
has  been  to  condense  the  results  of  each  series 
of  observations  into  the  interval  comprised  by  a 
single  period,  then  to  determine  the  mean  epoch 
of  minimum  and  the  mean  range  for  each  series, 
and,  finally,  by  a  discussion  of  these  quantities, 
to  establish  the  general  character  of  the  law  of 
the  rotation  of  the  pole.  It  is  now  requisite  to 
analyse  the  observations  in  a  different  way,  and 
discover  whether  the  deviations  from  the  general 
provisional  law,  in  the  last  column  of  Table  II. , 
are  real,  and  also  in  what  manner  the  variation 
of  the  period  is  brought  about.  The  outcome 
of  this  discussion,  which  is  to  be  presented  in 
the  [present  paper,  is  extremely  satisfactory.  The 


206         ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

real  nature  of  the  phenomenon  is  most  distinctly 
revealed,  and  may  be  described  as  follows  :- — 

"  i .  The  observed  variation  of  the  latitude  is  the 
resultant  curve  arising  from  two  periodic  fluctua- 
tions superposed  upon  each  other.  The  first  of 
these,  and  in  general  the  more  considerable,  has 
a  period  of  about  427  days,  and  a  semi-amplitude 
of  about  o".  12.  The  second  has  an  annual  period 
with  a  range  variable  between  0^.04  and  o".2o 
during  the  last  half-century.  During  the  middle 
portion  of  this  interval,  roughly  characterised  as 
between  1860  and  1880,  the  value  represented  by 
the  lower  limit  has  prevailed,  but  before  and  after 
those  dates,  the  higher  one.  The  minimum  and 
maximum  of  this  annual  component  of  the  varia- 
tion occur  at  the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  about 
ten  days  before  the  vernal  and  autumnal  equinoxes 
respectively,  and  it  becomes  zero  just  before  the 
solstices. 

"2.  As  the  resultant  of  these  two  motions,  the 
effective  variation  of  the  latitude  is  subject  to  a 
systematic  alternation  in  a  cycle  of  seven  years' 
duration,  resulting  from  the  commensurability  of 
the  two  terms.  According  as  they  conspire  or 
interfere,  the  total  range  varies  between  two* 
thirds  of  a  second  as  a  maximum,  to  but  a  few 
hundredths  of  a  second,  generally  speaking,  as 
a  minimum. 

"3.  In  consequence  of  the  variability  of  the  co- 
efficient of  the  annual  term  above  mentioned,  the 
apparent  average  period  between  1840  and  1855 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       207 

approximated  to  380  or  390  days ;  widely  fluctu- 
ated from  1855  to  1865  ;  from  1865  to  about  1885 
was  very  nearly  427  days,  with  minor,  fluctuations  ; 
afterwards  increased  to  near  440  days,  and  very 
recently  fell  to  somewhat  below  400  days.  The 
general  course  of  these  fluctuations  is  quite  faith- 
fully represented  by  the  law  of  eq.  (3),  (No.  267), 
and  accurately,  even  down  to  the  minor  oscilla- 
tions of  individual  periods,  by  the  law  of  eq.  (15), 
hereafter  given,  and  verbally  interpreted  above. 
This  law  also  gives  a  similarly  accurate  account 
of  the  corresponding  oscillations  in  the  amplitude. 
The  closeness  of  the  accordance  between  observa- 
tion and  the  numerical  theory,  in  both  particulars, 
places  the  reality  of  the  law  beyond  reasonable 
doubt." 

Those  who  cannot  follow  the  details  of  the 
above  statement  will  nevertheless  catch  the  general 
purport  —  that  the  difficulties  felt  by  Professor 
Newcomb  have  been  surmounted;  and  this,  is 
made  clearer  by  a  later  extract : — 

"A  very  important  conclusion  necessarily  fol- 
lows from  the  agreement  of  the  values  of  the  427^ 
day  term,  deduced  from  the  intervals  between  the 
consecutive  values  of  T  in  Table  XII. ,  namely, 
that  there  has  been  no  discontinuity  in  the  revo: 
lution,  such  as  Professor  Newcomb  regarded  as  so 
probable  that  he  doubted  the  possibility  of  draw- 
ing any  conclusions  from  the  comparison  of  obser- 
vations before  and  after  1860  (A.  J.  271,  p.  50). 


2o8          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

''The  present  investigation  demonstrates  that 
the  way  out  of  the  apparently  irreconcilable  con- 
Theory  tradiction  of  theory  and  observation  in  this  matter 
it  win  not  does  not  lie  in  the  direction  of  discrediting  the 
vatkm?1"  observations,  as  he  is  inclined  to  do.  On  the 
contrary,  the  result  is  a  beautiful  vindication  of 
the  trustworthiness  of  the  latter,  and,  at  the  same 
time,  of  the  theory  that  demands  an  invariable 
rate  of  motion ;  providing  a  perfectly  fitting  key 
to  the  riddle  by  showing  that  another  cause  has 
intervened  to  produce  the  variability  of  the  period. 
I  feel  confident  that  Professor  Newcomb  will  agree 
with  the  reality  of  the  explanation  here  set  forth, 
and  will  reconsider  his  view  that  the  perturbations 
in  the  position  of  the  Pole  must  be  of  the  nature 
of  chance  accumulations  of  motion,  a  view  which 
he  then  considered  necessary  to  the  maintenance 
of  the  constancy  in  the  period  of  latitude-varia- 
tion." 

The  paper  from  which  these  words  are  taken 
appeared  on  November  4,  1892.  The  next  paper 
on  the  main  theme  did  not  appear  till  a  year  later, 
though  much  work  was  being  done  in  the  mean- 
time on  the  constant  of  aberration  and  other 
matters  arising  immediately  after  the  discovery. 
On  November  14,  1893,  Mr.  Chandler  winds  up 
The  final  the  series  of  eight  papers  "  On  the  Variation  of 
Latitude,"  which  he  had  commenced  just  two 
years  before.  His  work  was  by  no  means  done  ; 
rather  was  it  only  beginning,  for  the  torch  he  had 


THE   VARIATION    OF    LATITUDE       209 

lit  illuminated  many  dark  corners.  But  he  rightly 
regarded  his  discovery  as  now  so  firmly  estab- 
lished that  the  series  of  papers  dealing  with  it  as 
still  under  consideration  might  be  terminated. 
In  this  final  paper  he  first  devotes  the  most  care- 
ful attention  to  one  point  of  detail.  He  had  shown 
earlier  in  the  series  that  the  North  Pole  must  be 
revolving  from  West  to  East,  and  not  from  East  to 
West ;  but  this  was  when  the  motion  was  supposed 
to  be  simple  and  not  complex,  and  it  was  neces- 
sary to  re-examine  the  question  of  direction  for 
each  of  the  components.  After  establishing  con- 
clusively that  the  original  direction  holds  for  each 
of  the  components,  he  almost  apologises  for  the 
trouble  he  has  taken,  thus  : — 


"  It  is  therefore  proved  beyond  reasonable  doubt 
that  the  directions  of  the  rotations  ri«  from  West 
to  East  in  both  elements ;  whence  the  general 
form  of  the  equation  for  the  variation  of  latitude 
adopted  in  A.  </.,  284,  p.  154,  eq.  (19).  It  may  be 
thought  that  too  much  pains  have  been  here  be- 
stowed upon  a  point  which  might  be  trusted  to 
theory  to  decide.  I  cannot  think  so.  One  of 
the  most  salient  results  of  these  articles  has  been 
the  proof  of  the  fact  that  theory  has  been  a  blind 
guide  with  regard  to  the  velocity  of  the  Polar 
rotation,  obscuring  truth  and  misleading  investi- 
gators for  a  half  a  century.  And  even  if  we  were 
certain,  which  we  are  not,  that  the  fourteen 
months'  term  is  the  Eulerian  period  in  a  modi- 

o 


210          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 
i 

fied  forin,     It  would  still  be  necessary  to  settle 

by  observation  the  direction  of  the  annual  motion, 
with  regard  to  which  theory  is  powerless  to  in- 
form us.  To  save  repetition  of  argument,  I  must 
refer  to  the  statement  in  A.  J.,  273,  pp.  68,  70,  of 
the  principles  adopted  in  beginning  these  inquiries 
in  1891." 

Finally,  he  answers  one  of  the  few  objectors  of 
eminence  who  still  lingered,  the  great  French 
physicist  Cornu  : — 

"  The  ground  is  now  cleared  for  examination  of 
ed*  the  only  topic  remaining  to  be  covered,  to  estab- 
lish, upon  the  foundation  of  fact,  every  point  in 
the  present  theory  of  these  remarkable  movements 
of  the  earth's  axis.  This  is  the  question  of  the 
possibility  that  these  movements  are  not  real,  but 
merely  misinterpretations  of  the  observed  pheno- 
mena ;  being  in  whole  or  in  part  an  illusory  effect 
of  instrumental  error  due  to  the  influence  of  tem- 
perature. Such  a  possibility  has  been  a  night- 
mare in  practical  astronomy  from  the  first, 
frightening  us  in  every  series  of  unexplained 
residuals,  brought  to  light  continually  in  nearly 
all  attempts  at  delicate  instrumental  research.  A 
source  of  danger  so  subtile  could  not  fail  to  be 
ever  present  in  the  mind  of  every  astronomer  and 
physicist  who  has  given  even  a  superficial  atten- 
tion to  the  question  of  the  latitude  variations, 
and  there  is  no  doubt  that  some  are  even  now 
thus  deterred  from  accepting  these  variations  as 


THE    VARIATION  OF    LATITUDE       211 

proved  facts.  Perhaps  the  most  explicit  and  for- 
cible statement  of  the  doubts  that  may  arise  on 
this  subject  has  been  given  very  recently  by  Mr. 
Cornu.  The  views  of  so  distinguished  a  physicist, 
and  of  others  who  are  inclined  to  agree  with  him, 
call  for  careful  attention,  and  cannot  be  neglected 
in  the  present  closing  argument  upon  the  theory 
presented  in  these  articles.  It  is  unnecessary, 
for  the  purpose  of  disposing  of  objections  of  the 
sort  raised  by  Cornu,  to  insist  that  it  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  show  that  the  observed  variations,  attri- 
buted to  the  unsteadiness  of  the  Earth's  Pole,  are 
near  the  limit  of  precision  attainable  in  linear 
differential  measures,  and  in  the  indication  of  the 
direction  of  gravity  by  means  of  the  air  bubble  of 
the  level ;  or  to  show  that  there  are  known  varia- 
tions in  divided  circles  and  in  levels,  dependent 
on  temperature  and  seasons.  Nor  need  we  re- 
quire of  objectors  the  difficult,  although  essential, 
task — which  they  have  not  distinctly  attempted — 
of  showing  that  these  errors  are  not  eliminated, 
as  they  appear  to  be,  by  the  modes  in  which 
astronomers  use  their  instruments.  Neither  need 
we  even  urge  the  fact  that  a  large  portion  of  the 
data  which  have  been  utilised  in  the  present  re- 
searches on  the  latitude  were  derived  by  methods 
which  dispense  with  levels,  or  with  circles,  a  part 
of  them  indeed  with  both,  and  yet  that  the  results 
of  all  are  harmonious.  On  the  contrary,  let  us 
admit,  although  merely  for  argument's  sake,  that 
all  the  known  means  of  determining  the  direction 


212  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

of  gravity — including  the  plumb-line,  the  level, 
and  a  fluid  at  rest,  whether  used  for  a  reflecting 
surface  or  as  a  support  for  a  floating  instrument — 
are  subject  to  a  common  law  of  periodical  error 
which  vitiates  the  result  of  astronomical  observa- 
tion, obtained  by  whatever  methods,  and  in  pre- 
cisely the  same  manner.  Now,  the  observed  law 
of  latitude  variation  includes  two  terms,  with 
periods  of  fourteen  and  twelve  months  respec- 
tively. Since  the  phases  of  the  first  term  are 
repeated  at  intervals  of  two  months  in  successive 
years,  and  hence  in  a  series  of  years  come  into  all 
possible  relations  to  conditions  of  temperature 
dependent  on  season,  the  argument  against  the 
reality  of  this  term,  on  this  ground,  absolutely 
fails,  and  needs  no  further  notice.  As  to  the 
second,  or  annual  term,  while  the  phases,  as 
observed  in  any  given  longitude,  are  indeed 
synchronical  with  the  seasons,  they  are  not  so 
as  regards  different  longitudes.  If,  therefore,  the 
times  of  any  given  phase,  as  observed  in  the  same 
latitude,  but  in  successively  increasing  longitudes, 
occurred  at  the  same  date  in  all  of  them,  there 
would  be  a  fatal  presumption  against  the  existence 
of  an  annual  period  in  the  polar  motion.  If,  on 
the  contrary,  they  occur  at  times  successively 
corresponding  to  the  differences  of  longitude,  the 
presumption  is  equally  fatal  to  the  hypothesis 
that  they  can  possibly  be  due  to  temperature 
variation  as  affecting  instrumental  measurement. 
But  the  facts  given  in  the  foregoing  section  cor- 


THE  VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       213 

respond  most  distinctly  to  the  latter  condition. 
Therefore,  unless  additional  facts  can  be  brought 
to  disprove  successively  these  observed  results,  we 
may  dismiss  for  ever  the  bugbear  which  has  un- 
doubtedly led  many  to  distrust  the  reality  of  the 
annual  component  of  the  latitude-variation,  while 
they  admit  the  existence  of  the  427-day  term." 

At  this  point  we  must  leave  the  fascinating 
account  of  the  manner  in  which  this  great  dis- 
covery was  established,  in  the  teeth  of  opposition 
such  as  might  have  dismayed  and  dissuaded  a  less 
clear-sighted  or  courageous  man.  It  is  my  purpose 
to  lay  more  stress  upon  the  method  of  making  the 
discovery  than  upon  its  results ;  but  we  may  afford 
a  brief  glance  at  some  of  the  consequences  which  Conse- 
have  already  begun  to  flow  from  this  step  in 
advance.  Some  of  them  have  indeed  already  come  C( 
before  us,  especially  that  large  class  represented 
by  the  explanation  of  anomalies  in  series  of  obser- 
vations which  had  been  put  aside  as  inexplicable. 
We  have  seen  how  the  observations  made  in 
Russia,  or  in  Washington,  or  at  Greenwich,  in 
all  of  which  there  was  some  puzzling  error,  were 
immediately  straightened  out  when  Chandler 
applied  his  new  rule  to  them.  We  in  England  suspected 
have  special  cause  to  be  grateful  to  Chandler ;  not  acquitted. 
only  has  he  demonstrated  more  clearly  than  ever 
the  greatness  of  Bradley,  but  he  has  rehabilitated 
Pond,  the  Astronomer  Royal  of  the  beginning  of 
the  nineteenth  century ;  showing  that  his  obser- 


214  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

vations,  which  had  been  condemned  as  in  some 
way  erroneous,  were  really  far  more  accurate  than 
might  have  been  expected ;  and  further  he  has 
shown  that  the  beautiful  instrument  designed  by 
Airy,  and  called  the  Eeflex  Zenith  Tube,  which 
seemed  to  have  unaccountably  failed  in  the  purpose 
for  which  it  was  designed,  was  really  all  the  time 
accumulating  observations  of  this  new  phenomenon, 
the  Variation  of  Latitude.  Instead  of  Airy  having 
failed  in  his  design,  he  had  in  Chandler's  words 
"  builded  better  than  he  knew." 
Constant  Secondly,  there  is  the  modifying  influence  of 

of  Aberra-   . -,  .  i  ,1     '          i  i 

tionim-  this  new  phenomenon  on  other  phenomena  al- 
proved.  rea(jy  known,  such,  for  instance,  as  that  of 
"  aberration."  We  saw  in  the  third  chapter 
how  Bradley  discovered  this  effect  of  the  velo- 
city of  light,  and  how  the  measure  of  it  is 
obtained  by  comparing  the  velocity  of  light  with 
that  of  the  earth.  This  comparison  can  be  effected 
in  a  variety  of  ways,  and  we  should  expect  all  the 
results  to  agree  within  certain  limits  ;  but  this 
agreement  was  not  obtained,  and  Chandler  has 
been  able  to  show  one  reason  why,  and  to  remove 
some  of  the  more  troublesome  differences.  It  is 
impossible  to  give  here  an  idea  of  the  far-reaching 
consequences  which  such  work  as  this  may  have  ; 
so  long  as  there  are  differences  of  this  kind  we 
cannot  trust  any  part  of  the  chain  of  evidence, 
and  there  is  in  prospect  the  enormous  labour  of 
examining  each  separate  link  until  the  error  is 
found.  The  velocity  of  light,  for  instance,  may  be 


THE   VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE       215 

measured  by  a  terrestrial  experiment ;  was  there 
anything  wrong  in  the  apparatus  ?  The  velocity  of 
the  earth  in  its  journey  round  the  sun  depends 
directly  upon  the  distance  of  the  sun :  have  we 
measured  this  distance  wrongly,  and  if  so  what 
was  the  error  in  the  observations  made?  These 
are  some  of  the  questions  which  may  arise  so  long 
as  the  values  for  the  Constant  of  Aberration  are 
still  conflicting  ;  but  it  requires  considerable  know- 
ledge of  astronomy  to  appreciate  them  fully. 

Another  example  will,  perhaps,  be  of  more  Latitude 
general  interest.  If  the  axis  of  the  earth  is  Tide, 
executing  small  oscillations  of  this  kind,  there 
should  be  an  effect  upon  the  tides ;  the  liquid 
ocean  should  feel  the  wobble  of  the  earth's  axis 
in  some  way  ;  and  an  examination  of  tidal  registers 
showed  that  there  was  in  fact  a  distinct  effect.  It 
may  cause  some  amusement  when  I  say  that  the 
rise  and  fall  are  only  a  few  inches  in  any  case ; 
but  they  are  unmistakable  evidences  that  the 
earth  is  not  spinning  smoothly,  but  has  this  kind 
of  unbalanced  vibration,  which  I  have  compared 
to  the  vibrations  felt  by  passengers  on  an  im- 
perfectly engineered  twin-screw  steamer.  A  more 
sensational  effect  is  that  apparently  earthquakes 
are  more  numerous  at  the  time  when  the  vibration 
is  greatest.  We  remarked  that  the  vibration 
waxes  and  wanes,  much  as  that  of  the  steamer  Earth- 
waxes  and  wanes  if  the  twin-screws  are  not qua 
running  quite  together.  Now  the  passengers  on 
the  steamer  would  be  prepared  to  find  that  break- 


216  ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

ages  would  be  more  numerous  during  the  times 
of  vigorous  oscillation  ;  and  it  seems  probable  that 
in  a  similar  way  the  little  cracks  of  the  earth's 
skin  which  we  call  great  earthquakes  are  more 
numerous  when  these  unbalanced  vibrations  are  at 
their  maximum ;  that  is  to  say,  about  once  every 
seven  years.  This  result  is  scarcely  yet  worthy  of 
complete  confidence,  for  our  observations  of  earth- 
quakes have  only  very  recently  been  reduced  to 
proper  order ;  but  if  it  should  turn  out  to  be  true, 
it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  add  any  words  of  mine 
to  demonstrate  the  importance  of  this  rather  un- 
expected result  of  the  Latitude  Variation. 

Finally  I  will  mention  another  phenomenon 
which  seems  to  be  at  present  more  of  a  curiosity 
than  anything  else,  but  which  may  lead  to  some 
future  great  discovery.  It  is  the  outcome  of  obser- 
vations which  have  been  recently  made  to  watch 
these  motions  of  the  Pole  ;  for  although  there 
seems  good  reason  to  accept  Mr.  Chandler's  laws 
of  variation  as  accurate,  it  is  necessary  to  establish 
their  accuracy  and  complete  the  details  by  making 
observations  for  some  time  yet  to  come ;  and  there 
could  be  no  better  proof  of  this  necessity  than  the 
The  discovery  recently  made  by  Mr.  Kimura,  one  of 
^heno-a  those  engaged  in  this  watch  of  the  Pole  in  Japan, 
menon.  Perhaps  f  can  give  the  best  idea  of  it  by  men- 
tioning one  possible  explanation,  which,  however, 
I  must  caution  you  may  not  be  by  any  means  the 
right  one.  We  are  accustomed  to  think  of  this 
great  earth  as  being  sufficiently  constant  in  shape; 


THE   VARIATION    OF    LATITUDE        217 

if  asked,  for  instance,  whether  its  centre  of  gravity 
remains  constantly  in  the  same  place  inside  it,  we 
should  almost  certainly  answer  in  the  affirmative, 
just  as  only  twenty  years  ago  we  thought  that  the 
North  Pole  remained  in  the  same  place.  But  it 
seems  possible  that  the  centre  of  gravity  moves 
a  few  feet  backwards  and  forwards  each  year — 
this  would  at  any  rate  explain  certain  curious 
features  in  the  observations  to  which  Mr.  Kimura 
has  drawn  attention.  Whatever  the  explanation 
of  them  may  be,  or  to  settle  whether  this  expla- 
nation is  correct,  we  want  more  observations, 
especially  observations  in  the  Southern  Hemis- 
phere ;  and  it  is  a  project  under  consideration 
by  astronomers  at  the  present  moment  whether 
three  stations  can  be  established  in  the  Southern 
Hemisphere  for  the  further  observation  of  this 
curious  phenomenon.  The  question  resolves  itself 
chiefly  into  a  question  of  money ;  indeed,  most 
astronomical  projects  do  ultimately  resolve  them- 
selves into  questions  of  money ;  and  I  fear  the 
world  looks  upon  scientific  men  as  insatiable  in 
this  respect.  One  can  only  hope  that  on  the 
whole  the  money  is  expended  so  as  to  give  a 
satisfactory  return.  In  this  instance  I  have  no 
hesitation  in  saying  that  an  immediate  return  of 
value  for  a  comparatively  modest  expenditure  is 
practically  certain,  if  only  in  some  way  we  can  get 
the  means  of  making  the  observations. 

^  4*-** 


218  ASTRONOMICAL    DISCOVERY 

It  would  be  natural,  at  the  conclusion  of  this 
brief  review  of  some  types  of  astronomical  dis- 
covery, to  summarise  the  lessons  indicated  :  but 
there  is  the  important  difficulty  that  there  appear 
to  be  none.  It  has  been  pointed  out  as  we  pro- 
ceeded that  what  seemed  to  be  a  safe  deduction 
from  one  piece  of  history  has  been  flatly  contra- 
dicted by  another ;  no  sooner  have  we  learnt  that 
important  results  may  be  obtained  by  pursuing 
steadily  a  line  of  work  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  it 
seems  to  have  become  tedious  and  unprofitable 
(as  in  the  search  for  minor  planets)  than  we  are 
confronted  with  the  possibility  that  by  such 
simple  devotion  to  the  day's  work  we  may  be 
losing  a  great  opportunity,  as  Challis  did.  We 
can  scarcely  go  wrong  in  following  up  the  study 
of  residual  phenomena  in  the  wake  of  Bradley ; 
but  there  is  the  important  difficulty  that  we  may 
be  wholly  unable  to  find  a  clue  for  the  arrange- 
ment of  our  residuals,  as  is  at  present  largely  the 
case  in  meteorology.  And,  in  general,  human 
expectations  are  likely  to  be  quite  misleading,  as 
has  been  shown  in  the  last  two  chapters ;  the 
discoveries  we  desire  may  lie  in  the  direction 
precisely  opposite  to  that  indicated  by  the  best 
opinion  at  present  available.  There  is  no  royal 
road  to  discovery,  and  though  this  statement  may 
meet  with  such  ready  acceptance  that  it  seems 
scarcely  worth  making,  it  is  hoped  that  there  may 
be  sufficient  of  interest  in  the  illustrations  of  its 
truth. 


THE    VARIATION   OF   LATITUDE        219 

The  one  positive  conclusion  which  we  may 
derive  from  the  examples  studied  is  that  dis- 
coveries are  seldom  made  without  both  hard  work 
and  conspicuous  ability.  A  new  planet,  even 
as  large  as  Uranus,  does  not  reveal  itself  to  a 
passive  observer :  thirteen  times  it  may  appear 
to  such  a  one  without  fear  of  detection,  until  at 
last  it  encounters  an  alert  Herschel,  who  suspects, 
tests,  and  verifies,  and  even  then  announces  a 
comet — so  little  did  he  realise  the  whole  truth. 
Fifteen  years  of  unrequited  labour  before  Astrsea 
was  found,  nineteen  years  of  observation  before 
the  discovery  of  nutation  could  be  announced  : 
how  seldom  do  these  years  of  toil  present  them- 
selves to  our  imaginations  when  we  glibly  say 
that  **  Bradley  discovered  nutation,"  or  "  Hencke 
discovered  Astrsea "  !  That  the  necessary  labour 
is  so  often  forgotten  must  be  my  excuse  for  re- 
calling attention  to  it  somewhat  persistently  in 
these  examples. 

But  beyond  the  fact  that  he  must  work  hard, 
it  would  seem  as  though  there  were  little  of  value 
to  tell  the  would-be  discoverer.  The  situation 
has  been  well  summarised  by  Jevons  in  his 
chapter  on  Induction  in  the  "  Principles  of 
Science ; "  and  his  words  will  form  a  fitting  con- 
clusion to  these  chapters  : — 

"It  would  seem  as  if  the  mind  of  the  great 
discoverer  must  combine  contradictory  attributes. 
He  must  be  fertile  in  theories  and  hypotheses, 


220          ASTRONOMICAL   DISCOVERY 

and  yet  full  of  facts  and  precise  results  of  ex- 
perience. He  must  entertain  the  feeblest  analo- 
gies, and  the  merest  guesses  at  truth,  and  yet  he 
must  hold  them  as  worthless  till  they  are  verified 
in  experiment.  When  there  are  any  grounds 
of  probability  he  must  hold  tenaciously  to  an 
old  opinion,  and  yet  he  must  be  prepared  at  any 
moment  to  relinquish  it  when  a  clearly  contra- 
dictory fact  is  encountered." 


INDEX 


ABERRATION,  105-109,  in,  112, 

117,  118,  185,  188,  192,  214, 

215 
Accidental    discovery,     15,    73, 

121-154 

Adams,  12,  45-85;  resolution,  55 
Airy,  32,  40-85,  214 
Algiers,  130 
Alleghenia,  26 
Almucantar,  180,  181 
Alphabet  used  for  planets,  27 
Anderson,  Dr.  T.  C.,  8,  142,  143, 

144,  146 
Anthelm,  142 
Apollo,  9 
Argon,  109 
Ascension,  34 

Assumption,  forgotten,  196 
Astraea,  22,  23,219 
Astrographic  chart,  122, 125, 130 
AstronomicalJournal,  177-217 
Astronomische    Nachrichten,    52, 

158 

Astrophil,  143 
Auwers,  142 

BALL,  Sir  R,  24 
Balliol  College,  87 
Banks,  Sir  J.,  9 
Barnard,  E.  E.,  146,  220 
Berlin,  181,  183,  184,  188,  193 
Berlin  star-map,  45,  66,  83,  124 
Bessel,  192 
Bettina,  26,  27 
Birmingham,  142 


321 


"Black    Drop"    (in    transit   of 

Venus),  30 
Bliss,  114 
Board  of  Visitors  of  Greenwich 

Observatory,  63 
Bode,  u,  14,  15,  22 
Bode's  Law,  12,  13,  38,  43,  45, 

52,  72,  76,  77,  84 
Bourdeaux,  130 
Bouvard,  39,  40,  42,  48,  49,  50, 

61 
Bradley,   39,    86-120,    188-192, 

213,214,  218,  219 
Bradley,  John,  1 1 5 
Bremen,  20 
Bridstow,  87,  88,  94 
Briggs,  119 
Brinkley,  192 
British  Association,  63 
Briinnow,  193 

CALIFORNIA,  26 

Cambridge    (Mass.),    180,    184, 

1 88 
Cambridge  Observatory,  23,  42, 

49,52,63,65,66,  135,  193 
Cambridge     University,    68-71, 

114 

Cape  Observatory,  123,  124,  130 
Cards,  n 
Cassini  II.,  1 56 
Catania,  130 
Ceres,  14-22 
Chacornac,  124 
Challis,  49-54, 63-68,  71,  85,  218 


222 


INDEX 


Chandler,  S.  C.,  118,  177-217 

Chapman's  "  Homer,"  2 

Chicago,  157 

Chromosphere,  170 

Clarke,  C.  C.,  2 

Coelostat,  94 

Columbus,  63 

Comet,   4-8,  88,  108,   117,  123, 

125    • 

Commission,  planetary,  27 
Common,  A.  A.,  124,  127 
Compte  Rendu,  62 
Comstock,  202 
Conference,  Astrographic,   125- 

136 

Copernicus,  79,  95 
Cordoba,  130,  199 
Cornu,  210-213 
Corona,  170-175 
Cosmos  (Humboldfs),  160 

DELAMBRE,  157 

Deviation  of  Pole,  187 

Disc  of  Neptune,  44,  64,  79 

Disc  of  Uranus,  4-7 

Dorpat,  192 

Doublet  (photographic),  127-129 

Draconis,  -y,  96-104 

Draconis,  |8,  193 

Driessen,  23 

Dry  plate,  122 

Dublin,  192 

EARTHQUAKES,  215 
Earth's  Pole,  177-217 
Eccentricity,  41,  83 
Eclipses,  1707176 
Edinburgh,  143 
Eduarda,  26 
Egeria,  22 
Endymion,  25 
Eriphyla,  26 

Eros,  25,  26,  28,  35,  37,  68 
Eulerian,  200,  209 


Evelyn,  26 

Exposure,  times  of,  122,  131 

FACUL^E,  170 

Faraday,  201 

Flamsteed,  39,  53,  115 

Fleming,  Mrs.,  142 

Flora,  22 

Foulkes,  Martin,  94 

French  Academy,  43,  51,  62 

GALILEO,  95,  163 

Galle,  44,  45,  47,  66,  67,  83 

Gasparis,  22 

Gauge  (railways),  56 

Gauss,  17-20 

Geminorum,  H.,  4 

George  III.,  8,  10 

"Georgian,"  11 

Georgium  Sidus,  8,  10,  II 

Gill,  Sir  D.,  32,  34,  35,  123 

Gilliss,  32 

Gotha,  20 

Gould,  32 

Graham,  22,  23 

Gravitation,  law  of,  38,  45,  59, 
84,  105 

Greaves,  119 

Greenwich  Observatory,  48-64, 
88,  89,  114-117,  130,  160-169, 
182,  192,  193,  206,  213 

Gregory,  93,  119 

HALE,  G.  E.,  170,  171 

Hall,  A.,  184,  185 

Halley,  88-92,  1 08, 112-116,  119 

Hansen,  41,  59 

Harkness,  184 

Hartwig,  142 

Harvard    College   Observatory, 

128,  142,  144,  145 
Hebe,  22 
Hegel,  15 
Heidelberg,  145 
Heliometer,  32,  34 


INDEX 


223 


Helium,  109 

Helsingfors,  130 

Hencke,  22.  23,  64,  153,  219 

Henry  brothers,  124-129 

Herschel,  Sir  John,  63,  75,  83 

Herschel,  Sir  William,  2-11,  39, 

44,82,219 

Herschel  (Uranus),  11,  12 
Hind,  22,  23,  25,  142 
Hooke,  96,  97 
Hubbard,  184 
Humboldt,  160 
Hussey,  Rev.  T.  J.,  40,  42 
Hygeia,  22 

ILMATA,  26 

Industria,  26 

Ingeborg,  26 

Instruments  at  Greenwich,  114- 

116 
Iris.  22,  23,  32,  35 

JANSON,  142 
Jevons,  219 
Johnson,  M.,  156,  1 60 
Juno,  9,  21,  22 

Jupiter,  9,  28,  43,  49>  5°>  6l  '•> 
satellites,  92,  117 

KEATS,  1-3,  7,  8 
Keill,  94,  112,  119,  I56 
Kelvin,  Lord,  196,  197 
Kepler,  95,  142 
Kew,  95,  96,  1 88,  190 
Kiel,  141 
Kimura,  2 1 6 
Konigsberg,  192 
Kiistner,  118,  181,  183 

LALANDE,  7,  11,  107,  157 
Lameia  26 
Laplace,  61 
La  Plata,  130 

Latitude  variation,  99,  100,  117 
118, 177-217 


Lemonnier,  39,  53,  157 
Le  Verrier,  12,  43-85 
Libussa,  26 
Lick  Observatory,  152 
Liouville's  Journal,  73 
Lisbon,  longitude  of,  92 
London,  23,  25,  96 
Long,  157 
Longitude,  92,  117 
Lowth,  Bishop,  119 
Lyrae,  a,  184,  196 

MACCLESFIELD,  Earl  of,  94,  113 

Madler,  192 

Magnetic  observations,  161,  164, 

174 

Magnitude  equation,  135    • 
Markree,  23 

Mars,  9,  28,  32,  34,  35,  91 
Mayer.  39 

Measurement  of  plates,  132-135 
M&anique  Celeste,  61 
Melbourne,  130,  193 
Memorandum  (Adams),  55 
Mercury,  9 
Messier,  7 
Meteorites,  59 
Meteors  (November),  60 
Metis,  22,  23 
Micrometer,  5,  133 
Milky  Way,  125 
Minerva,  9 
Minor  planets,  1 3-28 
Minor  planets  tables,  22,  24,  26 
Mistakes,  71-83 
Molyneux,  Samuel,  94-96,   101, 

104 

Monte  Video,  130 
Moon,  tables  of,  117 

NAMES  of  minor  planets,  22-28 
Nasmyth,  162 
"  Nautieal  Almanac,"  1 1 
Nebula,  124,  146-152 


224 


INDEX 


Neptune,  n,  12,  38-85,  124 
New  College  Lane,  112 
Newcomb,  Simon,  81,  183,  184, 

195-202,  207,  208 
New  stars,  121,  140-154 
Newton,  38,  84,  90-95,  105,  113 
New  York,  longitude,  92 
Ninina,  26 
Northleach,  87 
Northumberland,  65 
Nova  Geminorum,  141,  145,  146 
Nova  Persei,  143,  146-152 
Nutation,  99,  100,  no,  115, 117, 

118,  188,  219 

Observatory  (magazine),  26 

Ocllo,  26 

Olbers,  20-22 

Olympic  games,  119 

Oriani,  15 

Ornamenta,  26 

Oxford   University,   87-89,   94, 

105-119 
Oxford  University  Observatory, 

121,130,132,136,142,145,154 

PALERMO,  Observatory  of,  18 

Palisa,  26 

Pallas,  9,  21,  22 

Parallax,  34,  91,  95-98,  109,  185 

Paris,  130 

Parkhurst,  J.  A.,  145 

Parthenope,  22 

Peirce,  73,  80-83 

Pendulum,  117 

Perseus,  8,  143 

Personal  equation,  31,  134,  135, 

185 

Perth,  130 
Perturbations  of  Uranus,  1 2,  42, 

51,54,  55,6i,75 
Peters,  188,  192 
Phaetusa,  26 
Philosopher,  201,  219 


Philosophical  Transactions,  3,  4,  9 
Photographica,  26 
Photographic  methods,   24,  33, 
36,  121-139;  lenses,  125,  126 
Photographs  of  sun,  163,  170- 

173 

Piazzi,  13-18,  22 

Pickering,  E.  0.,  128,  144 

Pittsburghia,  26 

Plana,  61 

Planetary  distances,  13;  com- 
mission, 27  ;  numbering,  27 

Planets  by  photography,  24 

Pole  Star  (Polaris),  177,  178, 
192,  193 

Pond,  192,  213 

Potsdam,  130,  181 

Pound,  Mrs.,  104,  110-112 

Pound,  Rev.  James,  89-94,  104, 

"5 

Prague,  181 
Precession,  96,  178 
Prymno,  26 
Puiseux,  32 
Pulfrich,  154 
Pulkowa,  181-188,  213 

QUADRANTS  at  Greenwich,  116 

RADIUM,  175 

Radius  vector,  52-58,  60-62,  79, 

83 

Rayleigh,  Lord,  109 
Records  before  discovery,  144 
Reflector,  93,  127,  128 
Reflex  zenith  tube,  192,  214 
Refraction,  96,  101-103,  IJ7 
Refractor,  93,  128 
Roseau,  133 
Residual  phenomena,    108-110, 

118,  120,  218 

Rigaud,  S.  P.,  87,  115,  119 
Rome,  130 
Rothschild,  27 


INDEX 

Royal  Astronomical  Society,  40,  '    Toulouse  Observatory,  1 30 


225 


47,  68,  74,  124,  155,  157 
Royal  Society,  4,  9,  10,  92,  94 

SAMPSON,  R.  A.,  74-76,  84 

San  Fernando,  130 

Santiago,  130 

Sappho,  32,  35 

Saturn,  9,  43,61,  149,  150 

Savile,  Sir  H.,  119 

Savilian    professorship,    87-94, 

108-119 

Schmidt,  Julius,  142,  160 
Schuster,  A.,  169 
Schwabe,  155-163,  176,  177 
Sheldonian  Theatre,  119 
Sherbourn,  87 
Solar  eclipse,  26,  170-176 
Spectro-heliograph,  170,  171 
Star-maps,  45,  65,  83,  124 
"  Star-trap,"  24 
Stereo-comparator,  154 
Stone,  E.  J.,  32 
Struve,  184,  1 88,  192 
Sun's  distance,  28-37 
Sun-spots,  155-176 
Sydney  Observatory,  130 

TACUBAYA  OBSERVATORY,  130 
Telescopes,  92,  124-129 
Thames  River,  105 
Themistocles,  119 
Theoria  Motus,  17 
Theory  and  observation,  208 
Thomson,  Sir  W.,  196,  197 
Tides,  215 
Titius,  13 


Tycho  Brahe,  95,  140,  142 


URANUS,  2-14,  25,  38-85,   144, 
219 

VARIABLE  stars,  140 
Variation  of  latitude,  99,   100, 

117,  118,  177-217 
Venus,  9,  79  ;  diameter  of,  92 ; 

transit  of,  28-32,  34 
Vesta,  21,  22 
Victoria,  22,  25,  32,  35 
Von  Zach,  20 

WALLACE,  119 

Wansted,  88-94,   104,  no,  115. 

1 88,  190 
Ward,  119 
Washington  Observatory,  184- 

188,  193,  196,213 
Weather  and   sun-spots,    161, 

167-169 
Weyer,  193 
Whiteside,  112 
Williams,  Mrs.  E.,  no,  in 
Wind -vane,    revolutions,    167- 

169 

Winnecke,  32 
Wolf,  Dr.  Max,  145 
Wolf,  Rudolf,  163 
Wren,  Sir  0.,  119 

YERKES  Observatory,  145,   146, 
152,  157,  170,  176 

ZEISS,  154 

Zodiac,  64,  124,  137 


THE   END 


Printed  by  BALLANTYNE,  HANSON  &°  Co. 
Edinburgh  &  London 


RETURN    Astronomy  /Mathematics/Statistics/Computer  Science  Library 

TO— *>  100  Evans  Hal  I  642-3381 


LOW     JERIOD  1 

1  MONTH 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD3,  1/83  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

-•   '-'^  ••••• ®$ 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES